MC908GR16VFJ

MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet M68HC08 Microcontrollers MC68HC908GR16 Rev. 5.0 04/2007 freescale.com freescale.com MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet To provide the most up-to-date information, the revision of our documents on the World Wide Web will be the most current. Your printed copy may be an earlier revision. To verify you have the latest information available, refer to: http://freescale.com/ The following revision history table summarizes changes contained in this document. For your convenience, the page number designators have been linked to the appropriate location. Revision History Date February, 2003 Revision Level N/A Initial release Reorganized to meet latest publication standards for M68HC08 Family documentation May, 2003 1.0 Chapter 16 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Module — Removed all references to DMAS Figure 4-2. CGM External Connections — Figure updated for consistency Table 4-4. Example Filter Component Values — Table updated to reflect new resistor values Description Page Number(s) N/A N/A 193 65 76 Freescale™ and the Freescale logo are trademarks of Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. This product incorporates SuperFlash® technology licensed from SST. © Freescale Semiconductor, Inc., 2004, 2007. All rights reserved. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 3 Revision History Revision History (Continued) Date Revision Level Description Figure 1-1. MCU Block Diagram — Removed data bus switch module Figure 2-2. Control, Status, and Data Registers and Figure 5-1. Configuration Register 2 (CONFIG2) — Changed name of bit 0 from SCIBDSRC to ESCIBDSRC 14.8.8 ESCI Prescaler Register — Updated description in this subsection September, 2004 14.9.1 ESCI Arbiter Control Register — Updated description of ACLK bit 2.0 14.9.3 Bit Time Measurement — Updated bit time measurement mode for ACLK = 0 Added dc injection current values to: 20.5 5.0-Vdc Electrical Characteristics 20.6 3.3-Vdc Electrical Characteristics 20.9.1 CGM Component Specifications — Corrected series resistor values 20.15 Memory Characteristics — Table updated to reflect new values March, 2005 10.5 Clock Generator Module (CGM) — Updated description to remove erroneous information. 20.9 Clock Generation Module Characteristics — Updated to reflect correct values. Table 13-2. Interrupt Source Flags — Changed IF7 to TIM2 channel instead of Reserved. January, 2007 4.0 Table 2-1. Vector Addresses — Changed address $FFEE to TIM2 Channel 1 Vector (High) and $FFEF to TIM2 Channel 1 Vector (Low) from Reserved Figure 2-2. Control, Status, and Data Registers — Changed addresses $0033 to $0035 to show TIM2 Channel 1 registers. Figure 2-2. Control, Status, and Data Registers — Replaced TMCLKSEL with TMBCLKSEL to be compatile with development tool nomenclature Chapter 5 Configuration Register (CONFIG) — Changed COPCLK to CGMXCLK, replaced TMCLKSEL with TMBCLKSEL to be compatible with development tool nomenclature, and replaced exponents for COP timeout period 6.2 Functional Description — Replaced exponents for COP timeout period April, 2007 10.6.2 Stop Mode — Changed COPCLK to CGMXCLK 5.o Figure 14-2. ESCI Module Block Diagram — Replaced BUS_CLK with BUS CLOCK and removed reference to rx BUSCLK Figure 14-5. ESCI Transmitter and Figure 14-6. ESCI Receiver Block Diagram — Added CGMXCLK OR to BUS CLOCK designator 14.8.7 ESCI Baud Rate Register — Replaced description of the LINT and LINR bits Figure 17-1 . Timebase Block Diagram and 17.5 TBM Interrupt Rate— Replaced TBMCLKSEL with TMBCLKSEL to be compatible with development tool nomenclature Page Number(s) 22 29 and 78 168 172 173 253 255 258 265 112 260 144 37 29 32 3.0 79 84 113 149 151 154 169 218 219 MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 4 Freescale Semiconductor List of Chapters Chapter 1 General Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Chapter 2 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Chapter 3 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Chapter 4 Clock Generator Module (CGM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Chapter 5 Configuration Register (CONFIG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Chapter 6 Computer Operating Properly (COP) Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Chapter 7 Central Processor Unit (CPU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Chapter 8 External Interrupt (IRQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Chapter 9 Keyboard Interrupt Module (KBI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Chapter 10 Low-Power Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Chapter 11 Low-Voltage Inhibit (LVI). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Chapter 12 Input/Output Ports (PORTS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Chapter 13 Resets and Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135 Chapter 14 Enhanced Serial Communications Interface (ESCI) Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Chapter 15 System Integration Module (SIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Chapter 16 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Chapter 17 Timebase Module (TBM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Chapter 18 Timer Interface Module (TIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Chapter 19 Development Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Chapter 20 Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Chapter 21 Ordering Information and Mechanical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 5 List of Chapters MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 6 Freescale Semiconductor Table of Contents Chapter 1 General Description 1.1 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.5.1 1.5.2 1.5.3 1.5.4 1.5.5 1.5.6 1.5.7 1.5.8 1.5.9 1.5.10 1.5.11 1.5.12 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Features of the MC68HC908GR16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features of the CPU08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCU Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Supply Pins (VDD and VSS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oscillator Pins (OSC1 and OSC2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Reset Pin (RST). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Interrupt Pin (IRQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CGM Power Supply Pins (VDDA and VSSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Filter Capacitor Pin (VCGMXFC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADC Power Supply/Reference Pins (VDDAD/VREFH and VSSAD/VREFL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port A Input/Output (I/O) Pins (PTA7/KBD7–PTA0/KBD0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port B I/O Pins (PTB7/AD7–PTB0/AD0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port C I/O Pins (PTC6–PTC0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port D I/O Pins (PTD7/T2CH1–PTD0/SS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port E I/O Pins (PTE5–PTE2 and PTE0/TxD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 19 19 21 21 21 24 24 24 24 24 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 26 Chapter 2 Memory 2.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2 Unimplemented Memory Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3 Reserved Memory Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4 Input/Output (I/O) Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 Random-Access Memory (RAM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 FLASH Memory (FLASH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.1 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.1.1 FLASH Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.1.2 FLASH Page Erase Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.1.3 FLASH Mass Erase Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.1.4 FLASH Program/Read Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.1.5 FLASH Block Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.1.6 FLASH Block Protect Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.2 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6.3 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 7 27 27 27 27 38 38 38 39 40 41 41 44 44 45 45 Table of Contents Chapter 3 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) 3.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.1 ADC Port I/O Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.2 Voltage Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.3 Conversion Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.4 Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.5 Accuracy and Precision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.6 Result Justification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4 Monotonicity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6 Low-Power Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6.1 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6.2 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7 I/O Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.1 ADC Analog Power Pin (VDDAD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.2 ADC Analog Ground Pin (VSSAD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.3 ADC Voltage Reference High Pin (VREFH). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.4 ADC Voltage Reference Low Pin (VREFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.5 ADC Voltage In (VADIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8 I/O Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8.1 ADC Status and Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8.2 ADC Data Register High and Data Register Low. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8.2.1 Left Justified Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8.2.2 Right Justified Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8.2.3 Left Justified Signed Data Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8.2.4 Eight Bit Truncation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8.3 ADC Clock Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 47 47 47 49 50 50 50 50 51 51 51 52 52 52 52 52 52 53 53 53 53 55 55 55 56 56 57 Chapter 4 Clock Generator Module (CGM) 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.3.1 4.3.2 4.3.3 4.3.4 4.3.5 4.3.6 4.3.7 4.3.8 4.3.9 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crystal Oscillator Circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase-Locked Loop Circuit (PLL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLL Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acquisition and Tracking Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manual and Automatic PLL Bandwidth Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Programming the PLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Programming Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Base Clock Selector Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CGM External Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 8 Freescale Semiconductor 59 59 59 61 61 61 62 62 63 66 66 66 4.4 4.4.1 4.4.2 4.4.3 4.4.4 4.4.5 4.4.6 4.4.7 4.4.8 4.4.9 4.4.10 4.5 4.5.1 4.5.2 4.5.3 4.5.4 4.5.5 4.5.6 4.6 4.7 4.7.1 4.7.2 4.7.3 4.8 4.8.1 4.8.2 4.8.3 I/O Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crystal Amplifier Input Pin (OSC1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crystal Amplifier Output Pin (OSC2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Filter Capacitor Pin (CGMXFC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLL Analog Power Pin (VDDA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLL Analog Ground Pin (VSSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oscillator Enable Signal (SIMOSCEN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oscillator Stop Mode Enable Bit (OSCSTOPENB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crystal Output Frequency Signal (CGMXCLK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CGM Base Clock Output (CGMOUT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CGM CPU Interrupt (CGMINT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CGM Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLL Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLL Bandwidth Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLL Multiplier Select Register High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLL Multiplier Select Register Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLL VCO Range Select Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLL Reference Divider Select Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CGM During Break Interrupts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acquisition/Lock Time Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acquisition/Lock Time Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parametric Influences on Reaction Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Choosing a Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 67 67 67 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 69 70 72 73 73 74 74 75 75 75 76 76 76 76 77 77 Chapter 5 Configuration Register (CONFIG) 5.1 5.2 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Chapter 6 Computer Operating Properly (COP) Module 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.3.1 6.3.2 6.3.3 6.3.4 6.3.5 6.3.6 6.3.7 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I/O Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CGMXCLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STOP Instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COPCTL Write . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power-On Reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reset Vector Fetch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COPD (COP Disable). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 9 83 83 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 85 Table of Contents 6.3.8 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.7.1 6.7.2 6.8 COPRS (COP Rate Select) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COP Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitor Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low-Power Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COP Module During Break Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 86 Chapter 7 Central Processor Unit (CPU) 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.3.1 7.3.2 7.3.3 7.3.4 7.3.5 7.4 7.5 7.5.1 7.5.2 7.6 7.7 7.8 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPU Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stack Pointer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Program Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition Code Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Arithmetic/Logic Unit (ALU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low-Power Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CPU During Break Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instruction Set Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opcode Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 87 87 88 88 89 89 90 91 91 91 91 91 92 97 Chapter 8 External Interrupt (IRQ) 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 IRQ Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 IRQ Module During Break Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 IRQ Status and Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Chapter 9 Keyboard Interrupt Module (KBI) 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 9.5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keyboard Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low-Power Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 105 105 108 108 108 MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 10 Freescale Semiconductor 9.5.2 9.6 9.7 9.7.1 9.7.2 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keyboard Module During Break Interrupts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I/O Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keyboard Status and Control Register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keyboard Interrupt Enable Register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 109 109 109 110 Chapter 10 Low-Power Modes 10.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1.1 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1.2 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2.1 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2.2 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3 Break Module (BRK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.1 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3.2 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4 Central Processor Unit (CPU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4.1 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4.2 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5 Clock Generator Module (CGM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5.1 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5.2 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6 Computer Operating Properly Module (COP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6.1 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6.2 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.7 External Interrupt Module (IRQ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.7.1 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.7.2 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.8 Keyboard Interrupt Module (KBI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.8.1 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.8.2 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.9 Low-Voltage Inhibit Module (LVI). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.9.1 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.9.2 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.10 Enhanced Serial Communications Interface Module (ESCI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.10.1 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.10.2 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.11 Serial Peripheral Interface Module (SPI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.11.1 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.11.2 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.12 Timer Interface Module (TIM1 and TIM2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.12.1 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.12.2 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 111 111 111 111 111 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 115 MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 11 Table of Contents 10.13 Timebase Module (TBM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.13.1 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.13.2 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.14 Exiting Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.15 Exiting Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 115 115 115 116 Chapter 11 Low-Voltage Inhibit (LVI) 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.3.1 11.3.2 11.3.3 11.3.4 11.4 11.5 11.6 11.6.1 11.6.2 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Polled LVI Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forced Reset Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage Hysteresis Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVI Trip Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVI Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVI Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low-Power Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 117 117 118 118 119 119 119 119 119 120 120 Chapter 12 Input/Output Ports (PORTS) 12.1 12.2 12.2.1 12.2.2 12.2.3 12.3 12.3.1 12.3.2 12.4 12.4.1 12.4.2 12.4.3 12.5 12.5.1 12.5.2 12.5.3 12.6 12.6.1 12.6.2 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port A Data Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data Direction Register A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port A Input Pullup Enable Register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port B Data Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data Direction Register B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port C Data Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data Direction Register C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port C Input Pullup Enable Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port D Data Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data Direction Register D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port D Input Pullup Enable Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Port E Data Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data Direction Register E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 124 124 124 125 126 126 126 128 128 128 129 130 130 131 132 133 133 134 MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 12 Freescale Semiconductor Chapter 13 Resets and Interrupts 13.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2 Resets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2.1 Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2.2 External Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2.3 Internal Reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2.3.1 Power-On Reset (POR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2.3.2 Computer Operating Properly (COP) Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2.3.3 Low-Voltage Inhibit (LVI) Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2.3.4 Illegal Opcode Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2.3.5 Illegal Address Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2.4 System Integration Module (SIM) Reset Status Register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3.1 Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3.2 Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3.2.1 Software Interrupt (SWI) Instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3.2.2 Break Interrupt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3.2.3 IRQ Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3.2.4 Clock Generator (CGM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3.2.5 Timer Interface Module 1 (TIM1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3.2.6 Timer Interface Module 2 (TIM2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3.2.7 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3.2.8 Serial Communications Interface (SCI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3.2.9 KBD0–KBD7 Pins. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3.2.10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3.2.11 Timebase Module (TBM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3.3 Interrupt Status Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3.3.1 Interrupt Status Register 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3.3.2 Interrupt Status Register 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3.3.3 Interrupt Status Register 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 135 135 135 135 135 136 136 137 137 137 138 138 139 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 143 144 144 144 144 145 145 145 Chapter 14 Enhanced Serial Communications Interface (ESCI) Module 14.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.2 Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.3 Pin Name Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.1 Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.2 Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.2.1 Character Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.2.2 Character Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.2.3 Break Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.2.4 Idle Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.2.5 Inversion of Transmitted Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.2.6 Transmitter Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.3 Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 13 147 147 147 149 150 151 152 152 152 153 153 153 154 Table of Contents 14.4.3.1 Character Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.3.2 Character Reception. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.3.3 Data Sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.3.4 Framing Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.3.5 Baud Rate Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.3.6 Receiver Wakeup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.3.7 Receiver Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.3.8 Error Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5 Low-Power Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.1 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.2 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.6 ESCI During Break Module Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.7 I/O Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.7.1 PTE0/TxD (Transmit Data). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.7.2 PTE1/RxD (Receive Data) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.8 I/O Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.8.1 ESCI Control Register 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.8.2 ESCI Control Register 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.8.3 ESCI Control Register 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.8.4 ESCI Status Register 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.8.5 ESCI Status Register 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.8.6 ESCI Data Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.8.7 ESCI Baud Rate Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.8.8 ESCI Prescaler Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.9 ESCI Arbiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.9.1 ESCI Arbiter Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.9.2 ESCI Arbiter Data Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.9.3 Bit Time Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.9.4 Arbitration Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 155 155 157 157 158 159 159 159 159 160 160 160 160 160 160 161 162 164 165 168 168 169 170 174 174 175 175 176 Chapter 15 System Integration Module (SIM) 15.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.2 SIM Bus Clock Control and Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.2.1 Bus Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.2.2 Clock Startup from POR or LVI Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.2.3 Clocks in Stop Mode and Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3 Reset and System Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3.1 External Pin Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3.2 Active Resets from Internal Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3.2.1 Power-On Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3.2.2 Computer Operating Properly (COP) Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3.2.3 Illegal Opcode Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3.2.4 Illegal Address Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3.2.5 Low-Voltage Inhibit (LVI) Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.3.2.6 Monitor Mode Entry Module Reset (MODRST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 14 Freescale Semiconductor 177 179 179 179 181 181 181 182 182 183 183 183 183 184 15.4 SIM Counter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.4.1 SIM Counter During Power-On Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.4.2 SIM Counter During Stop Mode Recovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.4.3 SIM Counter and Reset States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.5 Exception Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.5.1 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.5.1.1 Hardware Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.5.1.2 SWI Instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.5.1.3 Interrupt Status Registers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.5.2 Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.5.3 Break Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.5.4 Status Flag Protection in Break Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6 Low-Power Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.1 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.2 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.7 SIM Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.7.1 Break Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.7.2 SIM Reset Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.7.3 Break Flag Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 184 184 184 184 185 186 187 187 189 189 189 190 190 191 192 192 193 194 Chapter 16 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Module 16.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.2 Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.3 Pin Name Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.4.1 Master Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.4.2 Slave Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.5 Transmission Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.5.1 Clock Phase and Polarity Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.5.2 Transmission Format When CPHA = 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.5.3 Transmission Format When CPHA = 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.5.4 Transmission Initiation Latency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.6 Queuing Transmission Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.7 Error Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.7.1 Overflow Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.7.2 Mode Fault Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.8 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.9 Resetting the SPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.10 Low-Power Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.10.1 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.10.2 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.11 SPI During Break Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.12 I/O Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.12.1 MISO (Master In/Slave Out). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 15 195 195 195 197 197 199 199 199 200 201 201 203 204 204 206 207 208 208 209 209 209 209 210 Table of Contents 16.12.2 MOSI (Master Out/Slave In). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.12.3 SPSCK (Serial Clock) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.12.4 SS (Slave Select) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.12.5 CGND (Clock Ground) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.13 I/O Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.13.1 SPI Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.13.2 SPI Status and Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.13.3 SPI Data Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 210 210 211 211 211 213 215 Chapter 17 Timebase Module (TBM) 17.1 17.2 17.3 17.4 17.5 17.6 17.6.1 17.6.2 17.7 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TBM Interrupt Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low-Power Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timebase Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 217 217 217 218 219 219 219 220 Chapter 18 Timer Interface Module (TIM) 18.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.2 Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.3 Pin Name Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.4.1 TIM Counter Prescaler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.4.2 Input Capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.4.3 Output Compare. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.4.3.1 Unbuffered Output Compare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.4.3.2 Buffered Output Compare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.4.4 Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.4.4.1 Unbuffered PWM Signal Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.4.4.2 Buffered PWM Signal Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.4.4.3 PWM Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.5 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.6 Low-Power Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.6.1 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.6.2 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.7 TIM During Break Interrupts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.8 I/O Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.9 I/O Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.9.1 TIM Status and Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.9.2 TIM Counter Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 16 Freescale Semiconductor 221 223 223 223 225 225 226 226 226 227 227 228 228 229 229 229 230 230 230 230 231 232 18.9.3 18.9.4 18.9.5 TIM Counter Modulo Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 TIM Channel Status and Control Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 TIM Channel Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Chapter 19 Development Support 19.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.2 Break Module (BRK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.2.1 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.2.1.1 Flag Protection During Break Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.2.1.2 CPU During Break Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.2.1.3 TIM During Break Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.2.1.4 COP During Break Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.2.2 Break Module Registers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.2.2.1 Break Status and Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.2.2.2 Break Address Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.2.2.3 Break Auxiliary Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.2.2.4 Break Status Register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.2.2.5 Break Flag Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.2.3 Low-Power Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.3 Monitor ROM (MON) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.3.1 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.3.1.1 Normal Monitor Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.3.1.2 Forced Monitor Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.3.1.3 Monitor Vectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.3.1.4 Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.3.1.5 Break Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.3.1.6 Baud Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.3.1.7 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.3.2 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 237 237 238 239 239 239 239 239 240 240 241 241 241 242 242 245 247 247 247 248 248 248 251 Chapter 20 Electrical Specifications 20.1 20.2 20.3 20.4 20.5 20.6 20.7 20.8 20.9 20.9.1 20.9.2 20.10 20.11 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Absolute Maximum Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functional Operating Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.0-Vdc Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3-Vdc Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.0-Volt Control Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3-Volt Control Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clock Generation Module Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CGM Component Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CGM Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.0-Volt ADC Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3-Volt ADC Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 17 253 253 254 254 255 257 259 259 260 260 260 261 262 Table of Contents 20.12 20.13 20.14 20.15 Timer Interface Module Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.0-Volt SPI Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3-Volt SPI Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Memory Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 263 264 267 Chapter 21 Ordering Information and Mechanical Specifications 21.1 21.2 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 MC Order Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 18 Freescale Semiconductor Chapter 1 General Description 1.1 Introduction The MC68HC908GR16 is a member of the low-cost, high-performance M68HC08 Family of 8-bit microcontroller units (MCUs). All MCUs in the family use the enhanced M68HC08 central processor unit (CPU08) and are available with a variety of modules, memory sizes and types, and package types. 1.2 Features For convenience, features have been organized to reflect: • Standard features of the MC68HC908GR16 • Features of the CPU08 1.2.1 Standard Features of the MC68HC908GR16 Features of the MC68HC908GR16 include: • High-performance M68HC08 architecture optimized for C-compilers • Fully upward-compatible object code with M6805, M146805, and M68HC05 Families • 8-MHz internal bus frequency • Clock generation module supporting 32-kHz to 100-kHz crystals • FLASH program memory security(1) • On-chip programming firmware for use with host personal computer which does not require high voltage for entry • In-system programming (ISP) • System protection features: – Optional computer operating properly (COP) reset – Low-voltage detection with optional reset and selectable trip points for 3.3-V and 5.0-V operation – Illegal opcode detection with reset – Illegal address detection with reset • Low-power design; fully static with stop and wait modes • Standard low-power modes of operation: – Wait mode – Stop mode • Master reset pin and power-on reset (POR) • 16 Kbytes of on-chip 100k cycle write/erase capable FLASH memory 1. No security feature is absolutely secure. However, Freescale’s strategy is to make reading or copying the FLASH difficult for unauthorized users. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 19 General Description • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 1 Kbyte of on-chip random-access memory (RAM) 406 bytes of FLASH programming routines read-only memory (ROM) Serial peripheral interface (SPI) module Enhanced serial communications interface (ESCI) module LIN specific enhanced features: – Generation of LIN 1.2 break symbols without extra software steps on each message – Break detection filtering to prevent false interrupts Two 16-bit timer interface modules (2-channel TIM1 and 2-channel TIM2) with selectable input capture, output compare, and pulse-width modulation (PWM) capability on each channel Up to 8-channel, 10-bit successive approximation analog-to-digital converter (ADC) depending on package choice BREAK (BRK) module to allow single breakpoint setting during in-circuit debugging Internal pullups on IRQ and RST to reduce customer system cost Up to 37 general-purpose input/output (I/O) pins, including: – 28 shared-function I/O pins – Up to nine dedicated I/O pins, depending on package choice Selectable pullups on inputs only on ports A, C, and D. Selection is on an individual port bit basis. During output mode, pullups are disengaged. High current 10-mA sink/source capability on all port pins Higher current 20-mA sink/source capability on PTC0–PTC4 Timebase module (TBM) with clock prescaler circuitry for eight user selectable periodic real-time interrupts with optional active clock source during stop mode for periodic wakeup from stop using an external crystal User selection of having the oscillator enabled or disabled during stop mode Up to 8-bit keyboard wakeup port depending on package choice 5 mA maximum current injection on all port pins to maintain input protection Available packages: – 32-pin LQFP – 48-pin low-profile quad flag pack (LQFP) Specific features of the MC68HC908GR16 in 32-pin LQFP are: – Port A is only 4 bits: PTA0–PTA3; 4-pin keyboard interrupt (KBI) module – Port B is only 6 bits: PTB0–PTB5; 6-channel ADC module – Port C is only 2 bits: PTC0–PTC1 – Port D is only 7 bits: PTD0–PTD6; shared with SPI, TIM1, and TIM2 modules – Port E is only 2 bits: PTE0–PTE1; shared with ESCI module Specific features of the MC68HC908GR16 in 48-pin LQFP are: – Port A is 8 bits: PTA0–PTA7; 8-pin KBI module – Port B is 8 bits: PTB0–PTB7; 8-channel ADC module – Port C is only 7 bits: PTC0–PTC6 – Port D is 8 bits: PTD0–PTD7; shared with SPI, TIM1, and TIM2 modules – Port E is only 6 bits: PTE0–PTE5; shared with ESCI module MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 20 Freescale Semiconductor MCU Block Diagram 1.2.2 Features of the CPU08 Features of the CPU08 include: • Enhanced HC05 programming model • Extensive loop control functions • 16 addressing modes (eight more than the HC05) • 16-bit index register and stack pointer • Memory-to-memory data transfers • Fast 8 × 8 multiply instruction • Fast 16/8 divide instruction • Binary-coded decimal (BCD) instructions • Optimization for controller applications • Efficient C language support 1.3 MCU Block Diagram Figure 1-1 shows the structure of the MC68HC908GR16. 1.4 Pin Assignments Figure 1-2 and Figure 1-3 illustrate the pin assignments for the 32-pin LQFP and 48-pin LQFP respectively. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 21 General Description INTERNAL BUS M68HC08 CPU PORTA CPU REGISTERS ARITHMETIC/LOGIC UNIT (ALU) PROGRAMMABLE TIMEBASE MODULE SINGLE BREAKPOINT BREAK MODULE DUAL VOLTAGE LOW-VOLTAGE INHIBIT MODULE 8-BIT KEYBOARD INTERRUPT MODULE 2-CHANNEL TIMER INTERFACE MODULE 1 2-CHANNEL TIMER INTERFACE MODULE 2 ENHANCED SERIAL COMUNICATIONS INTERFACE MODULE PORTD DDRD COMPUTER OPERATING PROPERLY MODULE RST(3) IRQ(3) VDDAD/VREFH VSSAD/VREFL SYSTEM INTEGRATION MODULE SINGLE EXTERNAL INTERRUPT MODULE 10-BIT ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERTER MODULE POWER-ON RESET MODULE VDD VSS VDDA VSSA MEMORY MAP MODULE CONFIGURATION REGISTER 1–2 MODULE SECURITY MODULE SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE MODULE PORTE MONITOR MODULE PORTB DDRB PTA7/KBD7– PTA0/KBD0(1) PTB7/AD7 PTB6/AD6 PTB5/AD5 PTB4/AD4 PTB3/AD3 PTB2/AD2 PTB1/AD1 PTB0/AD0 PTC6(1) PTC5(1) PTC4(1), (2) PTC3(1), (2) PTC2(1), (2) PTC1(1), (2) PTC0(1), (2) PTD7/T2CH1(1) PTD6/T2CH0(1) PTD5/T1CH1(1) PTD4/T1CH0(1) PTD3/SPSCK(1) PTD2/MOSI(1) PTD1/MISO(1) PTD0/SS(1) PTE5–PTE2 PTE1/RxD PTE0/TxD DDRA DDRE DDRC CONTROL AND STATUS REGISTERS — 64 BYTES USER FLASH — 15,872 BYTES USER RAM — 1024 BYTES MONITOR ROM — 350 BYTES FLASH PROGRAMMING ROUTINES ROM — 406 BYTES USER FLASH VECTOR SPACE — 36 BYTES CLOCK GENERATOR MODULE OSC1 OSC2 CGMXFC 32–100 kHz OSCILLATOR PHASE LOCKED LOOP POWER MONITOR MODE ENTRY MODULE 1. Ports are software configurable with pullup device if input port. 2. Higher current drive port pins 3. Pin contains integrated pullup device Figure 1-1. MCU Block Diagram MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 22 Freescale Semiconductor PORTC Pin Assignments PTC1/CANRX 27 PTC0/CANTX 26 PTA3/KBD3 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 32 OSC1 CGMXFC OSC2 30 31 29 RST PTE0/TxD PTE1/RxD IRQ PTD0/SS PTD1/MISO PTD2/MOSI PTD3/SPSCK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 28 VDDA VSSA PTA2/KBD2 PTA1/KBD1 PTA0/KBD0 VSSAD/VREFL VDDAD/VREFH PTB5/AD5 PTB4/AD4 PTB3/AD3 PTB0/AD0 PTD4/T1CH0 PTD5/T1CH1 PTD6/T2CH0 PTB1/AD1 PTA6/KBD6 VSS VDD Figure 1-2. 32-Pin LQFP Pin Assignments PTC1/CANRX PTC0/CANTX PTA5/KBD5 37 PTA3/KBD3 36 PTA2/KBD2 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 14 17 20 15 16 18 19 21 22 23 PTA1/KBD1 PTA0/KBD0 PTC6 PTC5 VSSAD/VREFL VDDAD/VREFH PTB7/AD7 PTB6/AD6 PTB5/AD5 PTB4/AD4 25 PTB3/AD3 PTB2/AD2 24 PTA7/KBD7 PTA4/KBD4 PTB1/AD1 38 48 OSC1 CGMXFC OSC2 46 45 44 VDDA VSSA 43 42 41 40 PTC4 RST 1 PTE0/TxD PTE1/RxD PTE2 PTE3 PTE4 PTE5 IRQ PTD0/SS PTD1/MISO PTD2/MOSI PTD3/SPSCK 12 VSS 13 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 47 PTD5/T1CH1 PTD6/T2CH0 PTD7/T2CH1 Figure 1-3. 48-Pin LQFP Pin Assignments MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 23 PTD4/T1CH0 PTB0/AD0 PTC2 PTC3 VDD 39 PTB2/AD2 General Description 1.5 Pin Functions Descriptions of the pin functions are provided here. 1.5.1 Power Supply Pins (VDD and VSS) VDD and VSS are the power supply and ground pins. The MCU operates from a single power supply. Fast signal transitions on MCU pins place high, short-duration current demands on the power supply. To prevent noise problems, take special care to provide power supply bypassing at the MCU as Figure 1-4 shows. Place the C1 bypass capacitor as close to the MCU as possible. Use a high-frequency-response ceramic capacitor for C1. C2 is an optional bulk current bypass capacitor for use in applications that require the port pins to source high current levels. MCU VDD VSS C1 0.1 μF + C2 VDD Note: Component values shown represent typical applications. Figure 1-4. Power Supply Bypassing 1.5.2 Oscillator Pins (OSC1 and OSC2) OSC1 and OSC2 are the connections for an external crystal, resonator, or clock circuit. See Chapter 4 Clock Generator Module (CGM). 1.5.3 External Reset Pin (RST) A 0 on the RST pin forces the MCU to a known startup state. RST is bidirectional, allowing a reset of the entire system. It is driven low when any internal reset source is asserted. This pin contains an internal pullup resistor. See Chapter 15 System Integration Module (SIM). 1.5.4 External Interrupt Pin (IRQ) IRQ is an asynchronous external interrupt pin. This pin contains an internal pullup resistor. See Chapter 8 External Interrupt (IRQ). MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 24 Freescale Semiconductor Pin Functions 1.5.5 CGM Power Supply Pins (VDDA and VSSA) VDDA and VSSA are the power supply pins for the analog portion of the clock generator module (CGM). Decoupling of these pins should be as per the digital supply. See Chapter 4 Clock Generator Module (CGM). 1.5.6 External Filter Capacitor Pin (VCGMXFC) CGMXFC is an external filter capacitor connection for the CGM. See Chapter 4 Clock Generator Module (CGM). 1.5.7 ADC Power Supply/Reference Pins (VDDAD/VREFH and VSSAD/VREFL) VDDAD and VSSAD are the power supply pins to the analog-to-digital converter (ADC). VREFH and VREFL are the reference voltage pins for the ADC. VREFH is the high reference supply for the ADC, and by default the VDDAD/VREFH pin should be externally filtered and connected to the same voltage potential as VDD. VREFL is the low reference supply for the ADC, and by default the VSSAD/VREFL pin should be connected to the same voltage potential as VSS. See Chapter 3 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC). 1.5.8 Port A Input/Output (I/O) Pins (PTA7/KBD7–PTA0/KBD0) PTA7–PTA0 are general-purpose, bidirectional I/O port pins. Any or all of the port A pins can be programmed to serve as keyboard interrupt pins. See Chapter 12 Input/Output Ports (PORTS) and Chapter 9 Keyboard Interrupt Module (KBI). These port pins also have selectable pullups when configured for input mode. The pullups are disengaged when configured for output mode. The pullups are selectable on an individual port bit basis. 1.5.9 Port B I/O Pins (PTB7/AD7–PTB0/AD0) PTB7–PTB0 are general-purpose, bidirectional I/O port pins that can also be used for analog-to-digital converter (ADC) inputs. See Chapter 12 Input/Output Ports (PORTS) and Chapter 3 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC). 1.5.10 Port C I/O Pins (PTC6–PTC0) PTC6 and PTC5 are general-purpose, bidirectional I/O port pins. PTC4–PTC0 are general-purpose, bidirectional I/O port pins that contain higher current sink/source capability. See Chapter 12 Input/Output Ports (PORTS). These port pins also have selectable pullups when configured for input mode. The pullups are disengaged when configured for output mode. The pullups are selectable on an individual port bit basis. 1.5.11 Port D I/O Pins (PTD7/T2CH1–PTD0/SS) PTD7–PTD0 are special-function, bidirectional I/O port pins. PTD3–PTD0 can be programmed to be serial peripheral interface (SPI) pins, while PTD7–PTD4 can be individually programmed to be timer interface module (TIM1 and TIM2) pins. See Chapter 18 Timer Interface Module (TIM), Chapter 16 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Module, and Chapter 12 Input/Output Ports (PORTS). These port pins also have selectable pullups when configured for input mode. The pullups are disengaged when configured for output mode. The pullups are selectable on an individual port bit basis. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 25 General Description 1.5.12 Port E I/O Pins (PTE5–PTE2 and PTE0/TxD) PTE5–PTE0 are general-purpose, bidirectional I/O port pins. PTE1 and PTE0 can also be programmed to be enhanced serial communications interface (ESCI) pins. See Chapter 14 Enhanced Serial Communications Interface (ESCI) Module and Chapter 12 Input/Output Ports (PORTS). NOTE Any unused inputs and I/O ports should be tied to an appropriate logic level (either VDD or VSS). Although the I/O ports of the MC68HC908GR16 do not require termination, termination is recommended to reduce the possibility of static damage. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 26 Freescale Semiconductor Chapter 2 Memory 2.1 Introduction The CPU08 can address 64 Kbytes of memory space. The memory map, shown in Figure 2-1, includes: • 15,872 bytes of user FLASH memory • 1024 bytes of random-access memory (RAM) • 406 bytes of FLASH programming routines read-only memory (ROM) • 44 bytes of user-defined vectors • 350 bytes of monitor ROM 2.2 Unimplemented Memory Locations Accessing an unimplemented location can cause an illegal address reset. In the memory map (Figure 2-1) and in register figures in this document, unimplemented locations are shaded. 2.3 Reserved Memory Locations Accessing a reserved location can have unpredictable effects on microcontroller (MCU) operation. In the Figure 2-1 and in register figures in this document, reserved locations are marked with the word Reserved or with the letter R. 2.4 Input/Output (I/O) Section Most of the control, status, and data registers are in the zero page area of $0000–$003F. Additional I/O registers have these addresses: • $FE00; break status register, BSR • $FE01; SIM reset status register, SRSR • $FE02; break auxiliary register, BRKAR • $FE03; break flag control register, BFCR • $FE04; interrupt status register 1, INT1 • $FE05; interrupt status register 2, INT2 • $FE06; interrupt status register 3, INT3 • $FE07; reserved • $FE08; FLASH control register, FLCR • $FE09; break address register high, BRKH • $FE0A; break address register low, BRKL • $FE0B; break status and control register, BRKSCR • $FE0C; LVI status register, LVISR • $FF7E; FLASH block protect register, FLBPR MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 27 Memory Data registers are shown in Figure 2-2. Table 2-1 is a list of vector locations. $0000 ↓ $003F $0040 ↓ $043F $0440 ↓ $04FF $0500 ↓ $057F $0580 ↓ $1BFF $1C00 ↓ $1D95 $1D96 ↓ $BFFF $C000 ↓ $FDFF $FE00 $FE01 $FE02 $FE03 $FE04 $FE05 $FE06 $FE07 $FE08 $FE09 $FE0A $FE0B $FE0C $FE0D ↓ $FE0F I/O REGISTERS 64 BYTES RAM 1024 BYTES UNIMPLEMENTED 192 BYTES RESERVED 128 BYTES UNIMPLEMENTED 5760 BYTES FLASH PROGRAMMING ROUTINES ROM 406 BYTES UNIMPLEMENTED 41,578 BYTES FLASH MEMORY 15,872 BYTES BREAK STATUS REGISTER (BSR) SIM RESET STATUS REGISTER (SRSR) BREAK AUXILIARY REGISTER (BRKAR) BREAK FLAG CONTROL REGISTER (BFCR) INTERRUPT STATUS REGISTER 1 (INT1) INTERRUPT STATUS REGISTER 2 (INT2) INTERRUPT STATUS REGISTER 3 (INT3) RESERVED FLASH CONTROL REGISTER (FLCR) BREAK ADDRESS REGISTER HIGH (BRKH) BREAK ADDRESS REGISTER LOW (BRKL) BREAK STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER (BRKSCR) LVI STATUS REGISTER (LVISR) UNIMPLEMENTED 3 BYTES Figure 2-1. Memory Map MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 28 Freescale Semiconductor Input/Output (I/O) Section $FE10 ↓ $FE1F $FE20 ↓ $FF7D $FF7E $FF7F ↓ $FFD3 $FFD4 ↓ $FFFF(1) UNIMPLEMENTED 16 BYTES RESERVED FOR COMPATIBILITY WITH MONITOR CODE FOR A-FAMILY PART MONITOR ROM 350 BYTES FLASH BLOCK PROTECT REGISTER (FLBPR) UNIMPLEMENTED 85 BYTES FLASH VECTORS 44 BYTES 1. $FFF6–$FFFD used for eight security bytes Figure 2-1. Memory Map (Continued) Addr. $0000 Register Name Port A Data Register Read: (PTA) Write: See page 124. Reset: Port B Data Register Read: (PTB) Write: See page 126. Reset: Port C Data Register Read: (PTC) Write: See page 128. Reset: Port D Data Register Read: (PTD) Write: See page 130. Reset: Data Direction Register A Read: (DDRA) Write: See page 124. Reset: Data Direction Register B Read: (DDRB) Write: See page 126. Reset: Bit 7 PTA7 6 PTA6 5 PTA5 4 PTA4 3 PTA3 2 PTA2 1 PTA1 Bit 0 PTA0 Unaffected by reset PTB7 PTB6 PTB5 PTB4 PTB3 PTB2 PTB1 PTB0 $0001 Unaffected by reset 0 PTC6 PTC5 PTC4 PTC3 PTC2 PTC1 PTC0 $0002 Unaffected by reset PTD7 PTD6 PTD5 PTD4 PTD3 PTD2 PTD1 PTD0 $0003 Unaffected by reset DDRA7 0 DDRB7 0 DDRA6 0 DDRB6 0 = Unimplemented DDRA5 0 DDRB5 0 DDRA4 0 DDRB4 0 R DDRA3 0 DDRB3 0 = Reserved DDRA2 0 DDRB2 0 DDRA1 0 DDRB1 0 DDRA0 0 DDRB0 0 $0004 $0005 U = Unaffected Figure 2-2. Control, Status, and Data Registers (Sheet 1 of 8) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 29 Memory Addr. $0006 Register Name Data Direction Register C Read: (DDRC) Write: See page 128. Reset: Data Direction Register D Read: (DDRD) Write: See page 131. Reset: Port E Data Register Read: (PTE) Write: See page 133. Reset: ESCI Prescaler Register Read: (SCPSC) Write: See page 170. Reset: Bit 7 0 0 DDRD7 0 0 6 DDRC6 0 DDRD6 0 0 5 DDRC5 0 DDRD5 0 PTE5 4 DDRC4 0 DDRD4 0 PTE4 3 DDRC3 0 DDRD3 0 PTE3 2 DDRC2 0 DDRD2 0 PTE2 1 DDRC1 0 DDRD1 0 PTE1 Bit 0 DDRC0 0 DDRD0 0 PTE0 $0007 $0008 Unaffected by reset PS2 0 AM1 0 ARD7 0 0 0 PS1 0 ALOST 0 ARD6 0 0 0 PTAPUE6 0 PTCPUE6 0 PTDPUE6 0 R 0 ERRIE 0 = Unimplemented PS0 0 AM0 0 ARD5 0 DDRE5 0 PTAPUE5 0 PTCPUE5 0 PTDPUE5 0 SPMSTR 1 OVRF 0 PSSB4 0 ACLK 0 ARD4 0 DDRE4 0 PTAPUE4 0 PTCPUE4 0 PTDPUE4 0 CPOL 0 MODF 0 R PSSB3 0 AFIN 0 ARD3 0 DDRE3 0 PTAPUE3 0 PTCPUE3 0 PTDPUE3 0 CPHA 1 SPTE 1 = Reserved PSSB2 0 ARUN 0 ARD2 0 DDRE2 0 PTAPUE2 0 PTCPUE2 0 PTDPUE2 0 SPWOM 0 MODFEN 0 PSSB1 0 AOVFL 0 ARD1 0 DDRE1 0 PTAPUE1 0 PTCPUE1 0 PTDPUE1 0 SPE 0 SPR1 0 PSSB0 0 ARD8 0 ARD0 0 DDRE0 0 PTAPUE0 0 PTCPUE0 0 PTDPUE0 0 SPTIE 0 SPR0 0 $0009 ESCI Arbiter Control Register Read: $000A (SCIACTL) Write: See page 174. Reset: $000B ESCI Arbiter Data Read: Register (SCIADAT) Write: See page 175. Reset: Data Direction Register E Read: (DDRE) Write: See page 134. Reset: $000C $000D Port A Input Pullup Enable Read: PTAPUE7 Register (PTAPUE) Write: See page 125. Reset: 0 Port C Input Pullup Enable Read: Register (PTCPUE) Write: See page 129. Reset: 0 0 $000E $000F Port D Input Pullup Enable Read: PTDPUE7 Register (PTDPUE) Write: See page 132. Reset: 0 SPI Control Register Read: (SPCR) Write: See page 212. Reset: SPI Status and Control Read: Register (SPSCR) Write: See page 213. Reset: SPRIE 0 SPRF 0 $0010 $0011 U = Unaffected Figure 2-2. Control, Status, and Data Registers (Sheet 2 of 8) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 30 Freescale Semiconductor Input/Output (I/O) Section Addr. $0012 Register Name SPI Data Register Read: (SPDR) Write: See page 215. Reset: ESCI Control Register 1 Read: (SCC1) Write: See page 161. Reset: ESCI Control Register 2 Read: (SCC2) Write: See page 163. Reset: ESCI Control Register 3 Read: (SCC3) Write: See page 164. Reset: ESCI Status Register 1 Read: (SCS1) Write: See page 165. Reset: ESCI Status Register 2 Read: (SCS2) Write: See page 168. Reset: ESCI Data Register Read: (SCDR) Write: See page 168. Reset: ESCI Baud Rate Register Read: (SCBR) Write: See page 169. Reset: Keyboard Status Read: and Control Register Write: (INTKBSCR) See page 109. Reset: Keyboard Interrupt Enable Read: Register (INTKBIER) Write: See page 110. Reset: Timebase Module Control Read: Register (TBCR) Write: See page 220. Reset: IRQ Status and Control Read: Register (INTSCR) Write: See page 103. Reset: Bit 7 R7 T7 6 R6 T6 5 R5 T5 4 R4 T4 3 R3 T3 2 R2 T2 1 R1 T1 Bit 0 R0 T0 Unaffected by reset LOOPS 0 SCTIE 0 R8 U SCTE 1 0 0 R7 T7 ENSCI 0 TCIE 0 T8 0 TC 1 0 0 R6 T6 TXINV 0 SCRIE 0 R 0 SCRF 0 0 0 R5 T5 M 0 ILIE 0 R 0 IDLE 0 0 0 R4 T4 WAKE 0 TE 0 ORIE 0 OR 0 0 0 R3 T3 ILTY 0 RE 0 NEIE 0 NF 0 0 0 R2 T2 PEN 0 RWU 0 FEIE 0 FE 0 BKF 0 R1 T1 PTY 0 SBK 0 PEIE 0 PE 0 RPF 0 R0 T0 $0013 $0014 $0015 $0016 $0017 $0018 Unaffected by reset LINT 0 0 0 KBIE7 0 TBIF 0 0 0 LINR 0 0 0 KBIE6 0 TBR2 0 0 0 = Unimplemented SCP1 0 0 0 KBIE5 0 TBR1 0 0 0 SCP0 0 0 0 KBIE4 0 TBR0 0 0 0 R R 0 KEYF 0 KBIE3 0 0 TACK 0 IRQF 0 = Reserved SCR2 0 0 ACKK 0 KBIE2 0 TBIE 0 0 ACK 0 SCR1 0 IMASKK 0 KBIE1 0 TBON 0 IMASK 0 SCR0 0 MODEK 0 KBIE0 0 R 0 MODE 0 $0019 $001A $001B $001C $001D U = Unaffected Figure 2-2. Control, Status, and Data Registers (Sheet 3 of 8) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 31 Memory Addr. $001E Register Name Configuration Register 2 Read: (CONFIG2)(1) Write: See page 80. Reset: Configuration Register 1 Read: (CONFIG1)(1) Write: See page 80. Reset: Bit 7 0 0 COPRS 0 6 0 0 LVISTOP 0 5 0 0 LVIRSTD 0 4 0 0 LVIPWRD 0 3 R 0 LVI5OR3 (Note 1) 0 2 1 Bit 0 ESCIBDSRC 1 COPD 0 TMBCLK- OSCENINSEL STOP 0 SSREC 0 0 STOP 0 $001F 1. One-time writable register after each reset, except LVI5OR3 bit. LVI5OR3 bit is only reset via POR (power-on reset). Timer 1 Status and Control Read: Register (T1SC) Write: See page 231. Reset: Timer 1 Counter Read: Register High (T1CNTH) Write: See page 232. Reset: Timer 1 Counter Read: Register Low (T1CNTL) Write: See page 232. Reset: Timer 1 Counter Modulo Read: Register High (T1MODH) Write: See page 233. Reset: Timer 1 Counter Modulo Read: Register Low (T1MODL) Write: See page 233. Reset: TOF 0 0 Bit 15 0 Bit 7 0 Bit 15 1 Bit 7 1 CH0F 0 0 Bit 15 0 TRST 0 12 0 4 0 12 1 4 1 MS0A 0 12 0 11 0 3 0 11 1 3 1 ELS0B 0 11 0 $0020 TOIE 0 14 0 6 0 14 1 6 1 CH0IE 0 14 TSTOP 1 13 0 5 0 13 1 5 1 MS0B 0 13 PS2 0 10 0 2 0 10 1 2 1 ELS0A 0 10 PS1 0 9 0 1 0 9 1 1 1 TOV0 0 9 PS0 0 Bit 8 0 Bit 0 0 Bit 8 1 Bit 0 1 CH0MAX 0 Bit 8 $0021 $0022 $0023 $0024 Timer 1 Channel 0 Status and Read: $0025 Control Register (T1SC0) Write: See page 233. Reset: $0026 Timer 1 Channel 0 Read: Register High (T1CH0H) Write: See page 236. Reset: Timer 1 Channel 0 Read: Register Low (T1CH0L) Write: See page 236. Reset: Indeterminate after reset Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Bit 0 $0027 Indeterminate after reset CH1F 0 0 CH1IE 0 = Unimplemented 0 0 MS1A 0 R ELS1B 0 = Reserved ELS1A 0 TOV1 0 CH1MAX 0 Timer 1 Channel 1 Status and Read: $0028 Control Register (T1SC1) Write: See page 234. Reset: U = Unaffected Figure 2-2. Control, Status, and Data Registers (Sheet 4 of 8) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 32 Freescale Semiconductor Input/Output (I/O) Section Addr. $0029 Register Name Timer 1 Channel 1 Read: Register High (T1CH1H) Write: See page 236. Reset: Timer 1 Channel 1 Read: Register Low (T1CH1L) Write: See page 236. Reset: Timer 2 Status and Control Read: Register (T2SC) Write: See page 231. Reset: Timer 2 Counter Read: Register High (T2CNTH) Write: See page 232. Reset: Timer 2 Counter Read: Register Low (T2CNTL) Write: See page 232. Reset: Timer 2 Counter Modulo Read: Register High (T2MODH) Write: See page 233. Reset: Timer 2 Counter Modulo Read: Register Low (T2MODL) Write: See page 233. Reset: Bit 7 Bit 15 6 14 5 13 4 12 3 11 2 10 1 9 Bit 0 Bit 8 Indeterminate after reset Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Bit 0 $002A Indeterminate after reset TOF 0 0 Bit 15 0 Bit 7 0 Bit 15 1 Bit 7 1 CH0F 0 0 Bit 15 TOIE 0 14 0 6 0 14 1 6 1 CH0IE 0 14 TSTOP 1 13 0 5 0 13 1 5 1 MS0B 0 13 0 TRST 0 12 0 4 0 12 1 4 1 MS0A 0 12 0 11 0 3 0 11 1 3 1 ELS0B 0 11 0 PS2 0 10 0 2 0 10 1 2 1 ELS0A 0 10 PS1 0 9 0 1 0 9 1 1 1 TOV0 0 9 PS0 0 Bit 8 0 Bit 0 0 Bit 8 1 Bit 0 1 CH0MAX 0 Bit 8 $002B $002C $002D $002E $002F Timer 2 Channel 0 Status and Read: $0030 Control Register (T2SC0) Write: See page 233. Reset: $0031 Timer 2 Channel 0 Read: Register High (T2CH0H) Write: See page 236. Reset: Timer 2 Channel 0 Read: Register Low (T2CH0L) Write: See page 236. Reset: Indeterminate after reset Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Bit 0 $0032 Indeterminate after reset CH1F 0 0 Bit 15 CH1IE 0 14 0 0 13 MS1A 0 12 ELS1B 0 11 ELS1A 0 10 TOV1 0 9 CH1MAX 0 Bit 8 Timer 2 Channel 1 Status and Read: $0033 Control Register (T2SC1) Write: See page 234. Reset: $0034 Timer 2 Channel 1 Read: Register High (T2CH1H) Write: See page 236. Reset: Indeterminate after reset = Unimplemented R = Reserved U = Unaffected Figure 2-2. Control, Status, and Data Registers (Sheet 5 of 8) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 33 Memory Addr. $0035 Register Name Timer 2 Channel 1 Read: Register Low (T2CH1L) Write: See page 236. Reset: PLL Control Register Read: (PCTL) Write: See page 70. Reset: PLL Bandwidth Control Read: Register (PBWC) Write: See page 72. Reset: PLL Multiplier Select High Read: Register (PMSH) Write: See page 73. Reset: PLL Multiplier Select Low Read: Register (PMSL) Write: See page 73. Reset: PLL VCO Select Range Read: Register (PMRS) Write: See page 74. Reset: PLL Reference Divider Read: Select Register (PMDS) Write: See page 74. Reset: ADC Status and Control Read: Register (ADSCR) Write: See page 53. Reset: ADC Data High Register Read: (ADRH) Write: See page 55. Reset: ADC Data Low Register Read: (ADRL) Write: See page 55. Reset: ADC Clock Register Read: (ADCLK) Write: See page 57. Reset: Break Status Register Read: (BSR) Write: See page 241. Reset: Bit 7 Bit 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 Indeterminate after reset PLLIE 0 AUTO 0 0 0 MUL7 0 VRS7 0 0 0 COCO R 0 0 PLLF 0 LOCK 0 0 0 MUL6 1 VRS6 1 0 0 AIEN 0 0 PLLON 1 ACQ 0 0 0 MUL5 0 VRS5 0 0 0 ADCO 0 0 BCS 0 0 0 0 0 MUL4 0 VRS4 0 0 0 ADCH4 1 0 PRE1 0 0 0 MUL11 0 MUL3 0 VRS3 0 RDS3 0 ADCH3 1 0 PRE0 0 0 0 MUL10 0 MUL2 0 VRS2 0 RDS2 0 ADCH2 1 0 VPR1 0 0 0 MUL9 0 MUL1 0 VRS1 0 RDS1 0 ADCH1 1 AD9 VPR0 0 R 0 MUL8 0 MUL0 0 VRS0 0 RDS0 1 ADCH0 1 AD9 $0036 $0037 $0038 $0039 $003A $003B $003C $003D Unaffected by reset AD7 AD6 AD5 AD4 A3 AD2 AD1 AD0 $003E Unaffected by reset ADIV2 0 R 0 ADIV1 0 R 0 ADIV0 0 R 0 ADICLK 0 R 0 MODE1 0 R 0 MODE0 1 R 0 R 0 SBSW (Note 2) 0 0 0 R 0 $003F $FE00 2. Writing a 0 clears SBSW. = Unimplemented R = Reserved U = Unaffected Figure 2-2. Control, Status, and Data Registers (Sheet 6 of 8) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 34 Freescale Semiconductor Input/Output (I/O) Section Addr. $FE01 Register Name SIM Reset Status Register Read: (SRSR) Write: See page 193. POR: Break Auxiliary Register Read: (BRKAR) Write: See page 240. Reset: Break Flag Control Read: Register (BFCR) Write: See page 241. Reset: Interrupt Status Register 1 Read: (INT1) Write: See page 145. Reset: Interrupt Status Register 2 Read: (INT2) Write: See page 145. Reset: Interrupt Status Register 3 Read: (INT3) Write: See page 145. Reset: Read: $FE07 Reserved Write: Reset: $FE08 FLASH Control Register Read: (FLCR) Write: See page 39. Reset: Bit 7 POR 1 Bit 7 0 BCFE 0 IF6 R 0 IF14 R 0 0 R 0 R 0 0 0 Bit 15 0 Bit 7 0 BRKE 0 LVIOUT 0 6 PIN 0 6 0 R 0 IF5 R 0 IF13 R 0 0 R 0 R 0 0 0 14 0 6 0 BRKA 0 0 0 = Unimplemented 5 COP 0 5 0 R 0 IF4 R 0 IF12 R 0 IF20 R 0 R 0 0 0 13 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 4 ILOP 0 4 0 R 0 IF3 R 0 IF11 R 0 IF19 R 0 R 0 0 0 12 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 R 3 ILAD 0 3 0 R 0 IF2 R 0 IF10 R 0 IF18 R 0 R 0 HVEN 0 11 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 = Reserved 2 MODRST 0 2 0 R 0 IF1 R 0 IF9 R 0 IF17 R 0 R 0 MASS 0 10 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 LVI 0 1 0 R 0 0 R 0 IF8 R 0 IF16 R 0 R 0 ERASE 0 9 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 Bit 0 0 0 Bit 0 0 R 0 0 R 0 IF7 R 0 IF15 R 0 R 0 PGM 0 Bit 8 0 Bit 0 0 0 0 0 0 $FE02 $FE03 $FE04 $FE05 $FE06 Break Address Register High Read: $FE09 (BRKH) Write: See page 240. Reset: $FE0A Break Address Register Low Read: (BRKL) Write: See page 240. Reset: Break Status and Control Read: Register (BRKSCR) Write: See page 239. Reset: Read: LVI Status Register (LVISR) Write: See page 119. Reset: $FE0B $FE0C U = Unaffected Figure 2-2. Control, Status, and Data Registers (Sheet 7 of 8) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 35 Memory Addr. $FF7E Register Name FLASH Block Protect Read: Register (FLBPR)(3) Write: See page 44. Reset: COP Control Register Read: (COPCTL) Write: See page 85. Reset: = Unimplemented Bit 7 BPR7 6 BPR6 5 BPR5 4 BPR4 3 BPR3 2 BPR2 1 BPR1 Bit 0 BPR0 Unaffected by reset Low byte of reset vector Writing clears COP counter (any value) Unaffected by reset R = Reserved U = Unaffected 3. Non-volatile FLASH register $FFFF Figure 2-2. Control, Status, and Data Registers (Sheet 8 of 8) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 36 Freescale Semiconductor Input/Output (I/O) Section Table 2-1. Vector Addresses Vector Priority Lowest Vector IF16 IF15 IF14 IF13 IF12 IF11 IF10 IF9 IF8 IF7 IF6 IF5 IF4 IF3 IF2 IF1 — — Address $FFDC $FFDD $FFDE $FFDF $FFE0 $FFE1 $FFE2 $FFE3 $FFE4 $FFE5 $FFE6 $FFE7 $FFE8 $FFE9 $FFEA $FFEB $FFEC $FFED $FFEE $FFEF $FFF0 $FFF1 $FFF2 $FFF3 $FFF4 $FFF5 $FFF6 $FFF7 $FFF8 $FFF9 $FFFA $FFFB $FFFC $FFFD $FFFE $FFFF Vector Timebase Vector (High) Timebase Vector (Low) ADC Conversion Complete Vector (High) ADC Conversion Complete Vector (Low) Keyboard Vector (High) Keyboard Vector (Low) ESCI Transmit Vector (High) ESCI Transmit Vector (Low) ESCI Receive Vector (High) ESCI Receive Vector (Low) ESCI Error Vector (High) ESCI Error Vector (Low) SPI Transmit Vector (High) SPI Transmit Vector (Low) SPI Receive Vector (High) SPI Receive Vector (Low) TIM2 Overflow Vector (High) TIM2 Overflow Vector (Low) TIM2 Channel 1 Vector (High) TIM2 Channel 1 Vector (Low) TIM2 Channel 0 Vector (High) TIM2 Channel 0 Vector (Low) TIM1 Overflow Vector (High) TIM1 Overflow Vector (Low) TIM1 Channel 1 Vector (High) TIM1 Channel 1 Vector (Low) TIM1 Channel 0 Vector (High) TIM1 Channel 0 Vector (Low) PLL Vector (High) PLL Vector (Low) IRQ Vector (High) IRQ Vector (Low) SWI Vector (High) SWI Vector (Low) Reset Vector (High) Reset Vector (Low) Highest MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 37 Memory 2.5 Random-Access Memory (RAM) Addresses $0040 through $043F are RAM locations. The location of the stack RAM is programmable. The 16-bit stack pointer allows the stack to be anywhere in the 64-Kbyte memory space. NOTE For correct operation, the stack pointer must point only to RAM locations. Within page zero are 192 bytes of RAM. Because the location of the stack RAM is programmable, all page zero RAM locations can be used for I/O control and user data or code. When the stack pointer is moved from its reset location at $00FF out of page zero, direct addressing mode instructions can efficiently access all page zero RAM locations. Page zero RAM, therefore, provides ideal locations for frequently accessed global variables. Before processing an interrupt, the CPU uses five bytes of the stack to save the contents of the CPU registers. NOTE For M6805 compatibility, the H register is not stacked. During a subroutine call, the CPU uses two bytes of the stack to store the return address. The stack pointer decrements during pushes and increments during pulls. NOTE Be careful when using nested subroutines. The CPU may overwrite data in the RAM during a subroutine or during the interrupt stacking operation. 2.6 FLASH Memory (FLASH) This subsection describes the operation of the embedded FLASH memory. This memory can be read, programmed, and erased from a single external supply. The program, erase, and read operations are enabled through the use of an internal charge pump. It is recommended that the user utilize the FLASH programming routines provided in the on-chip ROM, which are described more fully in a separate Freescale application note. 2.6.1 Functional Description The FLASH memory is an array of 15,872 bytes with an additional 36 bytes of user vectors and one byte of block protection. An erased bit reads as a 1 and a programmed bit reads as a 0. Memory in the FLASH array is organized into two rows per page basis. For the 16-K word by 8-bit embedded FLASH memory, the page size is 64 bytes per page and the row size is 32 bytes per row. Hence the minimum erase page size is 64 bytes and the minimum program row size is 32 bytes. Program and erase operation operations are facilitated through control bits in FLASH control register (FLCR). Details for these operations appear later in this section. The address ranges for the user memory and vectors are: • $C000–$FDFF; user memory • $FE08; FLASH control register • $FF7E; FLASH block protect register • $FFDC–$FFFF; these locations are reserved for user-defined interrupt and reset vectors MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 38 Freescale Semiconductor FLASH Memory (FLASH) Programming tools are available from Freescale Semiconductor. Contact your local representative for more information. NOTE A security feature prevents viewing of the FLASH contents.(1) 2.6.1.1 FLASH Control Register The FLASH control register (FLCR) controls FLASH program and erase operations. Address: Read: Write: Reset: 0 0 = Unimplemented 0 0 $FE08 Bit 7 0 6 0 5 0 4 0 3 HVEN 0 2 MASS 0 1 ERASE 0 Bit 0 PGM 0 Figure 2-3. FLASH Control Register (FLCR) HVEN — High-Voltage Enable Bit This read/write bit enables the charge pump to drive high voltages for program and erase operations in the array. HVEN can only be set if either PGM = 1 or ERASE = 1 and the proper sequence for program or erase is followed. 1 = High voltage enabled to array and charge pump on 0 = High voltage disabled to array and charge pump off MASS — Mass Erase Control Bit Setting this read/write bit configures the 16-Kbyte FLASH array for mass erase operation. 1 = MASS erase operation selected 0 = PAGE erase operation selected ERASE — Erase Control Bit This read/write bit configures the memory for erase operation. ERASE is interlocked with the PGM bit such that both bits cannot be equal to 1 or set to 1 at the same time. 1 = Erase operation selected 0 = Erase operation unselected PGM — Program Control Bit This read/write bit configures the memory for program operation. PGM is interlocked with the ERASE bit such that both bits cannot be equal to 1 or set to 1 at the same time. 1 = Program operation selected 0 = Program operation unselected 1. No security feature is absolutely secure. However, Freescale’s strategy is to make reading or copying the FLASH difficult for unauthorized users. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 39 Memory 2.6.1.2 FLASH Page Erase Operation Use this step-by-step procedure to erase a page (64 bytes) of FLASH memory to read as a 1. A page consists of 64 consecutive bytes starting from addresses $XX00, $XX40, $XX80, or $XXC0. The 44-byte user interrupt vectors area also forms a page. Any FLASH memory page can be erased alone. 1. Set the ERASE bit, and clear the MASS bit in the FLASH control register. 2. Read the FLASH block protect register. 3. Write any data to any FLASH address within the page address range desired. 4. Wait for a time, tNVS (minimum 10 μs) 5. Set the HVEN bit. 6. Wait for a time, tErase (minimum 1 ms or 4 ms) 7. Clear the ERASE bit. 8. Wait for a time, tNVH (minimum 5 μs) 9. Clear the HVEN bit. 10. After a time, tRCV (typical 1 μs), the memory can be accessed again in read mode. NOTE Programming and erasing of FLASH locations cannot be performed by code being executed from FLASH memory. While these operations must be performed in the order shown, other unrelated operations may occur between the steps. CAUTION A page erase of the vector page will erase the internal oscillator trim value at $FFC0. In applications that need more than 1000 program/erase cycles, use the 4-ms page erase specification to get improved long-term reliability. Any application can use this 4-ms page erase specification. However, in applications where a FLASH location will be erased and reprogrammed less than 1000 times, and speed is important, use the 1-ms page erase specification to get a shorter cycle time. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 40 Freescale Semiconductor FLASH Memory (FLASH) 2.6.1.3 FLASH Mass Erase Operation Use this step-by-step procedure to erase entire FLASH memory to read as a 1: 1. Set both the ERASE bit, and the MASS bit in the FLASH control register. 2. Read from the FLASH block protect register. 3. Write any data to any FLASH address(1) within the FLASH memory address range. 4. Wait for a time, tNVS (minimum 10 μs) 5. Set the HVEN bit. 6. Wait for a time, tMErase (minimum 4 ms) 7. Clear the ERASE and MASS bits. 8. Wait for a time, tNVHL (minimum 100 μs) 9. Clear the HVEN bit. 10. After a time, tRCV (minimum 1 μs), the memory can be accessed again in read mode. NOTE Mass erase is disabled whenever any block is protected (FLBPR does not equal $FF). Programming and erasing of FLASH locations cannot be performed by code being executed from FLASH memory. While these operations must be performed in the order shown, other unrelated operations may occur between the steps. CAUTION A mass erase will erase the internal oscillator trim value at $FFC0. 2.6.1.4 FLASH Program/Read Operation Programming of the FLASH memory is done on a row basis. A row consists of 32 consecutive bytes starting from addresses $XX00, $XX20, $XX40, $XX60, $XX80, $XXA0, $XXC0, or $XXE0. Use the following step-by-step procedure to program a row of FLASH memory Figure 2-4 shows a flowchart of the programming algorithm. NOTE Only bytes which are currently $FF may be programmed. 1. Set the PGM bit. This configures the memory for program operation and enables the latching of address and data for programming. 2. Read from the FLASH block protect register. 3. Write any data to any FLASH address within the row address range desired. 4. Wait for a time, tNVS (minimum 10 μs). 5. Set the HVEN bit. 6. Wait for a time, tPGS (minimum 5 μs). 7. Write data to the FLASH address being programmed(2). 1. When in monitor mode, with security sequence failed (see 19.3.2 Security), write to the FLASH block protect register instead of any FLASH address. 2. The time between each FLASH address change, or the time between the last FLASH address programmed to clearing PGM bit, must not exceed the maximum programming time, tPROG maximum. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 41 Memory 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Wait for a time, tPROG (minimum 30 μs). Repeat step 7 and 8 until all desired bytes within the row are programmed. Clear the PGM bit.(1) Wait for a time, tNVH (minimum 5 μs). Clear the HVEN bit. After time, tRCV (typical 1 μs), the memory can be accessed in read mode again. NOTE The COP register at location $FFFF should not be written between steps 5-12, when the HVEN bit is set. Since this register is located at a valid FLASH address, unpredictable behavior may occur if this location is written while HVEN is set. This program sequence is repeated throughout the memory until all data is programmed. NOTE Programming and erasing of FLASH locations cannot be performed by code being executed from the FLASH memory. While these operations must be performed in the order shown, other unrelated operations may occur between the steps. Do not exceed tPROG maximum, see 20.15 Memory Characteristics. It is highly recommended that interrupts be disabled during program/ erase operations. Do not exceed tPROG maximum or tHV maximum. tHV is defined as the cumulative high voltage programming time to the same row before next erase. tHV must satisfy this condition: tNVX = tNVH + tPGS + (tPROG x 32) Nmax, choose P using this table: Current N Value 0 < N ≤ N max N max < N ≤ N max × 2 N max × 2 < N ≤ N max × 4 N max × 4 < N ≤ N max × 8 P 0 1 2 3 Then recalculate N: ⎛ R × f VCLKDES⎞ N = round ⎜ ------------------------------------⎟ P ⎝f ×2 ⎠ RCLK 6. Calculate and verify the adequacy of the VCO and bus frequencies fVCLK and fBUS. f VCLK = ( 2 × N ⁄ R ) × f RCLK f BUS = ( f VCLK ) ⁄ 4 P 7. Select the VCO’s power-of-two range multiplier E, according to this table: Frequency Range 0 < fVCLK < 8 MHz 8 MHz ≤ fVCLK < 16 MHz 16 MHz ≤ fVCLK < 32 MHz 1. Do not program E to a value of 3. E(1) 0 1 2 8. Select a VCO linear range multiplier, L, where fNOM = 38.4 kHz ⎛ f VCLK ⎞ L = round n ⎜ --------------------------⎟ ⎝ 2E × f ⎠ NOM MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 64 Freescale Semiconductor Functional Description 9. Calculate and verify the adequacy of the VCO programmed center-of-range frequency, fVRS. The center-of-range frequency is the midpoint between the minimum and maximum frequencies attainable by the PLL. f VRS = ( L × 2 ) f NOM E For proper operation, f NOM × 2 f VRS – f VCLK ≤ -------------------------2 E 10. Verify the choice of P, R, N, E, and L by comparing fVCLK to fVRS and fVCLKDES. For proper operation, fVCLK must be within the application’s tolerance of fVCLKDES, and fVRS must be as close as possible to fVCLK. NOTE Exceeding the recommended maximum bus frequency or VCO frequency can crash the MCU. 11. Program the PLL registers accordingly: a. In the PRE bits of the PLL control register (PCTL), program the binary equivalent of P. b. In the VPR bits of the PLL control register (PCTL), program the binary equivalent of E. c. In the PLL multiplier select register low (PMSL) and the PLL multiplier select register high (PMSH), program the binary equivalent of N. d. In the PLL VCO range select register (PMRS), program the binary coded equivalent of L. e. In the PLL reference divider select register (PMDS), program the binary coded equivalent of R. Table 4-1 provides numeric examples (numbers are in hexadecimal notation): Table 4-1. Numeric Example fBUS 2.0 MHz 2.4576 MHz 2.5 MHz 4.0 MHz 4.9152 MHz 5.0 MHz 7.3728 MHz 8.0 MHz fRCLK 32.768 kHz 32.768 kHz 32.768 kHz 32.768 kHz 32.768 kHz 32.768 kHz 32.768 kHz 32.768 kHz R 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 N F5 12C 132 1E9 258 263 384 3D1 P 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 E 0 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 L D1 80 83 D1 80 82 C0 D0 MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 65 Clock Generator Module (CGM) 4.3.7 Special Programming Exceptions The programming method described in 4.3.6 Programming the PLL does not account for three possible exceptions. A value of 0 for R, N, or L is meaningless when used in the equations given. To account for these exceptions: • A 0 value for R or N is interpreted exactly the same as a value of 1. • A 0 value for L disables the PLL and prevents its selection as the source for the base clock. See 4.3.8 Base Clock Selector Circuit. 4.3.8 Base Clock Selector Circuit This circuit is used to select either the crystal clock, CGMXCLK, or the VCO clock, CGMVCLK, as the source of the base clock, CGMOUT. The two input clocks go through a transition control circuit that waits up to three CGMXCLK cycles and three CGMVCLK cycles to change from one clock source to the other. During this time, CGMOUT is held in stasis. The output of the transition control circuit is then divided by two to correct the duty cycle. Therefore, the bus clock frequency, which is one-half of the base clock frequency, is one-fourth the frequency of the selected clock (CGMXCLK or CGMVCLK). The BCS bit in the PLL control register (PCTL) selects which clock drives CGMOUT. The VCO clock cannot be selected as the base clock source if the PLL is not turned on. The PLL cannot be turned off if the VCO clock is selected. The PLL cannot be turned on or off simultaneously with the selection or deselection of the VCO clock. The VCO clock also cannot be selected as the base clock source if the factor L is programmed to a 0. This value would set up a condition inconsistent with the operation of the PLL, so that the PLL would be disabled and the crystal clock would be forced as the source of the base clock. 4.3.9 CGM External Connections In its typical configuration, the CGM requires up to nine external components. Five of these are for the crystal oscillator and two or four are for the PLL. The crystal oscillator is normally connected in a Pierce oscillator configuration, as shown in Figure 4-2. Figure 4-2 shows only the logical representation of the internal components and may not represent actual circuitry. The oscillator configuration uses five components: • Crystal, X1 • Fixed capacitor, C1 • Tuning capacitor, C2 (can also be a fixed capacitor) • Feedback resistor, RB • Series resistor, RS The series resistor (RS) is included in the diagram to follow strict Pierce oscillator guidelines. Refer to the crystal manufacturer’s data for more information regarding values for C1 and C2. Figure 4-2 also shows the external components for the PLL: • Bypass capacitor, CBYP • Filter network Routing should be done with great care to minimize signal cross talk and noise. See 20.9 Clock Generation Module Characteristics for capacitor and resistor values. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 66 Freescale Semiconductor I/O Signals SIMOSCEN OSCSTOPENB (FROM CONFIG) CGMXCLK OSC1 OSC2 CGMXFC VSSA VDDA VDD RB RS RF1 CF1 CF2 CBYP X1 C1 C2 Note: Filter network in box can be replaced with a single capacitor, but will degrade stability. Figure 4-2. CGM External Connections 4.4 I/O Signals The following paragraphs describe the CGM I/O signals. 4.4.1 Crystal Amplifier Input Pin (OSC1) The OSC1 pin is an input to the crystal oscillator amplifier. 4.4.2 Crystal Amplifier Output Pin (OSC2) The OSC2 pin is the output of the crystal oscillator inverting amplifier. 4.4.3 External Filter Capacitor Pin (CGMXFC) The CGMXFC pin is required by the loop filter to filter out phase corrections. An external filter network is connected to this pin. (See Figure 4-2.) NOTE To prevent noise problems, the filter network should be placed as close to the CGMXFC pin as possible, with minimum routing distances and no routing of other signals across the network. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 67 Clock Generator Module (CGM) 4.4.4 PLL Analog Power Pin (VDDA) VDDA is a power pin used by the analog portions of the PLL. Connect the VDDA pin to the same voltage potential as the VDD pin. NOTE Route VDDA carefully for maximum noise immunity and place bypass capacitors as close as possible to the package. 4.4.5 PLL Analog Ground Pin (VSSA) VSSA is a ground pin used by the analog portions of the PLL. Connect the VSSA pin to the same voltage potential as the VSS pin. NOTE Route VSSA carefully for maximum noise immunity and place bypass capacitors as close as possible to the package. 4.4.6 Oscillator Enable Signal (SIMOSCEN) The SIMOSCEN signal comes from the system integration module (SIM) and enables the oscillator and PLL. 4.4.7 Oscillator Stop Mode Enable Bit (OSCSTOPENB) OSCSTOPENB is a bit in the CONFIG register that enables the oscillator to continue operating during stop mode. If this bit is set, the Oscillator continues running during stop mode. If this bit is not set (default), the oscillator is controlled by the SIMOSCEN signal which will disable the oscillator during stop mode. 4.4.8 Crystal Output Frequency Signal (CGMXCLK) CGMXCLK is the crystal oscillator output signal. It runs at the full speed of the crystal (fXCLK) and comes directly from the crystal oscillator circuit. Figure 4-2 shows only the logical relation of CGMXCLK to OSC1 and OSC2 and may not represent the actual circuitry. The duty cycle of CGMXCLK is unknown and may depend on the crystal and other external factors. Also, the frequency and amplitude of CGMXCLK can be unstable at startup. 4.4.9 CGM Base Clock Output (CGMOUT) CGMOUT is the clock output of the CGM. This signal goes to the SIM, which generates the MCU clocks. CGMOUT is a 50 percent duty cycle clock running at twice the bus frequency. CGMOUT is software programmable to be either the oscillator output, CGMXCLK, divided by two or the VCO clock, CGMVCLK, divided by two. 4.4.10 CGM CPU Interrupt (CGMINT) CGMINT is the interrupt signal generated by the PLL lock detector. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 68 Freescale Semiconductor CGM Registers 4.5 CGM Registers These registers control and monitor operation of the CGM: • PLL control register (PCTL) — see 4.5.1 PLL Control Register. • PLL bandwidth control register (PBWC) — see 4.5.2 PLL Bandwidth Control Register. • PLL multiplier select register high (PMSH) — see 4.5.3 PLL Multiplier Select Register High. • PLL multiplier select register low (PMSL) — see 4.5.4 PLL Multiplier Select Register Low. • PLL VCO range select register (PMRS) — see 4.5.5 PLL VCO Range Select Register. • PLL reference divider select register (PMDS) — see 4.5.6 PLL Reference Divider Select Register. Figure 4-3 is a summary of the CGM registers. Addr. $0036 Register Name Read: PLL Control Register (PCTL) Write: See page 70. Reset: Bit 7 PLLIE 0 AUTO 0 0 0 MUL7 0 VRS7 0 0 0 6 PLLF 0 LOCK 0 0 0 MUL6 1 VRS6 1 0 0 5 PLLON 1 ACQ 0 0 0 MUL5 0 VRS5 0 0 0 4 BCS 0 0 0 0 0 MUL4 0 VRS4 0 0 0 3 PRE1 0 0 0 MUL11 0 MUL3 0 VRS3 0 RDS3 0 2 PRE0 0 0 0 MUL10 0 MUL2 0 VRS2 0 RDS2 0 1 VPR1 0 0 0 MUL9 0 MUL1 0 VRS1 0 RDS1 0 Bit 0 VPR0 0 R 0 MUL8 0 MUL0 0 VRS0 0 RDS0 1 PLL Bandwidth Control Reg- Read: $0037 ister (PBWC) Write: See page 72. Reset: $0038 PLL Multiplier Select High Read: Register (PMSH) Write: See page 73. Reset: PLL Multiplier Select Low Read: Register (PMSL) Write: See page 73. Reset: PLL VCO Select Range Read: Register (PMRS) Write: See page 74. Reset: PLL Reference Divider Read: Select Register (PMDS) Write: See page 74. Reset: $0039 $003A $003B NOTES: 1. When AUTO = 0, PLLIE is forced clear and is read-only. 2. When AUTO = 0, PLLF and LOCK read as clear. 3. When AUTO = 1, ACQ is read-only. 4. When PLLON = 0 or VRS7:VRS0 = $0, BCS is forced clear and is read-only. 5. When PLLON = 1, the PLL programming register is read-only. 6. When BCS = 1, PLLON is forced set and is read-only. = Unimplemented R = Reserved Figure 4-3. CGM I/O Register Summary MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 69 Clock Generator Module (CGM) 4.5.1 PLL Control Register The PLL control register (PCTL) contains the interrupt enable and flag bits, the on/off switch, the base clock selector bit, the prescaler bits, and the VCO power-of-two range selector bits. Address: Read: Write: Reset: $0036 Bit 7 PLLIE 0 6 PLLF 0 = Unimplemented 5 PLLON 1 4 BCS 0 3 PRE1 0 2 PRE0 0 1 VPR1 0 Bit 0 VPR0 0 Figure 4-4. PLL Control Register (PCTL) PLLIE — PLL Interrupt Enable Bit This read/write bit enables the PLL to generate an interrupt request when the LOCK bit toggles, setting the PLL flag, PLLF. When the AUTO bit in the PLL bandwidth control register (PBWC) is clear, PLLIE cannot be written and reads as a 0. Reset clears the PLLIE bit. 1 = PLL interrupts enabled 0 = PLL interrupts disabled PLLF — PLL Interrupt Flag Bit This read-only bit is set whenever the LOCK bit toggles. PLLF generates an interrupt request if the PLLIE bit also is set. PLLF always reads as a 0 when the AUTO bit in the PLL bandwidth control register (PBWC) is clear. Clear the PLLF bit by reading the PLL control register. Reset clears the PLLF bit. 1 = Change in lock condition 0 = No change in lock condition NOTE Do not inadvertently clear the PLLF bit. Any read or read-modify-write operation on the PLL control register clears the PLLF bit. PLLON — PLL On Bit This read/write bit activates the PLL and enables the VCO clock, CGMVCLK. PLLON cannot be cleared if the VCO clock is driving the base clock, CGMOUT (BCS = 1). (See 4.3.8 Base Clock Selector Circuit.) Reset sets this bit so that the loop can stabilize as the MCU is powering up. 1 = PLL on 0 = PLL off BCS — Base Clock Select Bit This read/write bit selects either the crystal oscillator output, CGMXCLK, or the VCO clock, CGMVCLK, as the source of the CGM output, CGMOUT. CGMOUT frequency is one-half the frequency of the selected clock. BCS cannot be set while the PLLON bit is clear. After toggling BCS, it may take up to three CGMXCLK and three CGMVCLK cycles to complete the transition from one source clock to the other. During the transition, CGMOUT is held in stasis. (See 4.3.8 Base Clock Selector Circuit.) Reset clears the BCS bit. 1 = CGMVCLK divided by two drives CGMOUT 0 = CGMXCLK divided by two drives CGMOUT NOTE PLLON and BCS have built-in protection that prevents the base clock selector circuit from selecting the VCO clock as the source of the base clock MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 70 Freescale Semiconductor CGM Registers if the PLL is off. Therefore, PLLON cannot be cleared when BCS is set, and BCS cannot be set when PLLON is clear. If the PLL is off (PLLON = 0), selecting CGMVCLK requires two writes to the PLL control register. (See 4.3.8 Base Clock Selector Circuit.) PRE1 and PRE0 — Prescaler Program Bits These read/write bits control a prescaler that selects the prescaler power-of-two multiplier, P. (See 4.3.3 PLL Circuits and 4.3.6 Programming the PLL.) PRE1 and PRE0 cannot be written when the PLLON bit is set. Reset clears these bits. NOTE The value of P is normally 0 when using a 32.768-kHz crystal as the reference. Table 4-2. PRE1 and PRE0 Programming PRE1 and PRE0 00 01 10 11 P 0 1 2 3 Prescaler Multiplier 1 2 4 8 VPR1 and VPR0 — VCO Power-of-Two Range Select Bits These read/write bits control the VCO’s hardware power-of-two range multiplier E that, in conjunction with L (See 4.3.3 PLL Circuits, 4.3.6 Programming the PLL, and 4.5.5 PLL VCO Range Select Register.) controls the hardware center-of-range frequency, fVRS. VPR1:VPR0 cannot be written when the PLLON bit is set. Reset clears these bits. Table 4-3. VPR1 and VPR0 Programming VPR1 and VPR0 00 01 10 11 1. Do not program E to a value of 3. E 0 1 2 3(1) VCO Power-of-Two Range Multiplier 1 2 4 8 MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 71 Clock Generator Module (CGM) 4.5.2 PLL Bandwidth Control Register The PLL bandwidth control register (PBWC): • Selects automatic or manual (software-controlled) bandwidth control mode • Indicates when the PLL is locked • In automatic bandwidth control mode, indicates when the PLL is in acquisition or tracking mode • In manual operation, forces the PLL into acquisition or tracking mode Address: Read: Write: Reset: $0037 Bit 7 AUTO 0 6 LOCK 0 = Unimplemented 5 ACQ 0 4 0 0 R 3 0 0 = Reserved 2 0 0 1 0 0 Bit 0 R 0 Figure 4-5. PLL Bandwidth Control Register (PBWC) AUTO — Automatic Bandwidth Control Bit This read/write bit selects automatic or manual bandwidth control. When initializing the PLL for manual operation (AUTO = 0), clear the ACQ bit before turning on the PLL. Reset clears the AUTO bit. 1 = Automatic bandwidth control 0 = Manual bandwidth control LOCK — Lock Indicator Bit When the AUTO bit is set, LOCK is a read-only bit that becomes set when the VCO clock, CGMVCLK, is locked (running at the programmed frequency). When the AUTO bit is clear, LOCK reads as a 0 and has no meaning. The write one function of this bit is reserved for test, so this bit must always be written a 0. Reset clears the LOCK bit. 1 = VCO frequency correct or locked 0 = VCO frequency incorrect or unlocked ACQ — Acquisition Mode Bit When the AUTO bit is set, ACQ is a read-only bit that indicates whether the PLL is in acquisition mode or tracking mode. When the AUTO bit is clear, ACQ is a read/write bit that controls whether the PLL is in acquisition or tracking mode. In automatic bandwidth control mode (AUTO = 1), the last-written value from manual operation is stored in a temporary location and is recovered when manual operation resumes. Reset clears this bit, enabling acquisition mode. 1 = Tracking mode 0 = Acquisition mode MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 72 Freescale Semiconductor CGM Registers 4.5.3 PLL Multiplier Select Register High The PLL multiplier select register high (PMSH) contains the programming information for the high byte of the modulo feedback divider. Address: Read: Write: Reset: 0 0 = Unimplemented 0 0 $0038 Bit 7 0 6 0 5 0 4 0 3 MUL11 0 2 MUL10 0 1 MUL9 0 Bit 0 MUL8 0 Figure 4-6. PLL Multiplier Select Register High (PMSH) MUL11–MUL8 — Multiplier Select Bits These read/write bits control the high byte of the modulo feedback divider that selects the VCO frequency multiplier N. (See 4.3.3 PLL Circuits and 4.3.6 Programming the PLL.) A value of $0000 in the multiplier select registers configures the modulo feedback divider the same as a value of $0001. Reset initializes the registers to $0040 for a default multiply value of 64. NOTE The multiplier select bits have built-in protection such that they cannot be written when the PLL is on (PLLON = 1). PMSH[7:4] — Unimplemented Bits These bits have no function and always read as 0s. 4.5.4 PLL Multiplier Select Register Low The PLL multiplier select register low (PMSL) contains the programming information for the low byte of the modulo feedback divider. Address: Read: Write: Reset: $0038 Bit 7 MUL7 0 6 MUL6 1 5 MUL5 0 4 MUL4 0 3 MUL3 0 2 MUL2 0 1 MUL1 0 Bit 0 MUL0 0 Figure 4-7. PLL Multiplier Select Register Low (PMSL) MUL7–MUL0 — Multiplier Select Bits These read/write bits control the low byte of the modulo feedback divider that selects the VCO frequency multiplier, N. (See 4.3.3 PLL Circuits and 4.3.6 Programming the PLL.) MUL7–MUL0 cannot be written when the PLLON bit in the PCTL is set. A value of $0000 in the multiplier select registers configures the modulo feedback divider the same as a value of $0001. Reset initializes the register to $40 for a default multiply value of 64. NOTE The multiplier select bits have built-in protection such that they cannot be written when the PLL is on (PLLON = 1). MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 73 Clock Generator Module (CGM) 4.5.5 PLL VCO Range Select Register NOTE PMRS may be called PVRS on other HC08 derivatives. The PLL VCO range select register (PMRS) contains the programming information required for the hardware configuration of the VCO. Address: Read: Write: Reset: $003A Bit 7 VRS7 0 6 VRS6 1 5 VRS5 0 4 VRS4 0 3 VRS3 0 2 VRS2 0 1 VRS1 0 Bit 0 VRS0 0 Figure 4-8. PLL VCO Range Select Register (PMRS) VRS7–VRS0 — VCO Range Select Bits These read/write bits control the hardware center-of-range linear multiplier L which, in conjunction with E (see 4.3.3 PLL Circuits, 4.3.6 Programming the PLL, and 4.5.1 PLL Control Register), controls the hardware center-of-range frequency, fVRS. VRS7–VRS0 cannot be written when the PLLON bit in the PCTL is set. (See 4.3.7 Special Programming Exceptions.) A value of $00 in the VCO range select register disables the PLL and clears the BCS bit in the PLL control register (PCTL). (See 4.3.8 Base Clock Selector Circuit and 4.3.7 Special Programming Exceptions.) Reset initializes the register to $40 for a default range multiply value of 64. NOTE The VCO range select bits have built-in protection such that they cannot be written when the PLL is on (PLLON = 1) and such that the VCO clock cannot be selected as the source of the base clock (BCS = 1) if the VCO range select bits are all clear. The PLL VCO range select register must be programmed correctly. Incorrect programming can result in failure of the PLL to achieve lock. 4.5.6 PLL Reference Divider Select Register NOTE PMDS may be called PRDS on other HC08 derivatives. The PLL reference divider select register (PMDS) contains the programming information for the modulo reference divider. Address: Read: Write: Reset: 0 0 = Unimplemented 0 0 $003B Bit 7 0 6 0 5 0 4 0 3 RDS3 0 2 RDS2 0 1 RDS1 0 Bit 0 RDS0 1 Figure 4-9. PLL Reference Divider Select Register (PMDS) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 74 Freescale Semiconductor Interrupts RDS3–RDS0 — Reference Divider Select Bits These read/write bits control the modulo reference divider that selects the reference division factor, R. (See 4.3.3 PLL Circuits and 4.3.6 Programming the PLL.) RDS7–RDS0 cannot be written when the PLLON bit in the PCTL is set. A value of $00 in the reference divider select register configures the reference divider the same as a value of $01. (See 4.3.7 Special Programming Exceptions.) Reset initializes the register to $01 for a default divide value of 1. NOTE The reference divider select bits have built-in protection such that they cannot be written when the PLL is on (PLLON = 1). NOTE The default divide value of 1 is recommended for all applications. PMDS7–PMDS4 — Unimplemented Bits These bits have no function and always read as 0s. 4.6 Interrupts When the AUTO bit is set in the PLL bandwidth control register (PBWC), the PLL can generate a CPU interrupt request every time the LOCK bit changes state. The PLLIE bit in the PLL control register (PCTL) enables CPU interrupts from the PLL. PLLF, the interrupt flag in the PCTL, becomes set whether interrupts are enabled or not. When the AUTO bit is clear, CPU interrupts from the PLL are disabled and PLLF reads as 0. Software should read the LOCK bit after a PLL interrupt request to see if the request was due to an entry into lock or an exit from lock. When the PLL enters lock, the VCO clock, CGMVCLK, divided by two can be selected as the CGMOUT source by setting BCS in the PCTL. When the PLL exits lock, the VCO clock frequency is corrupt, and appropriate precautions should be taken. If the application is not frequency sensitive, interrupts should be disabled to prevent PLL interrupt service routines from impeding software performance or from exceeding stack limitations. NOTE Software can select the CGMVCLK divided by two as the CGMOUT source even if the PLL is not locked (LOCK = 0). Therefore, software should make sure the PLL is locked before setting the BCS bit. 4.7 Special Modes The WAIT instruction puts the MCU in low power-consumption standby modes. 4.7.1 Wait Mode The WAIT instruction does not affect the CGM. Before entering wait mode, software can disengage and turn off the PLL by clearing the BCS and PLLON bits in the PLL control register (PCTL) to save power. Less power-sensitive applications can disengage the PLL without turning it off, so that the PLL clock is immediately available at WAIT exit. This would be the case also when the PLL is to wake the MCU from wait mode, such as when the PLL is first enabled and waiting for LOCK or LOCK is lost. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 75 Clock Generator Module (CGM) 4.7.2 Stop Mode If the OSCSTOPENB bit in the CONFIG register is cleared (default), then the STOP instruction disables the CGM (oscillator and phase locked loop) and holds low all CGM outputs (CGMXCLK, CGMOUT, and CGMINT). If the STOP instruction is executed with the VCO clock, CGMVCLK, divided by two driving CGMOUT, the PLL automatically clears the BCS bit in the PLL control register (PCTL), thereby selecting the crystal clock, CGMXCLK, divided by two as the source of CGMOUT. When the MCU recovers from STOP, the crystal clock divided by two drives CGMOUT and BCS remains clear. If the OSCSTOPENB bit in the CONFIG register is set, then the phase locked loop is shut off but the oscillator will continue to operate in stop mode. 4.7.3 CGM During Break Interrupts The system integration module (SIM) controls whether status bits in other modules can be cleared during the break state. The BCFE bit in the SIM break flag control register (SBFCR) enables software to clear status bits during the break state. (See Chapter 15 System Integration Module (SIM).) To allow software to clear status bits during a break interrupt, write a 1 to the BCFE bit. If a status bit is cleared during the break state, it remains cleared when the MCU exits the break state. To protect the PLLF bit during the break state, write a 0 to the BCFE bit. With BCFE at 0 (its default state), software can read and write the PLL control register during the break state without affecting the PLLF bit. 4.8 Acquisition/Lock Time Specifications The acquisition and lock times of the PLL are, in many applications, the most critical PLL design parameters. Proper design and use of the PLL ensures the highest stability and lowest acquisition/lock times. 4.8.1 Acquisition/Lock Time Definitions Typical control systems refer to the acquisition time or lock time as the reaction time, within specified tolerances, of the system to a step input. In a PLL, the step input occurs when the PLL is turned on or when it suffers a noise hit. The tolerance is usually specified as a percentage of the step input or when the output settles to the desired value plus or minus a percentage of the frequency change. Therefore, the reaction time is constant in this definition, regardless of the size of the step input. For example, consider a system with a 5 percent acquisition time tolerance. If a command instructs the system to change from 0 Hz to 1 MHz, the acquisition time is the time taken for the frequency to reach 1 MHz ±50 kHz. Fifty kHz = 5% of the 1-MHz step input. If the system is operating at 1 MHz and suffers a –100-kHz noise hit, the acquisition time is the time taken to return from 900 kHz to 1 MHz ±5 kHz. Five kHz = 5% of the 100-kHz step input. Other systems refer to acquisition and lock times as the time the system takes to reduce the error between the actual output and the desired output to within specified tolerances. Therefore, the acquisition or lock time varies according to the original error in the output. Minor errors may not even be registered. Typical PLL applications prefer to use this definition because the system requires the output frequency to be within a certain tolerance of the desired frequency regardless of the size of the initial error. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 76 Freescale Semiconductor Acquisition/Lock Time Specifications 4.8.2 Parametric Influences on Reaction Time Acquisition and lock times are designed to be as short as possible while still providing the highest possible stability. These reaction times are not constant, however. Many factors directly and indirectly affect the acquisition time. The most critical parameter which affects the reaction times of the PLL is the reference frequency, fRDV. This frequency is the input to the phase detector and controls how often the PLL makes corrections. For stability, the corrections must be small compared to the desired frequency, so several corrections are required to reduce the frequency error. Therefore, the slower the reference the longer it takes to make these corrections. This parameter is under user control via the choice of crystal frequency fXCLK and the R value programmed in the reference divider. (See 4.3.3 PLL Circuits, 4.3.6 Programming the PLL, and 4.5.6 PLL Reference Divider Select Register.) Another critical parameter is the external filter network. The PLL modifies the voltage on the VCO by adding or subtracting charge from capacitors in this network. Therefore, the rate at which the voltage changes for a given frequency error (thus change in charge) is proportional to the capacitance. The size of the capacitor also is related to the stability of the PLL. If the capacitor is too small, the PLL cannot make small enough adjustments to the voltage and the system cannot lock. If the capacitor is too large, the PLL may not be able to adjust the voltage in a reasonable time. (See 4.8.3 Choosing a Filter.) Also important is the operating voltage potential applied to VDDA. The power supply potential alters the characteristics of the PLL. A fixed value is best. Variable supplies, such as batteries, are acceptable if they vary within a known range at very slow speeds. Noise on the power supply is not acceptable, because it causes small frequency errors which continually change the acquisition time of the PLL. Temperature and processing also can affect acquisition time because the electrical characteristics of the PLL change. The part operates as specified as long as these influences stay within the specified limits. External factors, however, can cause drastic changes in the operation of the PLL. These factors include noise injected into the PLL through the filter capacitor, filter capacitor leakage, stray impedances on the circuit board, and even humidity or circuit board contamination. 4.8.3 Choosing a Filter As described in 4.8.2 Parametric Influences on Reaction Time, the external filter network is critical to the stability and reaction time of the PLL. The PLL is also dependent on reference frequency and supply voltage. Figure 4-10 shows two types of filter circuits. In low-cost applications, where stability and reaction time of the PLL are not critical, the three component filter network of Figure 4-10 (B) can be replaced by a single capacitor, CF, shown in Figure 4-10 (A). Refer to Table 4-4 for recommended filter components at various reference frequencies. For reference frequencies between the values listed in the table, extrapolate to the nearest common capacitor value. In general, a slightly larger capacitor provides more stability at the expense of increased lock time. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 77 Clock Generator Module (CGM) CGMXFC CGMXFC RF1 CF CF1 CF2 VSSA VSSA (A) (B) Figure 4-10. PLL Filter Table 4-4. Example Filter Component Values fRCLK 32 kHz 40 kHz 50 kHz 60 kHz 70 kHz 80 kHz 90 kHz 100 kHz CF1 0.15 μF 0.12 μF 0.10 μF 82 nF 68 nF 56 nF 56 nF 47 nF CF2 15 nF 12 nF 10 nF 8.2 nF 6.8 nF 5.6 nF 5.6 nF 4.7 nF RF1 2K 2K 2K 2K 2K 2K 2K 2K CF 0.22 μF 0.18 μF 0.18 μF 0.12 μF 0.12 μF 0.1 μF 0.1 μF 82 nF MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 78 Freescale Semiconductor Chapter 5 Configuration Register (CONFIG) 5.1 Introduction This section describes the configuration registers, CONFIG1 and CONFIG2. The configuration registers enable or disable these options: • Stop mode recovery time (32 CGMXCLK cycles or 4096 CGMXCLK cycles) • COP timeout period (262,128 or 8176 CGMXCLK cycles) • STOP instruction • Computer operating properly module (COP) • Low-voltage inhibit (LVI) module control and voltage trip point selection • Enable/disable the oscillator (OSC) during stop mode • Enable/disable an extra divide by 128 prescaler in timebase module 5.2 Functional Description The configuration registers are used in the initialization of various options. The configuration registers can be written once after each reset. All of the configuration register bits are cleared during reset. Since the various options affect the operation of the microcontroller unit (MCU), it is recommended that these registers be written immediately after reset. The configuration registers are located at $001E and $001F and may be read at anytime. NOTE On a FLASH device, the options except LVI5OR3 are one-time writable by the user after each reset. The LVI5OR3 bit is one-time writable by the user only after each POR (power-on reset). The CONFIG registers are not in the FLASH memory but are special registers containing one-time writable latches after each reset. Upon a reset, the CONFIG registers default to predetermined settings as shown in Figure 5-1 and Figure 5-2. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 79 Configuration Register (CONFIG) Address: Read: Write: Reset: 0 0 0 0 R = Unimplemented $001E Bit 7 0 6 0 5 0 4 0 3 R 0 = Reserved 2 TMBCLKSEL 0 1 OSCENINSTOP 0 Bit 0 ESCIBDSRC 1 Figure 5-1. Configuration Register 2 (CONFIG2) Address: Read: Write: Reset: $001F Bit 7 COPRS 0 6 LVISTOP 0 5 LVIRSTD 0 4 LVIPWRD 0 3 LVI5OR3 See note 2 SSREC 0 1 STOP 0 Bit 0 COPD 0 Note: LVI5OR3 bit is only reset via POR (power-on reset) Figure 5-2. Configuration Register 1 (CONFIG1) TMBCLKSEL— Timebase Clock Select Bit TMBCLKSEL enables an extra divide-by-128 prescaler in the timebase module. Setting this bit enables the extra prescaler and clearing this bit disables it. See Chapter 4 Clock Generator Module (CGM) for a more detailed description of the external clock operation. 1 = Enables extra divide-by-128 prescaler in timebase module 0 = Disables extra divide-by-128 prescaler in timebase module OSCENINSTOP — Oscillator Enable In Stop Mode Bit OSCENINSTOP, when set, will enable oscillator to continue to generate clocks in stop mode. See Chapter 4 Clock Generator Module (CGM). This function is used to keep the timebase running while the reset of the MCU stops. See Chapter 17 Timebase Module (TBM). When clear, oscillator will cease to generate clocks while in stop mode. The default state for this option is clear, disabling the oscillator in stop mode. 1 = Oscillator enabled to operate during stop mode 0 = Oscillator disabled during stop mode (default) ESCIBDSRC — SCI Baud Rate Clock Source Bit ESCIBDSRC controls the clock source used for the serial communications interface (SCI). The setting of this bit affects the frequency at which the SCI operates.See Chapter 14 Enhanced Serial Communications Interface (ESCI) Module. 1 = Internal data bus clock used as clock source for SCI (default) 0 = External oscillator used as clock source for SCI COPRS — COP Rate Select Bit COPD selects the COP timeout period. Reset clears COPRS. See Chapter 6 Computer Operating Properly (COP) Module 1 = COP timeout period = 8176 CGMXCLK cycles 0 = COP timeout period = 262,128 CGMXCLK cycles LVISTOP — LVI Enable in Stop Mode Bit When the LVIPWRD bit is clear, setting the LVISTOP bit enables the LVI to operate during stop mode. Reset clears LVISTOP. 1 = LVI enabled during stop mode 0 = LVI disabled during stop mode MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 80 Freescale Semiconductor Functional Description LVIRSTD — LVI Reset Disable Bit LVIRSTD disables the reset signal from the LVI module. See Chapter 11 Low-Voltage Inhibit (LVI). 1 = LVI module resets disabled 0 = LVI module resets enabled LVIPWRD — LVI Power Disable Bit LVIPWRD disables the LVI module. See Chapter 11 Low-Voltage Inhibit (LVI). 1 = LVI module power disabled 0 = LVI module power enabled LVI5OR3 — LVI 5-V or 3-V Operating Mode Bit LVI5OR3 selects the voltage operating mode of the LVI module (see Chapter 11 Low-Voltage Inhibit (LVI)). The voltage mode selected for the LVI should match the operating VDD (see Chapter 20 Electrical Specifications) for the LVI’s voltage trip points for each of the modes. 1 = LVI operates in 5-V mode 0 = LVI operates in 3-V mode NOTE The LVI5OR3 bit is cleared by a power-on reset (POR) only. Other resets will leave this bit unaffected. SSREC — Short Stop Recovery Bit SSREC enables the CPU to exit stop mode with a delay of 32 CGMXCLK cycles instead of a 4096-CGMXCLK cycle delay. 1 = Stop mode recovery after 32 CGMXCLK cycles 0 = Stop mode recovery after 4096 CGMXCLCK cycles NOTE Exiting stop mode by an LVI reset will result in the long stop recovery. If the system clock source selected is the internal oscillator or the external crystal and the OSCENINSTOP configuration bit is not set, the oscillator will be disabled during stop mode. The short stop recovery does not provide enough time for oscillator stabilization and for this reason the SSREC bit should not be set. The system stabilization time for power-on reset and long stop recovery (both 4096 CGMXCLK cycles) gives a delay longer than the LVI enable time for these startup scenarios. There is no period where the MCU is not protected from a low-power condition. However, when using the short stop recovery configuration option, the 32-CGMXCLK delay must be greater than the LVI’s turn on time to avoid a period in startup where the LVI is not protecting the MCU. STOP — STOP Instruction Enable Bit STOP enables the STOP instruction. 1 = STOP instruction enabled 0 = STOP instruction treated as illegal opcode COPD — COP Disable Bit COPD disables the COP module. See Chapter 6 Computer Operating Properly (COP) Module. 1 = COP module disabled 0 = COP module enabled MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 81 Configuration Register (CONFIG) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 82 Freescale Semiconductor Chapter 6 Computer Operating Properly (COP) Module 6.1 Introduction The computer operating properly (COP) module contains a free-running counter that generates a reset if allowed to overflow. The COP module helps software recover from runaway code. Prevent a COP reset by clearing the COP counter periodically. The COP module can be disabled through the COPD bit in the CONFIG register. 6.2 Functional Description Figure 6-1 shows the structure of the COP module. CGMXCLK 12-BIT COP PRESCALER CLEAR ALL STAGES CLEAR STAGES 5–12 RESET CIRCUIT RESET STATUS REGISTER STOP INSTRUCTION INTERNAL RESET SOURCES RESET VECTOR FETCH COPCTL WRITE COP CLOCK COP MODULE 6-BIT COP COUNTER COPEN (FROM SIM) COP DISABLE (FROM CONFIG) RESET COPCTL WRITE COP RATE SEL (FROM CONFIG) CLEAR COP COUNTER Figure 6-1. COP Block Diagram MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 83 COP TIMEOUT Computer Operating Properly (COP) Module The COP counter is a free-running 6-bit counter preceded by a 12-bit prescaler counter. If not cleared by software, the COP counter overflows and generates an asynchronous reset after 262,128 or 8176 CGMXCLK cycles, depending on the state of the COP rate select bit, COPRS, in the configuration register. With a 8176 CGMXCLK cycle overflow option, a 4.9152-MHz crystal gives a COP timeout period of 53.3 ms. Writing any value to location $FFFF before an overflow occurs prevents a COP reset by clearing the COP counter and stages 12–5 of the prescaler. NOTE Service the COP immediately after reset and before entering or after exiting stop mode to guarantee the maximum time before the first COP counter overflow. A COP reset pulls the RST pin low for 32 CGMXCLK cycles and sets the COP bit in the reset status register (RSR). In monitor mode, the COP is disabled if the RST pin or the IRQ is held at VTST. During the break state, VTST on the RST pin disables the COP. NOTE Place COP clearing instructions in the main program and not in an interrupt subroutine. Such an interrupt subroutine could keep the COP from generating a reset even while the main program is not working properly. 6.3 I/O Signals The following paragraphs describe the signals shown in Figure 6-1. 6.3.1 CGMXCLK CGMXCLK is the crystal oscillator output signal. CGMXCLK frequency is equal to the crystal frequency. 6.3.2 STOP Instruction The STOP instruction clears the COP prescaler. 6.3.3 COPCTL Write Writing any value to the COP control register (COPCTL) clears the COP counter and clears bits 12–5 of the prescaler. Reading the COP control register returns the low byte of the reset vector. See 6.4 COP Control Register. 6.3.4 Power-On Reset The power-on reset (POR) circuit clears the COP prescaler 4096 CGMXCLK cycles after power-up. 6.3.5 Internal Reset An internal reset clears the COP prescaler and the COP counter. 6.3.6 Reset Vector Fetch A reset vector fetch occurs when the vector address appears on the data bus. A reset vector fetch clears the COP prescaler. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 84 Freescale Semiconductor COP Control Register 6.3.7 COPD (COP Disable) The COPD signal reflects the state of the COP disable bit (COPD) in the configuration register. See Chapter 5 Configuration Register (CONFIG). 6.3.8 COPRS (COP Rate Select) The COPRS signal reflects the state of the COP rate select bit (COPRS) in the configuration register. See Chapter 5 Configuration Register (CONFIG). 6.4 COP Control Register The COP control register (COPCTL) is located at address $FFFF and overlaps the reset vector. Writing any value to $FFFF clears the COP counter and starts a new timeout period. Reading location $FFFF returns the low byte of the reset vector. Address: $FFFF Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: 6 5 4 3 2 1 Bit 0 Low byte of reset vector Clear COP counter Unaffected by reset Figure 6-2. COP Control Register (COPCTL) 6.5 Interrupts The COP does not generate central processor unit (CPU) interrupt requests. 6.6 Monitor Mode When monitor mode is entered with VTST on the IRQ pin, the COP is disabled as long as VTST remains on the IRQ pin or the RST pin. When monitor mode is entered by having blank reset vectors and not having VTST on the IRQ pin, the COP is automatically disabled until a POR occurs. 6.7 Low-Power Modes The WAIT and STOP instructions put the microcontroller unit (MCU) in low power-consumption standby modes. 6.7.1 Wait Mode The COP remains active during wait mode. If COP is enabled, a reset will occur at COP timeout. 6.7.2 Stop Mode Stop mode turns off the CGMXCLK input to the COP and clears the COP prescaler. Service the COP immediately before entering or after exiting stop mode to ensure a full COP timeout period after entering or exiting stop mode. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 85 Computer Operating Properly (COP) Module To prevent inadvertently turning off the COP with a STOP instruction, a configuration option is available that disables the STOP instruction. When the STOP bit in the configuration register has the STOP instruction disabled, execution of a STOP instruction results in an illegal opcode reset. 6.8 COP Module During Break Mode The COP is disabled during a break interrupt when VTST is present on the RST pin. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 86 Freescale Semiconductor Chapter 7 Central Processor Unit (CPU) 7.1 Introduction The M68HC08 CPU (central processor unit) is an enhanced and fully object-code-compatible version of the M68HC05 CPU. The CPU08 Reference Manual (document order number CPU08RM/AD) contains a description of the CPU instruction set, addressing modes, and architecture. 7.2 Features Features of the CPU include: • Object code fully upward-compatible with M68HC05 Family • 16-bit stack pointer with stack manipulation instructions • 16-bit index register with x-register manipulation instructions • 8-MHz CPU internal bus frequency • 64-Kbyte program/data memory space • 16 addressing modes • Memory-to-memory data moves without using accumulator • Fast 8-bit by 8-bit multiply and 16-bit by 8-bit divide instructions • Enhanced binary-coded decimal (BCD) data handling • Modular architecture with expandable internal bus definition for extension of addressing range beyond 64 Kbytes • Low-power stop and wait modes 7.3 CPU Registers Figure 7-1 shows the five CPU registers. CPU registers are not part of the memory map. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 87 Central Processor Unit (CPU) 7 15 H 15 15 X 0 STACK POINTER (SP) 0 PROGRAM COUNTER (PC) 7 0 V11HINZC CONDITION CODE REGISTER (CCR) 0 ACCUMULATOR (A) 0 INDEX REGISTER (H:X) CARRY/BORROW FLAG ZERO FLAG NEGATIVE FLAG INTERRUPT MASK HALF-CARRY FLAG TWO’S COMPLEMENT OVERFLOW FLAG Figure 7-1. CPU Registers 7.3.1 Accumulator The accumulator is a general-purpose 8-bit register. The CPU uses the accumulator to hold operands and the results of arithmetic/logic operations. Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: Unaffected by reset 6 5 4 3 2 1 Bit 0 Figure 7-2. Accumulator (A) 7.3.2 Index Register The 16-bit index register allows indexed addressing of a 64-Kbyte memory space. H is the upper byte of the index register, and X is the lower byte. H:X is the concatenated 16-bit index register. In the indexed addressing modes, the CPU uses the contents of the index register to determine the conditional address of the operand. The index register can serve also as a temporary data storage location. Bit 15 Read: Write: Reset: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 X X X X X X X X X = Indeterminate 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Bit 0 Figure 7-3. Index Register (H:X) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 88 Freescale Semiconductor CPU Registers 7.3.3 Stack Pointer The stack pointer is a 16-bit register that contains the address of the next location on the stack. During a reset, the stack pointer is preset to $00FF. The reset stack pointer (RSP) instruction sets the least significant byte to $FF and does not affect the most significant byte. The stack pointer decrements as data is pushed onto the stack and increments as data is pulled from the stack. In the stack pointer 8-bit offset and 16-bit offset addressing modes, the stack pointer can function as an index register to access data on the stack. The CPU uses the contents of the stack pointer to determine the conditional address of the operand. Bit 15 Read: Write: Reset: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Bit 0 Figure 7-4. Stack Pointer (SP) NOTE The location of the stack is arbitrary and may be relocated anywhere in random-access memory (RAM). Moving the SP out of page 0 ($0000 to $00FF) frees direct address (page 0) space. For correct operation, the stack pointer must point only to RAM locations. 7.3.4 Program Counter The program counter is a 16-bit register that contains the address of the next instruction or operand to be fetched. Normally, the program counter automatically increments to the next sequential memory location every time an instruction or operand is fetched. Jump, branch, and interrupt operations load the program counter with an address other than that of the next sequential location. During reset, the program counter is loaded with the reset vector address located at $FFFE and $FFFF. The vector address is the address of the first instruction to be executed after exiting the reset state. Bit 15 Read: Write: Reset: Loaded with vector from $FFFE and $FFFF 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Bit 0 Figure 7-5. Program Counter (PC) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 89 Central Processor Unit (CPU) 7.3.5 Condition Code Register The 8-bit condition code register contains the interrupt mask and five flags that indicate the results of the instruction just executed. Bits 6 and 5 are set permanently to 1. The following paragraphs describe the functions of the condition code register. Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: V X X = Indeterminate 6 1 1 5 1 1 4 H X 3 I 1 2 N X 1 Z X Bit 0 C X Figure 7-6. Condition Code Register (CCR) V — Overflow Flag The CPU sets the overflow flag when a two's complement overflow occurs. The signed branch instructions BGT, BGE, BLE, and BLT use the overflow flag. 1 = Overflow 0 = No overflow H — Half-Carry Flag The CPU sets the half-carry flag when a carry occurs between accumulator bits 3 and 4 during an add-without-carry (ADD) or add-with-carry (ADC) operation. The half-carry flag is required for binary-coded decimal (BCD) arithmetic operations. The DAA instruction uses the states of the H and C flags to determine the appropriate correction factor. 1 = Carry between bits 3 and 4 0 = No carry between bits 3 and 4 I — Interrupt Mask When the interrupt mask is set, all maskable CPU interrupts are disabled. CPU interrupts are enabled when the interrupt mask is cleared. When a CPU interrupt occurs, the interrupt mask is set automatically after the CPU registers are saved on the stack, but before the interrupt vector is fetched. 1 = Interrupts disabled 0 = Interrupts enabled NOTE To maintain M6805 Family compatibility, the upper byte of the index register (H) is not stacked automatically. If the interrupt service routine modifies H, then the user must stack and unstack H using the PSHH and PULH instructions. After the I bit is cleared, the highest-priority interrupt request is serviced first. A return-from-interrupt (RTI) instruction pulls the CPU registers from the stack and restores the interrupt mask from the stack. After any reset, the interrupt mask is set and can be cleared only by the clear interrupt mask software instruction (CLI). N — Negative Flag The CPU sets the negative flag when an arithmetic operation, logic operation, or data manipulation produces a negative result, setting bit 7 of the result. 1 = Negative result 0 = Non-negative result MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 90 Freescale Semiconductor Arithmetic/Logic Unit (ALU) Z — Zero Flag The CPU sets the zero flag when an arithmetic operation, logic operation, or data manipulation produces a result of $00. 1 = Zero result 0 = Non-zero result C — Carry/Borrow Flag The CPU sets the carry/borrow flag when an addition operation produces a carry out of bit 7 of the accumulator or when a subtraction operation requires a borrow. Some instructions — such as bit test and branch, shift, and rotate — also clear or set the carry/borrow flag. 1 = Carry out of bit 7 0 = No carry out of bit 7 7.4 Arithmetic/Logic Unit (ALU) The ALU performs the arithmetic and logic operations defined by the instruction set. Refer to the CPU08 Reference Manual (document order number CPU08RM/AD) for a description of the instructions and addressing modes and more detail about the architecture of the CPU. 7.5 Low-Power Modes The WAIT and STOP instructions put the MCU in low power-consumption standby modes. 7.5.1 Wait Mode The WAIT instruction: • Clears the interrupt mask (I bit) in the condition code register, enabling interrupts. After exit from wait mode by interrupt, the I bit remains clear. After exit by reset, the I bit is set. • Disables the CPU clock 7.5.2 Stop Mode The STOP instruction: • Clears the interrupt mask (I bit) in the condition code register, enabling external interrupts. After exit from stop mode by external interrupt, the I bit remains clear. After exit by reset, the I bit is set. • Disables the CPU clock After exiting stop mode, the CPU clock begins running after the oscillator stabilization delay. 7.6 CPU During Break Interrupts If a break module is present on the MCU, the CPU starts a break interrupt by: • Loading the instruction register with the SWI instruction • Loading the program counter with $FFFC:$FFFD or with $FEFC:$FEFD in monitor mode The break interrupt begins after completion of the CPU instruction in progress. If the break address register match occurs on the last cycle of a CPU instruction, the break interrupt begins immediately. A return-from-interrupt instruction (RTI) in the break routine ends the break interrupt and returns the MCU to normal operation if the break interrupt has been deasserted. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 91 Central Processor Unit (CPU) 7.7 Instruction Set Summary Table 7-1 provides a summary of the M68HC08 instruction set. Table 7-1. Instruction Set Summary (Sheet 1 of 6) Address Mode Opcode Source Form ADC #opr ADC opr ADC opr ADC opr,X ADC opr,X ADC ,X ADC opr,SP ADC opr,SP ADD #opr ADD opr ADD opr ADD opr,X ADD opr,X ADD ,X ADD opr,SP ADD opr,SP AIS #opr AIX #opr AND #opr AND opr AND opr AND opr,X AND opr,X AND ,X AND opr,SP AND opr,SP ASL opr ASLA ASLX ASL opr,X ASL ,X ASL opr,SP ASR opr ASRA ASRX ASR opr,X ASR opr,X ASR opr,SP BCC rel Operation Description VH I NZC Add with Carry A ← (A) + (M) + (C) – IMM DIR EXT IX2 IX1 IX SP1 SP2 IMM DIR EXT IX2 IX1 IX SP1 SP2 A9 B9 C9 D9 E9 F9 9EE9 9ED9 AB BB CB DB EB FB 9EEB 9EDB A7 AF A4 B4 C4 D4 E4 F4 9EE4 9ED4 ii dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff ii dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff ii ii ii dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff Add without Carry A ← (A) + (M) – Add Immediate Value (Signed) to SP Add Immediate Value (Signed) to H:X SP ← (SP) + (16 « M) H:X ← (H:X) + (16 « M) – – – – – – IMM – – – – – – IMM IMM DIR EXT IX2 – IX1 IX SP1 SP2 DIR INH INH IX1 IX SP1 DIR INH INH IX1 IX SP1 Logical AND A ← (A) & (M) 0–– Arithmetic Shift Left (Same as LSL) C b7 b0 0 –– 38 dd 48 58 68 ff 78 9E68 ff 37 dd 47 57 67 ff 77 9E67 ff 24 11 13 15 17 19 1B 1D 1F 25 27 90 92 28 29 22 rr dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd rr rr rr rr rr rr rr Arithmetic Shift Right b7 b0 C –– Branch if Carry Bit Clear PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel ? (C) = 0 – – – – – – REL DIR (b0) DIR (b1) DIR (b2) – – – – – – DIR (b3) DIR (b4) DIR (b5) DIR (b6) DIR (b7) – – – – – – REL – – – – – – REL – – – – – – REL BCLR n, opr Clear Bit n in M Mn ← 0 BCS rel BEQ rel BGE opr BGT opr BHCC rel BHCS rel BHI rel Branch if Carry Bit Set (Same as BLO) Branch if Equal Branch if Greater Than or Equal To (Signed Operands) Branch if Greater Than (Signed Operands) Branch if Half Carry Bit Clear Branch if Half Carry Bit Set Branch if Higher PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel ? (C) = 1 PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel ? (Z) = 1 PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel ? (N ⊕ V) = 0 PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel ? (Z) | (N ⊕ V) = 0 – – – – – – REL PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel ? (H) = 0 PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel ? (H) = 1 PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel ? (C) | (Z) = 0 – – – – – – REL – – – – – – REL – – – – – – REL 3 3 MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 92 Freescale Semiconductor Cycles 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 2 2 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 4 1 1 4 3 5 4 1 1 4 3 5 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 Effect on CCR Operand Instruction Set Summary Table 7-1. Instruction Set Summary (Sheet 2 of 6) Address Mode Opcode Source Form BHS rel BIH rel BIL rel BIT #opr BIT opr BIT opr BIT opr,X BIT opr,X BIT ,X BIT opr,SP BIT opr,SP BLE opr BLO rel BLS rel BLT opr BMC rel BMI rel BMS rel BNE rel BPL rel BRA rel Operation Branch if Higher or Same (Same as BCC) Branch if IRQ Pin High Branch if IRQ Pin Low Description PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel ? (C) = 0 PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel ? IRQ = 1 PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel ? IRQ = 0 VH I NZC – – – – – – REL – – – – – – REL – – – – – – REL IMM DIR EXT – IX2 IX1 IX SP1 SP2 24 2F 2E A5 B5 C5 D5 E5 F5 9EE5 9ED5 93 25 23 91 2C 2B 2D 26 2A 20 01 03 05 07 09 0B 0D 0F 21 00 02 04 06 08 0A 0C 0E 10 12 14 16 18 1A 1C 1E AD 31 41 51 61 71 9E61 98 9A rr rr rr ii dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff rr rr rr rr rr rr rr rr rr rr dd rr dd rr dd rr dd rr dd rr dd rr dd rr dd rr rr dd rr dd rr dd rr dd rr dd rr dd rr dd rr dd rr dd dd dd dd dd dd dd dd rr dd rr ii rr ii rr ff rr rr ff rr Bit Test (A) & (M) 0–– Branch if Less Than or Equal To (Signed Operands) Branch if Lower (Same as BCS) Branch if Lower or Same Branch if Less Than (Signed Operands) Branch if Interrupt Mask Clear Branch if Minus Branch if Interrupt Mask Set Branch if Not Equal Branch if Plus Branch Always PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel ? (Z) | (N ⊕ V) = 1 – – – – – – REL PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel ? (C) = 1 PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel ? (C) | (Z) = 1 PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel ? (N ⊕ V) =1 PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel ? (I) = 0 PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel ? (N) = 1 PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel ? (I) = 1 PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel ? (Z) = 0 PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel ? (N) = 0 PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel – – – – – – REL – – – – – – REL – – – – – – REL – – – – – – REL – – – – – – REL – – – – – – REL – – – – – – REL – – – – – – REL – – – – – – REL DIR (b0) DIR (b1) DIR (b2) DIR (b3) DIR (b4) DIR (b5) DIR (b6) DIR (b7) DIR (b0) DIR (b1) DIR (b2) DIR (b3) DIR (b4) DIR (b5) DIR (b6) DIR (b7) BRCLR n,opr,rel Branch if Bit n in M Clear PC ← (PC) + 3 + rel ? (Mn) = 0 ––––– BRN rel Branch Never PC ← (PC) + 2 – – – – – – REL BRSET n,opr,rel Branch if Bit n in M Set PC ← (PC) + 3 + rel ? (Mn) = 1 ––––– BSET n,opr Set Bit n in M Mn ← 1 DIR (b0) DIR (b1) DIR (b2) – – – – – – DIR (b3) DIR (b4) DIR (b5) DIR (b6) DIR (b7) – – – – – – REL DIR IMM – – – – – – IMM IX1+ IX+ SP1 – – – – – 0 INH – – 0 – – – INH BSR rel Branch to Subroutine PC ← (PC) + 2; push (PCL) SP ← (SP) – 1; push (PCH) SP ← (SP) – 1 PC ← (PC) + rel PC ← (PC) + 3 + rel ? (A) – (M) = $00 PC ← (PC) + 3 + rel ? (A) – (M) = $00 PC ← (PC) + 3 + rel ? (X) – (M) = $00 PC ← (PC) + 3 + rel ? (A) – (M) = $00 PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel ? (A) – (M) = $00 PC ← (PC) + 4 + rel ? (A) – (M) = $00 C←0 I←0 CBEQ opr,rel CBEQA #opr,rel CBEQX #opr,rel Compare and Branch if Equal CBEQ opr,X+,rel CBEQ X+,rel CBEQ opr,SP,rel CLC CLI Clear Carry Bit Clear Interrupt Mask MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 93 Cycles 3 3 3 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 4 4 5 4 6 1 2 Effect on CCR Operand Central Processor Unit (CPU) Table 7-1. Instruction Set Summary (Sheet 3 of 6) Address Mode Opcode Source Form CLR opr CLRA CLRX CLRH CLR opr,X CLR ,X CLR opr,SP CMP #opr CMP opr CMP opr CMP opr,X CMP opr,X CMP ,X CMP opr,SP CMP opr,SP COM opr COMA COMX COM opr,X COM ,X COM opr,SP CPHX #opr CPHX opr CPX #opr CPX opr CPX opr CPX ,X CPX opr,X CPX opr,X CPX opr,SP CPX opr,SP DAA Operation Description M ← $00 A ← $00 X ← $00 H ← $00 M ← $00 M ← $00 M ← $00 VH I NZC Clear DIR INH INH 0 – – 0 1 – INH IX1 IX SP1 IMM DIR EXT IX2 IX1 IX SP1 SP2 DIR INH INH 1 IX1 IX SP1 IMM DIR IMM DIR EXT IX2 IX1 IX SP1 SP2 INH 3F dd 4F 5F 8C 6F ff 7F 9E6F ff A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 9EE1 9ED1 ii dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff Compare A with M (A) – (M) –– Complement (One’s Complement) M ← (M) = $FF – (M) A ← (A) = $FF – (M) X ← (X) = $FF – (M) M ← (M) = $FF – (M) M ← (M) = $FF – (M) M ← (M) = $FF – (M) (H:X) – (M:M + 1) 0–– 33 dd 43 53 63 ff 73 9E63 ff 65 75 A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 9EE3 9ED3 72 3B 4B 5B 6B 7B 9E6B dd rr rr rr ff rr rr ff rr ii ii+1 dd ii dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff Compare H:X with M –– Compare X with M (X) – (M) –– Decimal Adjust A (A)10 U–– DBNZ opr,rel DBNZA rel DBNZX rel Decrement and Branch if Not Zero DBNZ opr,X,rel DBNZ X,rel DBNZ opr,SP,rel DEC opr DECA DECX DEC opr,X DEC ,X DEC opr,SP DIV EOR #opr EOR opr EOR opr EOR opr,X EOR opr,X EOR ,X EOR opr,SP EOR opr,SP INC opr INCA INCX INC opr,X INC ,X INC opr,SP A ← (A) – 1 or M ← (M) – 1 or X ← (X) – 1 PC ← (PC) + 3 + rel ? (result) ≠ 0 DIR PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel ? (result) ≠ 0 INH PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel ? (result) ≠ 0 – – – – – – INH PC ← (PC) + 3 + rel ? (result) ≠ 0 IX1 PC ← (PC) + 2 + rel ? (result) ≠ 0 IX PC ← (PC) + 4 + rel ? (result) ≠ 0 SP1 M ← (M) – 1 A ← (A) – 1 X ← (X) – 1 M ← (M) – 1 M ← (M) – 1 M ← (M) – 1 A ← (H:A)/(X) H ← Remainder DIR INH INH – IX1 IX SP1 INH IMM DIR EXT – IX2 IX1 IX SP1 SP2 DIR INH – INH IX1 IX SP1 Decrement –– 3A dd 4A 5A 6A ff 7A 9E6A ff 52 A8 B8 C8 D8 E8 F8 9EE8 9ED8 ii dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff Divide –––– Exclusive OR M with A A ← ( A ⊕ M) 0–– Increment M ← (M) + 1 A ← (A) + 1 X ← (X) + 1 M ← (M) + 1 M ← (M) + 1 M ← (M) + 1 –– 3C dd 4C 5C 6C ff 7C 9E6C ff MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 94 Freescale Semiconductor Cycles 3 1 1 1 3 2 4 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 4 1 1 4 3 5 3 4 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 2 5 3 3 5 4 6 4 1 1 4 3 5 7 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 4 1 1 4 3 5 Effect on CCR Operand Instruction Set Summary Table 7-1. Instruction Set Summary (Sheet 4 of 6) Address Mode Opcode Source Form JMP opr JMP opr JMP opr,X JMP opr,X JMP ,X JSR opr JSR opr JSR opr,X JSR opr,X JSR ,X LDA #opr LDA opr LDA opr LDA opr,X LDA opr,X LDA ,X LDA opr,SP LDA opr,SP LDHX #opr LDHX opr LDX #opr LDX opr LDX opr LDX opr,X LDX opr,X LDX ,X LDX opr,SP LDX opr,SP LSL opr LSLA LSLX LSL opr,X LSL ,X LSL opr,SP LSR opr LSRA LSRX LSR opr,X LSR ,X LSR opr,SP MOV opr,opr MOV opr,X+ MOV #opr,opr MOV X+,opr MUL NEG opr NEGA NEGX NEG opr,X NEG ,X NEG opr,SP NOP NSA ORA #opr ORA opr ORA opr ORA opr,X ORA opr,X ORA ,X ORA opr,SP ORA opr,SP PSHA PSHH PSHX Operation Description VH I NZC PC ← Jump Address Jump DIR EXT – – – – – – IX2 IX1 IX DIR EXT – – – – – – IX2 IX1 IX IMM DIR EXT IX2 – IX1 IX SP1 SP2 – IMM DIR BC CC DC EC FC BD CD DD ED FD A6 B6 C6 D6 E6 F6 9EE6 9ED6 45 55 AE BE CE DE EE FE 9EEE 9EDE dd hh ll ee ff ff dd hh ll ee ff ff ii dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff ii jj dd ii dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff Jump to Subroutine PC ← (PC) + n (n = 1, 2, or 3) Push (PCL); SP ← (SP) – 1 Push (PCH); SP ← (SP) – 1 PC ← Unconditional Address Load A from M A ← (M) 0–– Load H:X from M H:X ← (M:M + 1) 0–– Load X from M X ← (M) 0–– IMM DIR EXT IX2 – IX1 IX SP1 SP2 DIR INH INH IX1 IX SP1 DIR INH INH IX1 IX SP1 DD DIX+ – IMD IX+D DIR INH INH IX1 IX SP1 Logical Shift Left (Same as ASL) C b7 b0 0 –– 38 dd 48 58 68 ff 78 9E68 ff 34 dd 44 54 64 ff 74 9E64 ff 4E 5E 6E 7E 42 30 dd 40 50 60 ff 70 9E60 ff 9D 62 AA BA CA DA EA FA 9EEA 9EDA 87 8B 89 ii dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff dd dd dd ii dd dd Logical Shift Right 0 b7 b0 C ––0 Move Unsigned multiply (M)Destination ← (M)Source H:X ← (H:X) + 1 (IX+D, DIX+) X:A ← (X) × (A) M ← –(M) = $00 – (M) A ← –(A) = $00 – (A) X ← –(X) = $00 – (X) M ← –(M) = $00 – (M) M ← –(M) = $00 – (M) None A ← (A[3:0]:A[7:4]) 0–– – 0 – – – 0 INH Negate (Two’s Complement) –– No Operation Nibble Swap A – – – – – – INH – – – – – – INH IMM DIR EXT IX2 – IX1 IX SP1 SP2 Inclusive OR A and M A ← (A) | (M) 0–– Push A onto Stack Push H onto Stack Push X onto Stack Push (A); SP ← (SP) – 1 Push (H); SP ← (SP) – 1 Push (X); SP ← (SP) – 1 – – – – – – INH – – – – – – INH – – – – – – INH MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 95 Cycles 2 3 4 3 2 4 5 6 5 4 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 3 4 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 4 1 1 4 3 5 4 1 1 4 3 5 5 4 4 4 5 4 1 1 4 3 5 1 3 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 2 2 2 Effect on CCR Operand Central Processor Unit (CPU) Table 7-1. Instruction Set Summary (Sheet 5 of 6) Address Mode Opcode Source Form PULA PULH PULX ROL opr ROLA ROLX ROL opr,X ROL ,X ROL opr,SP ROR opr RORA RORX ROR opr,X ROR ,X ROR opr,SP RSP Operation Pull A from Stack Pull H from Stack Pull X from Stack Description SP ← (SP + 1); Pull (A) SP ← (SP + 1); Pull (H) SP ← (SP + 1); Pull (X) VH I NZC – – – – – – INH – – – – – – INH – – – – – – INH DIR INH INH IX1 IX SP1 DIR INH INH IX1 IX SP1 86 8A 88 39 dd 49 59 69 ff 79 9E69 ff 36 dd 46 56 66 ff 76 9E66 ff 9C Rotate Left through Carry C b7 b0 –– Rotate Right through Carry b7 b0 C –– Reset Stack Pointer SP ← $FF SP ← (SP) + 1; Pull (CCR) SP ← (SP) + 1; Pull (A) SP ← (SP) + 1; Pull (X) SP ← (SP) + 1; Pull (PCH) SP ← (SP) + 1; Pull (PCL) SP ← SP + 1; Pull (PCH) SP ← SP + 1; Pull (PCL) – – – – – – INH RTI Return from Interrupt INH 80 RTS SBC #opr SBC opr SBC opr SBC opr,X SBC opr,X SBC ,X SBC opr,SP SBC opr,SP SEC SEI STA opr STA opr STA opr,X STA opr,X STA ,X STA opr,SP STA opr,SP STHX opr STOP STX opr STX opr STX opr,X STX opr,X STX ,X STX opr,SP STX opr,SP SUB #opr SUB opr SUB opr SUB opr,X SUB opr,X SUB ,X SUB opr,SP SUB opr,SP Return from Subroutine – – – – – – INH IMM DIR EXT IX2 IX1 IX SP1 SP2 81 A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 9EE2 9ED2 99 9B B7 C7 D7 E7 F7 9EE7 9ED7 35 8E BF CF DF EF FF 9EEF 9EDF A0 B0 C0 D0 E0 F0 9EE0 9ED0 dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff ii dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff dd ii dd hh ll ee ff ff ff ee ff Subtract with Carry A ← (A) – (M) – (C) –– Set Carry Bit Set Interrupt Mask C←1 I←1 – – – – – 1 INH – – 1 – – – INH DIR EXT IX2 – IX1 IX SP1 SP2 – DIR Store A in M M ← (A) 0–– Store H:X in M Enable Interrupts, Stop Processing, Refer to MCU Documentation (M:M + 1) ← (H:X) I ← 0; Stop Processing 0–– – – 0 – – – INH DIR EXT IX2 – IX1 IX SP1 SP2 IMM DIR EXT IX2 IX1 IX SP1 SP2 Store X in M M ← (X) 0–– Subtract A ← (A) – (M) –– MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 96 Freescale Semiconductor Cycles 2 2 2 4 1 1 4 3 5 4 1 1 4 3 5 1 7 4 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 4 1 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 2 3 4 4 3 2 4 5 Effect on CCR Operand Opcode Map Table 7-1. Instruction Set Summary (Sheet 6 of 6) Address Mode Opcode Source Form Operation Description PC ← (PC) + 1; Push (PCL) SP ← (SP) – 1; Push (PCH) SP ← (SP) – 1; Push (X) SP ← (SP) – 1; Push (A) SP ← (SP) – 1; Push (CCR) SP ← (SP) – 1; I ← 1 PCH ← Interrupt Vector High Byte PCL ← Interrupt Vector Low Byte CCR ← (A) X ← (A) A ← (CCR) VH I NZC SWI Software Interrupt – – 1 – – – INH 83 TAP TAX TPA TST opr TSTA TSTX TST opr,X TST ,X TST opr,SP TSX TXA TXS WAIT A C CCR dd dd rr DD DIR DIX+ ee ff EXT ff H H hh ll I ii IMD IMM INH IX IX+ IX+D IX1 IX1+ IX2 M N Transfer A to CCR Transfer A to X Transfer CCR to A INH – – – – – – INH – – – – – – INH DIR INH INH – IX1 IX SP1 84 97 85 3D dd 4D 5D 6D ff 7D 9E6D ff 95 9F 94 8F Test for Negative or Zero (A) – $00 or (X) – $00 or (M) – $00 0–– Transfer SP to H:X Transfer X to A Transfer H:X to SP Enable Interrupts; Wait for Interrupt H:X ← (SP) + 1 A ← (X) (SP) ← (H:X) – 1 I bit ← 0; Inhibit CPU clocking until interrupted n opr PC PCH PCL REL rel rr SP1 SP2 SP U V X Z & | – – – – – – INH – – – – – – INH – – – – – – INH – – 0 – – – INH Accumulator Carry/borrow bit Condition code register Direct address of operand Direct address of operand and relative offset of branch instruction Direct to direct addressing mode Direct addressing mode Direct to indexed with post increment addressing mode High and low bytes of offset in indexed, 16-bit offset addressing Extended addressing mode Offset byte in indexed, 8-bit offset addressing Half-carry bit Index register high byte High and low bytes of operand address in extended addressing Interrupt mask Immediate operand byte Immediate source to direct destination addressing mode Immediate addressing mode Inherent addressing mode Indexed, no offset addressing mode Indexed, no offset, post increment addressing mode Indexed with post increment to direct addressing mode Indexed, 8-bit offset addressing mode Indexed, 8-bit offset, post increment addressing mode Indexed, 16-bit offset addressing mode Memory location Negative bit ⊕ () –( ) # ← ? : — « Any bit Operand (one or two bytes) Program counter Program counter high byte Program counter low byte Relative addressing mode Relative program counter offset byte Relative program counter offset byte Stack pointer, 8-bit offset addressing mode Stack pointer 16-bit offset addressing mode Stack pointer Undefined Overflow bit Index register low byte Zero bit Logical AND Logical OR Logical EXCLUSIVE OR Contents of Negation (two’s complement) Immediate value Sign extend Loaded with If Concatenated with Set or cleared Not affected 7.8 Opcode Map See Table 7-2. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 97 Cycles 9 2 1 1 3 1 1 3 2 4 2 1 2 1 Effect on CCR Operand 98 Bit Manipulation DIR DIR MSB LSB Central Processor Unit (CPU) Table 7-2. Opcode Map Branch REL 2 3 BRA 2 REL 3 BRN 2 REL 3 BHI 2 REL 3 BLS 2 REL 3 BCC 2 REL 3 BCS 2 REL 3 BNE 2 REL 3 BEQ 2 REL 3 BHCC 2 REL 3 BHCS 2 REL 3 BPL 2 REL 3 BMI 2 REL 3 BMC 2 REL 3 BMS 2 REL 3 BIL 2 REL 3 BIH 2 REL DIR 3 INH 4 Read-Modify-Write INH IX1 5 1 NEGX 1 INH 4 CBEQX 3 IMM 7 DIV 1 INH 1 COMX 1 INH 1 LSRX 1 INH 4 LDHX 2 DIR 1 RORX 1 INH 1 ASRX 1 INH 1 LSLX 1 INH 1 ROLX 1 INH 1 DECX 1 INH 3 DBNZX 2 INH 1 INCX 1 INH 1 TSTX 1 INH 4 MOV 2 DIX+ 1 CLRX 1 INH 6 4 NEG 2 IX1 5 CBEQ 3 IX1+ 3 NSA 1 INH 4 COM 2 IX1 4 LSR 2 IX1 3 CPHX 3 IMM 4 ROR 2 IX1 4 ASR 2 IX1 4 LSL 2 IX1 4 ROL 2 IX1 4 DEC 2 IX1 5 DBNZ 3 IX1 4 INC 2 IX1 3 TST 2 IX1 4 MOV 3 IMD 3 CLR 2 IX1 SP1 9E6 IX 7 Control INH INH 8 9 IMM A 2 SUB 2 IMM 2 CMP 2 IMM 2 SBC 2 IMM 2 CPX 2 IMM 2 AND 2 IMM 2 BIT 2 IMM 2 LDA 2 IMM 2 AIS 2 IMM 2 EOR 2 IMM 2 ADC 2 IMM 2 ORA 2 IMM 2 ADD 2 IMM DIR B EXT C 4 SUB 3 EXT 4 CMP 3 EXT 4 SBC 3 EXT 4 CPX 3 EXT 4 AND 3 EXT 4 BIT 3 EXT 4 LDA 3 EXT 4 STA 3 EXT 4 EOR 3 EXT 4 ADC 3 EXT 4 ORA 3 EXT 4 ADD 3 EXT 3 JMP 3 EXT 5 JSR 3 EXT 4 LDX 3 EXT 4 STX 3 EXT Register/Memory IX2 SP2 D 4 SUB 3 IX2 4 CMP 3 IX2 4 SBC 3 IX2 4 CPX 3 IX2 4 AND 3 IX2 4 BIT 3 IX2 4 LDA 3 IX2 4 STA 3 IX2 4 EOR 3 IX2 4 ADC 3 IX2 4 ORA 3 IX2 4 ADD 3 IX2 4 JMP 3 IX2 6 JSR 3 IX2 4 LDX 3 IX2 4 STX 3 IX2 9ED 5 SUB 4 SP2 5 CMP 4 SP2 5 SBC 4 SP2 5 CPX 4 SP2 5 AND 4 SP2 5 BIT 4 SP2 5 LDA 4 SP2 5 STA 4 SP2 5 EOR 4 SP2 5 ADC 4 SP2 5 ORA 4 SP2 5 ADD 4 SP2 IX1 E SP1 9EE 4 SUB 3 SP1 4 CMP 3 SP1 4 SBC 3 SP1 4 CPX 3 SP1 4 AND 3 SP1 4 BIT 3 SP1 4 LDA 3 SP1 4 STA 3 SP1 4 EOR 3 SP1 4 ADC 3 SP1 4 ORA 3 SP1 4 ADD 3 SP1 IX F 0 5 BRSET0 3 DIR 5 BRCLR0 3 DIR 5 BRSET1 3 DIR 5 BRCLR1 3 DIR 5 BRSET2 3 DIR 5 BRCLR2 3 DIR 5 BRSET3 3 DIR 5 BRCLR3 3 DIR 5 BRSET4 3 DIR 5 BRCLR4 3 DIR 5 BRSET5 3 DIR 5 BRCLR5 3 DIR 5 BRSET6 3 DIR 5 BRCLR6 3 DIR 5 BRSET7 3 DIR 5 BRCLR7 3 DIR 1 4 BSET0 2 DIR 4 BCLR0 2 DIR 4 BSET1 2 DIR 4 BCLR1 2 DIR 4 BSET2 2 DIR 4 BCLR2 2 DIR 4 BSET3 2 DIR 4 BCLR3 2 DIR 4 BSET4 2 DIR 4 BCLR4 2 DIR 4 BSET5 2 DIR 4 BCLR5 2 DIR 4 BSET6 2 DIR 4 BCLR6 2 DIR 4 BSET7 2 DIR 4 BCLR7 2 DIR 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 4 1 NEG NEGA 2 DIR 1 INH 5 4 CBEQ CBEQA 3 DIR 3 IMM 5 MUL 1 INH 4 1 COM COMA 2 DIR 1 INH 4 1 LSR LSRA 2 DIR 1 INH 4 3 STHX LDHX 2 DIR 3 IMM 4 1 ROR RORA 2 DIR 1 INH 4 1 ASR ASRA 2 DIR 1 INH 4 1 LSL LSLA 2 DIR 1 INH 4 1 ROL ROLA 2 DIR 1 INH 4 1 DEC DECA 2 DIR 1 INH 5 3 DBNZ DBNZA 3 DIR 2 INH 4 1 INC INCA 2 DIR 1 INH 3 1 TST TSTA 2 DIR 1 INH 5 MOV 3 DD 3 1 CLR CLRA 2 DIR 1 INH 5 3 NEG NEG 3 SP1 1 IX 6 4 CBEQ CBEQ 4 SP1 2 IX+ 2 DAA 1 INH 5 3 COM COM 3 SP1 1 IX 5 3 LSR LSR 3 SP1 1 IX 4 CPHX 2 DIR 5 3 ROR ROR 3 SP1 1 IX 5 3 ASR ASR 3 SP1 1 IX 5 3 LSL LSL 3 SP1 1 IX 5 3 ROL ROL 3 SP1 1 IX 5 3 DEC DEC 3 SP1 1 IX 6 4 DBNZ DBNZ 4 SP1 2 IX 5 3 INC INC 3 SP1 1 IX 4 2 TST TST 3 SP1 1 IX 4 MOV 2 IX+D 4 2 CLR CLR 3 SP1 1 IX 7 3 RTI BGE 1 INH 2 REL 4 3 RTS BLT 1 INH 2 REL 3 BGT 2 REL 9 3 SWI BLE 1 INH 2 REL 2 2 TAP TXS 1 INH 1 INH 1 2 TPA TSX 1 INH 1 INH 2 PULA 1 INH 2 1 PSHA TAX 1 INH 1 INH 2 1 PULX CLC 1 INH 1 INH 2 1 PSHX SEC 1 INH 1 INH 2 2 PULH CLI 1 INH 1 INH 2 2 PSHH SEI 1 INH 1 INH 1 1 CLRH RSP 1 INH 1 INH 1 NOP 1 INH 1 STOP * 1 INH 1 1 WAIT TXA 1 INH 1 INH 3 SUB 2 DIR 3 CMP 2 DIR 3 SBC 2 DIR 3 CPX 2 DIR 3 AND 2 DIR 3 BIT 2 DIR 3 LDA 2 DIR 3 STA 2 DIR 3 EOR 2 DIR 3 ADC 2 DIR 3 ORA 2 DIR 3 ADD 2 DIR 2 JMP 2 DIR 4 4 BSR JSR 2 REL 2 DIR 2 3 LDX LDX 2 IMM 2 DIR 2 3 AIX STX 2 IMM 2 DIR MSB LSB 3 SUB 2 IX1 3 CMP 2 IX1 3 SBC 2 IX1 3 CPX 2 IX1 3 AND 2 IX1 3 BIT 2 IX1 3 LDA 2 IX1 3 STA 2 IX1 3 EOR 2 IX1 3 ADC 2 IX1 3 ORA 2 IX1 3 ADD 2 IX1 3 JMP 2 IX1 5 JSR 2 IX1 5 3 LDX LDX 4 SP2 2 IX1 5 3 STX STX 4 SP2 2 IX1 2 SUB 1 IX 2 CMP 1 IX 2 SBC 1 IX 2 CPX 1 IX 2 AND 1 IX 2 BIT 1 IX 2 LDA 1 IX 2 STA 1 IX 2 EOR 1 IX 2 ADC 1 IX 2 ORA 1 IX 2 ADD 1 IX 2 JMP 1 IX 4 JSR 1 IX 4 2 LDX LDX 3 SP1 1 IX 4 2 STX STX 3 SP1 1 IX MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor INH Inherent REL Relative IMM Immediate IX Indexed, No Offset DIR Direct IX1 Indexed, 8-Bit Offset EXT Extended IX2 Indexed, 16-Bit Offset DD Direct-Direct IMD Immediate-Direct IX+D Indexed-Direct DIX+ Direct-Indexed *Pre-byte for stack pointer indexed instructions SP1 Stack Pointer, 8-Bit Offset SP2 Stack Pointer, 16-Bit Offset IX+ Indexed, No Offset with Post Increment IX1+ Indexed, 1-Byte Offset with Post Increment 0 High Byte of Opcode in Hexadecimal Low Byte of Opcode in Hexadecimal 0 5 Cycles BRSET0 Opcode Mnemonic 3 DIR Number of Bytes / Addressing Mode Chapter 8 External Interrupt (IRQ) 8.1 Introduction The IRQ (external interrupt) module provides a maskable interrupt input. 8.2 Features Features of the IRQ module include: • A dedicated external interrupt pin (IRQ) • IRQ interrupt control bits • Hysteresis buffer • Programmable edge-only or edge and level interrupt sensitivity • Automatic interrupt acknowledge • Internal pullup resistor 8.3 Functional Description A falling edge on the external interrupt pin can latch a central processor unit (CPU) interrupt request. Figure 8-2 shows the structure of the IRQ module. Interrupt signals on the IRQ pin are latched into the IRQ latch. An interrupt latch remains set until one of the following actions occurs: • Vector fetch — A vector fetch automatically generates an interrupt acknowledge signal that clears the latch that caused the vector fetch. • Software clear — Software can clear an interrupt latch by writing to the appropriate acknowledge bit in the interrupt status and control register (INTSCR). Writing a 1 to the ACK bit clears the IRQ latch. • Reset — A reset automatically clears the interrupt latch. The external interrupt pin is falling-edge triggered out of reset and is software-configurable to be either falling-edge or falling-edge and low-level triggered. The MODE bit in the INTSCR controls the triggering sensitivity of the IRQ pin. When an interrupt pin is edge-triggered only (MODE = 0), the interrupt remains set until a vector fetch, software clear, or reset occurs. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 99 External Interrupt (IRQ) INTERNAL BUS M68HC08 CPU PORTA CPU REGISTERS ARITHMETIC/LOGIC UNIT (ALU) PROGRAMMABLE TIMEBASE MODULE SINGLE BREAKPOINT BREAK MODULE DUAL VOLTAGE LOW-VOLTAGE INHIBIT MODULE 8-BIT KEYBOARD INTERRUPT MODULE 2-CHANNEL TIMER INTERFACE MODULE 1 2-CHANNEL TIMER INTERFACE MODULE 2 ENHANCED SERIAL COMUNICATIONS INTERFACE MODULE PORTD DDRD COMPUTER OPERATING PROPERLY MODULE RST(3) IRQ(3) VDDAD/VREFH VSSAD/VREFL SYSTEM INTEGRATION MODULE SINGLE EXTERNAL INTERRUPT MODULE 10-BIT ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERTER MODULE POWER-ON RESET MODULE VDD VSS VDDA VSSA MEMORY MAP MODULE CONFIGURATION REGISTER 1–2 MODULE SECURITY MODULE SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE MODULE PORTE MONITOR MODULE PORTB DDRB PTA7/KBD7– PTA0/KBD0(1) PTB7/AD7 PTB6/AD6 PTB5/AD5 PTB4/AD4 PTB3/AD3 PTB2/AD2 PTB1/AD1 PTB0/AD0 PTC6(1) PTC5(1) PTC4(1), (2) PTC3(1), (2) PTC2(1), (2) PTC1(1), (2) PTC0(1), (2) PTD7/T2CH1(1) PTD6/T2CH0(1) PTD5/T1CH1(1) PTD4/T1CH0(1) PTD3/SPSCK(1) PTD2/MOSI(1) PTD1/MISO(1) PTD0/SS(1) PTE5–PTE2 PTE1/RxD PTE0/TxD DDRA DDRE DDRC CONTROL AND STATUS REGISTERS — 64 BYTES USER FLASH — 15,872 BYTES USER RAM — 1024 BYTES MONITOR ROM — 350 BYTES FLASH PROGRAMMING ROUTINES ROM — 406 BYTES USER FLASH VECTOR SPACE — 36 BYTES CLOCK GENERATOR MODULE OSC1 OSC2 CGMXFC 32–100 kHz OSCILLATOR PHASE LOCKED LOOP POWER MONITOR MODE ENTRY MODULE 1. Ports are software configurable with pullup device if input port. 2. Higher current drive port pins 3. Pin contains integrated pullup device Figure 8-1. Block Diagram Highlighting IRQ Block and Pins MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 100 Freescale Semiconductor PORTC Functional Description RESET ACK INTERNAL ADDRESS BUS VECTOR FETCH DECODER VDD INTERNAL PULLUP DEVICE IRQ VDD D CLR Q IRQF SYNCHRONIZER IRQ INTERRUPT REQUEST TO CPU FOR BIL/BIH INSTRUCTIONS CK IMASK MODE HIGH VOLTAGE DETECT TO MODE SELECT LOGIC Figure 8-2. IRQ Module Block Diagram When an interrupt pin is both falling-edge and low-level triggered (MODE = 1), the interrupt remains set until both of these events occur: • Vector fetch or software clear • Return of the interrupt pin to 1 The vector fetch or software clear may occur before or after the interrupt pin returns to 1. As long as the pin is low, the interrupt request remains pending. A reset will clear the latch and the MODE control bit, thereby clearing the interrupt even if the pin stays low. When set, the IMASK bit in the INTSCR mask all external interrupt requests. A latched interrupt request is not presented to the interrupt priority logic unless the IMASK bit is clear. NOTE The interrupt mask (I) in the condition code register (CCR) masks all interrupt requests, including external interrupt requests. Addr. $001D Register Name IRQ Status and Control Read: Register (INTSCR) Write: See page 103. Reset: Bit 7 0 0 6 0 0 = Unimplemented 5 0 0 4 0 0 3 IRQF 0 2 0 ACK 0 1 IMASK 0 Bit 0 MODE 0 Figure 8-3. IRQ I/O Register Summary MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 101 External Interrupt (IRQ) 8.4 IRQ Pin A falling edge on the IRQ pin can latch an interrupt request into the IRQ latch. A vector fetch, software clear, or reset clears the IRQ latch. • If the MODE bit is set, the IRQ pin is both falling-edge-sensitive and low-level-sensitive. With MODE set, both of the following actions must occur to clear IRQ: • Vector fetch or software clear — A vector fetch generates an interrupt acknowledge signal to clear the latch. Software may generate the interrupt acknowledge signal by writing a 1 to the ACK bit in the interrupt status and control register (INTSCR). The ACK bit is useful in applications that poll the IRQ pin and require software to clear the IRQ latch. Writing to the ACK bit prior to leaving an interrupt service routine can also prevent spurious interrupts due to noise. Setting ACK does not affect subsequent transitions on the IRQ pin. A falling edge that occurs after writing to the ACK bit another interrupt request. If the IRQ mask bit, IMASK, is clear, the CPU loads the program counter with the vector address at locations $FFFA and $FFFB. • Return of the IRQ pin to 1 — As long as the IRQ pin is at logic 0, IRQ remains active. The vector fetch or software clear and the return of the IRQ pin to logic 1 may occur in any order. The interrupt request remains pending as long as the IRQ pin is at 0. A reset will clear the latch and the MODE control bit, thereby clearing the interrupt even if the pin stays low. If the MODE bit is clear, the IRQ pin is falling-edge-sensitive only. With MODE clear, a vector fetch or software clear immediately clears the IRQ latch. The IRQF bit in the INTSCR register can be used to check for pending interrupts. The IRQF bit is not affected by the IMASK bit, which makes it useful in applications where polling is preferred. Use the BIH or BIL instruction to read the logic level on the IRQ pin. NOTE When using the level-sensitive interrupt trigger, avoid false interrupts by masking interrupt requests in the interrupt routine. 8.5 IRQ Module During Break Interrupts The BCFE bit in the SIM break flag control register (SBFCR) enables software to clear the latch during the break state. See Chapter 19 Development Support. To allow software to clear the IRQ latch during a break interrupt, write a 1 to the BCFE bit. If a latch is cleared during the break state, it remains cleared when the MCU exits the break state. To protect CPU interrupt flags during the break state, write a 0 to the BCFE bit. With BCFE at 0 (its default state), writing to the ACK bit in the IRQ status and control register during the break state has no effect on the IRQ interrupt flags. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 102 Freescale Semiconductor IRQ Status and Control Register 8.6 IRQ Status and Control Register The IRQ status and control register (INTSCR) controls and monitors operation of the IRQ module. The INTSCR: • Shows the state of the IRQ flag • Clears the IRQ latch • Masks IRQ interrupt request • Controls triggering sensitivity of the IRQ interrupt pin. Address: Read: Write: Reset: 0 0 = Unimplemented 0 0 0 $001D Bit 7 6 5 4 3 IRQF 2 0 ACK 0 1 IMASK 0 Bit 0 MODE 0 Figure 8-4. IRQ Status and Control Register (INTSCR) IRQF — IRQ Flag Bit This read-only status bit is high when the IRQ interrupt is pending. 1 = IRQ interrupt pending 0 = IRQ interrupt not pending ACK — IRQ Interrupt Request Acknowledge Bit Writing a 1 to this write-only bit clears the IRQ latch. ACK always reads as 0. Reset clears ACK. IMASK — IRQ Interrupt Mask Bit Writing a 1 to this read/write bit disables IRQ interrupt requests. Reset clears IMASK. 1 = IRQ interrupt requests disabled 0 = IRQ interrupt requests enabled MODE — IRQ Edge/Level Select Bit This read/write bit controls the triggering sensitivity of the IRQ pin. Reset clears MODE. 1 = IRQ interrupt requests on falling edges and low levels 0 = IRQ interrupt requests on falling edges only MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 103 External Interrupt (IRQ) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 104 Freescale Semiconductor Chapter 9 Keyboard Interrupt Module (KBI) 9.1 Introduction The keyboard interrupt module (KBI) provides eight independently maskable external interrupts which are accessible via PTA0–PTA7. When a port pin is enabled for keyboard interrupt function, an internal pullup device is also enabled on the pin. 9.2 Features Features include: • Eight keyboard interrupt pins with separate keyboard interrupt enable bits and one keyboard interrupt mask • Hysteresis buffers • Programmable edge-only or edge- and level- interrupt sensitivity • Exit from low-power modes • I/O (input/output) port bit(s) software configurable with pullup device(s) if configured as input port bit(s) 9.3 Functional Description Writing to the KBIE7–KBIE0 bits in the keyboard interrupt enable register independently enables or disables each port A pin as a keyboard interrupt pin. Enabling a keyboard interrupt pin also enables its internal pullup device. A 0 applied to an enabled keyboard interrupt pin latches a keyboard interrupt request. A keyboard interrupt is latched when one or more keyboard pins goes low after all were high. The MODEK bit in the keyboard status and control register controls the triggering mode of the keyboard interrupt. • If the keyboard interrupt is edge-sensitive only, a falling edge on a keyboard pin does not latch an interrupt request if another keyboard pin is already low. To prevent losing an interrupt request on one pin because another pin is still low, software can disable the latter pin while it is low. • If the keyboard interrupt is falling edge- and low-level sensitive, an interrupt request is present as long as any keyboard interrupt pin is low and the pin is keyboard interrupt enabled. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 105 Keyboard Interrupt Module (KBI) INTERNAL BUS M68HC08 CPU PORTA CPU REGISTERS ARITHMETIC/LOGIC UNIT (ALU) PROGRAMMABLE TIMEBASE MODULE SINGLE BREAKPOINT BREAK MODULE DUAL VOLTAGE LOW-VOLTAGE INHIBIT MODULE 8-BIT KEYBOARD INTERRUPT MODULE 2-CHANNEL TIMER INTERFACE MODULE 1 2-CHANNEL TIMER INTERFACE MODULE 2 ENHANCED SERIAL COMUNICATIONS INTERFACE MODULE PORTD DDRD COMPUTER OPERATING PROPERLY MODULE RST(3) IRQ(3) VDDAD/VREFH VSSAD/VREFL SYSTEM INTEGRATION MODULE SINGLE EXTERNAL INTERRUPT MODULE 10-BIT ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERTER MODULE POWER-ON RESET MODULE VDD VSS VDDA VSSA MEMORY MAP MODULE CONFIGURATION REGISTER 1–2 MODULE SECURITY MODULE SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE MODULE PORTE MONITOR MODULE PORTB DDRB PTA7/KBD7– PTA0/KBD0(1) PTB7/AD7 PTB6/AD6 PTB5/AD5 PTB4/AD4 PTB3/AD3 PTB2/AD2 PTB1/AD1 PTB0/AD0 PTC6(1) PTC5(1) PTC4(1), (2) PTC3(1), (2) PTC2(1), (2) PTC1(1), (2) PTC0(1), (2) PTD7/T2CH1(1) PTD6/T2CH0(1) PTD5/T1CH1(1) PTD4/T1CH0(1) PTD3/SPSCK(1) PTD2/MOSI(1) PTD1/MISO(1) PTD0/SS(1) PTE5–PTE2 PTE1/RxD PTE0/TxD DDRA DDRE DDRC CONTROL AND STATUS REGISTERS — 64 BYTES USER FLASH — 15,872 BYTES USER RAM — 1024 BYTES MONITOR ROM — 350 BYTES FLASH PROGRAMMING ROUTINES ROM — 406 BYTES USER FLASH VECTOR SPACE — 36 BYTES CLOCK GENERATOR MODULE OSC1 OSC2 CGMXFC 32–100 kHz OSCILLATOR PHASE LOCKED LOOP POWER MONITOR MODE ENTRY MODULE 1. Ports are software configurable with pullup device if input port. 2. Higher current drive port pins 3. Pin contains integrated pullup device Figure 9-1. Block Diagram Highlighting KBI Block and Pins MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 106 Freescale Semiconductor PORTC Functional Description INTERNAL BUS VECTOR FETCH DECODER ACKK RESET KBD0 VDD TO PULLUP ENABLE KB0IE . . . KBD7 IMASKK D CLR Q KEYF SYNCHRONIZER KEYBOARD INTERRUPT REQUEST CK TO PULLUP ENABLE KB7IE MODEK Figure 9-2. Keyboard Module Block Diagram Addr. $001A Register Name Keyboard Status Read: and Control Register Write: (INTKBSCR) See page 109. Reset: Keyboard Interrupt Enable Read: Register Write: (INTKBIER) See page 110. Reset: Bit 7 0 0 KBIE7 0 6 0 0 KBIE6 0 = Unimplemented 5 0 0 KBIE5 0 4 0 0 KBIE4 0 3 KEYF 0 KBIE3 0 2 0 ACKK 0 KBIE2 0 1 IMASKK 0 KBIE1 0 Bit 0 MODEK 0 KBIE0 0 $001B Figure 9-3. I/O Register Summary If the MODEK bit is set, the keyboard interrupt pins are both falling edge- and low-level sensitive, and both of the following actions must occur to clear a keyboard interrupt request: • Vector fetch or software clear — A vector fetch generates an interrupt acknowledge signal to clear the interrupt request. Software may generate the interrupt acknowledge signal by writing a 1 to the ACKK bit in the keyboard status and control register (INTKBSCR). The ACKK bit is useful in applications that poll the keyboard interrupt pins and require software to clear the keyboard interrupt request. Writing to the ACKK bit prior to leaving an interrupt service routine can also prevent spurious interrupts due to noise. Setting ACKK does not affect subsequent transitions on the keyboard interrupt pins. A falling edge that occurs after writing to the ACKK bit latches another interrupt request. If the keyboard interrupt mask bit, IMASKK, is clear, the CPU loads the program counter with the vector address at locations $FFE0 and $FFE1. • Return of all enabled keyboard interrupt pins to 1 — As long as any enabled keyboard interrupt pin is at 0, the keyboard interrupt remains set. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 107 Keyboard Interrupt Module (KBI) The vector fetch or software clear and the return of all enabled keyboard interrupt pins to 1 may occur in any order. If the MODEK bit is clear, the keyboard interrupt pin is falling-edge-sensitive only. With MODEK clear, a vector fetch or software clear immediately clears the keyboard interrupt request. Reset clears the keyboard interrupt request and the MODEK bit, clearing the interrupt request even if a keyboard interrupt pin stays at 0. The keyboard flag bit (KEYF) in the keyboard status and control register can be used to see if a pending interrupt exists. The KEYF bit is not affected by the keyboard interrupt mask bit (IMASKK) which makes it useful in applications where polling is preferred. To determine the logic level on a keyboard interrupt pin, use the data direction register to configure the pin as an input and read the data register. NOTE Setting a keyboard interrupt enable bit (KBIEx) forces the corresponding keyboard interrupt pin to be an input, overriding the data direction register. However, the data direction register bit must be a 0 for software to read the pin. 9.4 Keyboard Initialization When a keyboard interrupt pin is enabled, it takes time for the internal pullup to reach a 1. Therefore, a false interrupt can occur as soon as the pin is enabled. To prevent a false interrupt on keyboard initialization: 1. Mask keyboard interrupts by setting the IMASKK bit in the keyboard status and control register. 2. Enable the KBI pins by setting the appropriate KBIEx bits in the keyboard interrupt enable register. 3. Write to the ACKK bit in the keyboard status and control register to clear any false interrupts. 4. Clear the IMASKK bit. An interrupt signal on an edge-triggered pin can be acknowledged immediately after enabling the pin. An interrupt signal on an edge- and level-triggered interrupt pin must be acknowledged after a delay that depends on the external load. Another way to avoid a false interrupt: 1. Configure the keyboard pins as outputs by setting the appropriate DDRA bits in data direction register A. 2. Write 1s to the appropriate port A data register bits. 3. Enable the KBI pins by setting the appropriate KBIEx bits in the keyboard interrupt enable register. 9.5 Low-Power Modes The WAIT and STOP instructions put the microcontroller unit (MCU) in low power-consumption standby modes. 9.5.1 Wait Mode The keyboard module remains active in wait mode. Clearing the IMASKK bit in the keyboard status and control register enables keyboard interrupt requests to bring the MCU out of wait mode. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 108 Freescale Semiconductor Keyboard Module During Break Interrupts 9.5.2 Stop Mode The keyboard module remains active in stop mode. Clearing the IMASKK bit in the keyboard status and control register enables keyboard interrupt requests to bring the MCU out of stop mode. 9.6 Keyboard Module During Break Interrupts The system integration module (SIM) controls whether the keyboard interrupt latch can be cleared during the break state. The BCFE bit in the break flag control register (BFCR) enables software to clear status bits during the break state. To allow software to clear the keyboard interrupt latch during a break interrupt, write a 1 to the BCFE bit. If a latch is cleared during the break state, it remains cleared when the MCU exits the break state. To protect the latch during the break state, write a 0 to the BCFE bit. With BCFE at 0 (its default state), writing to the keyboard acknowledge bit (ACKK) in the keyboard status and control register during the break state has no effect. See 9.7.1 Keyboard Status and Control Register. 9.7 I/O Registers These registers control and monitor operation of the keyboard module: • Keyboard status and control register (INTKBSCR) • Keyboard interrupt enable register (INTKBIER) 9.7.1 Keyboard Status and Control Register The keyboard status and control register: • Flags keyboard interrupt requests • Acknowledges keyboard interrupt requests • Masks keyboard interrupt requests • Controls keyboard interrupt triggering sensitivity Address: $001A Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: 0 0 0 0 0 = Unimplemented 0 6 0 5 0 4 0 3 KEYF 2 0 ACKK 0 1 IMASKK 0 Bit 0 MODEK 0 Figure 9-4. Keyboard Status and Control Register (INTKBSCR) Bits 7–4 — Not used These read-only bits always read as 0s. KEYF — Keyboard Flag Bit This read-only bit is set when a keyboard interrupt is pending. Reset clears the KEYF bit. 1 = Keyboard interrupt pending 0 = No keyboard interrupt pending MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 109 Keyboard Interrupt Module (KBI) ACKK — Keyboard Acknowledge Bit Writing a 1 to this write-only bit clears the keyboard interrupt request. ACKK always reads as 0. Reset clears ACKK. IMASKK — Keyboard Interrupt Mask Bit Writing a 1 to this read/write bit prevents the output of the keyboard interrupt mask from generating interrupt requests. Reset clears the IMASKK bit. 1 = Keyboard interrupt requests masked 0 = Keyboard interrupt requests not masked MODEK — Keyboard Triggering Sensitivity Bit This read/write bit controls the triggering sensitivity of the keyboard interrupt pins. Reset clears MODEK. 1 = Keyboard interrupt requests on falling edges and low levels 0 = Keyboard interrupt requests on falling edges only 9.7.2 Keyboard Interrupt Enable Register The keyboard interrupt enable register enables or disables each port A pin to operate as a keyboard interrupt pin. Address: $001B Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: KBIE7 0 6 KBIE6 0 5 KBIE5 0 4 KBIE4 0 3 KBIE3 0 2 KBIE2 0 1 KBIE1 0 Bit 0 KBIE0 0 Figure 9-5. Keyboard Interrupt Enable Register (INTKBIER) KBIE7–KBIE0 — Keyboard Interrupt Enable Bits Each of these read/write bits enables the corresponding keyboard interrupt pin to latch interrupt requests. Reset clears the keyboard interrupt enable register. 1 = PTAx pin enabled as keyboard interrupt pin 0 = PTAx pin not enabled as keyboard interrupt pin MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 110 Freescale Semiconductor Chapter 10 Low-Power Modes 10.1 Introduction The microcontroller (MCU) may enter two low-power modes: wait mode and stop mode. They are common to all HC08 MCUs and are entered through instruction execution. This section describes how each module acts in the low-power modes. 10.1.1 Wait Mode The WAIT instruction puts the MCU in a low-power standby mode in which the central processor unit (CPU) clock is disabled but the bus clock continues to run. Power consumption can be further reduced by disabling the low-voltage inhibit (LVI) module through bits in the CONFIG1 register. See Chapter 5 Configuration Register (CONFIG). 10.1.2 Stop Mode Stop mode is entered when a STOP instruction is executed. The CPU clock is disabled and the bus clock is disabled if the OSCENINSTOP bit in the CONFIG2 register is at a 0. See Chapter 5 Configuration Register (CONFIG). 10.2 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) 10.2.1 Wait Mode The analog-to-digital converter (ADC) continues normal operation during wait mode. Any enabled CPU interrupt request from the ADC can bring the MCU out of wait mode. If the ADC is not required to bring the MCU out of wait mode, power down the ADC by setting ADCH4–ADCH0 bits in the ADC status and control register before executing the WAIT instruction. 10.2.2 Stop Mode The ADC module is inactive after the execution of a STOP instruction. Any pending conversion is aborted. ADC conversions resume when the MCU exits stop mode after an external interrupt. Allow one conversion cycle to stabilize the analog circuitry. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 111 Low-Power Modes 10.3 Break Module (BRK) 10.3.1 Wait Mode If enabled, the break (BRK) module is active in wait mode. In the break routine, the user can subtract one from the return address on the stack if the SBSW bit in the break status register is set. 10.3.2 Stop Mode The break module is inactive in stop mode. A break interrupt causes exit from stop mode and sets the SBSW bit in the break status register. The STOP instruction does not affect break module register states. 10.4 Central Processor Unit (CPU) 10.4.1 Wait Mode The WAIT instruction: • Clears the interrupt mask (I bit) in the condition code register, enabling interrupts. After exit from wait mode by interrupt, the I bit remains clear. After exit by reset, the I bit is set. • Disables the CPU clock 10.4.2 Stop Mode The STOP instruction: • Clears the interrupt mask (I bit) in the condition code register, enabling external interrupts. After exit from stop mode by external interrupt, the I bit remains clear. After exit by reset, the I bit is set. • Disables the CPU clock After exiting stop mode, the CPU clock begins running after the oscillator stabilization delay. 10.5 Clock Generator Module (CGM) 10.5.1 Wait Mode The clock generator module (CGM) remains active in wait mode. Before entering wait mode, software can disengage and turn off the PLL by clearing the BCS and PLLON bits in the PLL control register (PCTL). Less power-sensitive applications can disengage the PLL without turning it off. Applications that require the PLL to wake the MCU from wait mode also can deselect the PLL output without turning off the PLL. 10.5.2 Stop Mode If the OSCSTOPEN bit in the CONFIG register is cleared (default), then the STOP instruction disables the CGM (oscillator and phase-locked loop) and holds low all CGM outputs (CGMXCLK, CGMOUT, and CGMINT). If the OSCSTOPEN bit in the CONFIG register is set, then the phase locked loop is shut off, but the oscillator will continue to operate in stop mode. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 112 Freescale Semiconductor Computer Operating Properly Module (COP) 10.6 Computer Operating Properly Module (COP) 10.6.1 Wait Mode The COP remains active during wait mode. If COP is enabled, a reset will occur at COP timeout. 10.6.2 Stop Mode Stop mode turns off the CGMXCLK input to the COP and clears the COP prescaler. Service the COP immediately before entering or after exiting stop mode to ensure a full COP timeout period after entering or exiting stop mode. The STOP bit in the CONFIG1 register enables the STOP instruction. To prevent inadvertently turning off the COP with a STOP instruction, disable the STOP instruction by clearing the STOP bit. 10.7 External Interrupt Module (IRQ) 10.7.1 Wait Mode The external interrupt (IRQ) module remains active in wait mode. Clearing the IMASK1 bit in the IRQ status and control register enables IRQ CPU interrupt requests to bring the MCU out of wait mode. 10.7.2 Stop Mode The IRQ module remains active in stop mode. Clearing the IMASK1 bit in the IRQ status and control register enables IRQ CPU interrupt requests to bring the MCU out of stop mode. 10.8 Keyboard Interrupt Module (KBI) 10.8.1 Wait Mode The keyboard interrupt (KBI) module remains active in wait mode. Clearing the IMASKK bit in the keyboard status and control register enables keyboard interrupt requests to bring the MCU out of wait mode. 10.8.2 Stop Mode The keyboard module remains active in stop mode. Clearing the IMASKK bit in the keyboard status and control register enables keyboard interrupt requests to bring the MCU out of stop mode. 10.9 Low-Voltage Inhibit Module (LVI) 10.9.1 Wait Mode If enabled, the low-voltage inhibit (LVI) module remains active in wait mode. If enabled to generate resets, the LVI module can generate a reset and bring the MCU out of wait mode. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 113 Low-Power Modes 10.9.2 Stop Mode If enabled, the LVI module remains active in stop mode. If enabled to generate resets, the LVI module can generate a reset and bring the MCU out of stop mode. 10.10 Enhanced Serial Communications Interface Module (ESCI) 10.10.1 Wait Mode The enhanced serial communications interface (ESCI), or SCI module for short, module remains active in wait mode. Any enabled CPU interrupt request from the SCI module can bring the MCU out of wait mode. If SCI module functions are not required during wait mode, reduce power consumption by disabling the module before executing the WAIT instruction. 10.10.2 Stop Mode The SCI module is inactive in stop mode. The STOP instruction does not affect SCI register states. SCI module operation resumes after the MCU exits stop mode. Because the internal clock is inactive during stop mode, entering stop mode during an SCI transmission or reception results in invalid data. 10.11 Serial Peripheral Interface Module (SPI) 10.11.1 Wait Mode The serial peripheral interface (SPI) module remains active in wait mode. Any enabled CPU interrupt request from the SPI module can bring the MCU out of wait mode. If SPI module functions are not required during wait mode, reduce power consumption by disabling the SPI module before executing the WAIT instruction. 10.11.2 Stop Mode The SPI module is inactive in stop mode. The STOP instruction does not affect SPI register states. SPI operation resumes after an external interrupt. If stop mode is exited by reset, any transfer in progress is aborted, and the SPI is reset. 10.12 Timer Interface Module (TIM1 and TIM2) 10.12.1 Wait Mode The timer interface modules (TIM) remain active in wait mode. Any enabled CPU interrupt request from the TIM can bring the MCU out of wait mode. If TIM functions are not required during wait mode, reduce power consumption by stopping the TIM before executing the WAIT instruction. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 114 Freescale Semiconductor Timebase Module (TBM) 10.12.2 Stop Mode The TIM is inactive in stop mode. The STOP instruction does not affect register states or the state of the TIM counter. TIM operation resumes when the MCU exits stop mode after an external interrupt. 10.13 Timebase Module (TBM) 10.13.1 Wait Mode The timebase module (TBM) remains active after execution of the WAIT instruction. In wait mode, the timebase register is not accessible by the CPU. If the timebase functions are not required during wait mode, reduce the power consumption by stopping the timebase before enabling the WAIT instruction. 10.13.2 Stop Mode The timebase module may remain active after execution of the STOP instruction if the oscillator has been enabled to operate during stop mode through the OSCENINSTOP bit in the CONFIG2 register. The timebase module can be used in this mode to generate a periodic wakeup from stop mode. If the oscillator has not been enabled to operate in stop mode, the timebase module will not be active during stop mode. In stop mode, the timebase register is not accessible by the CPU. If the timebase functions are not required during stop mode, reduce the power consumption by stopping the timebase before enabling the STOP instruction. 10.14 Exiting Wait Mode These events restart the CPU clock and load the program counter with the reset vector or with an interrupt vector: • External reset — A 0 on the RST pin resets the MCU and loads the program counter with the contents of locations $FFFE and $FFFF. • External interrupt — A high-to-low transition on an external interrupt pin (IRQ pin) loads the program counter with the contents of locations: $FFFA and $FFFB; IRQ pin. • Break interrupt — In emulation mode, a break interrupt loads the program counter with the contents of $FFFC and $FFFD. • Computer operating properly (COP) module reset — A timeout of the COP counter resets the MCU and loads the program counter with the contents of $FFFE and $FFFF. • Low-voltage inhibit (LVI) module reset — A power supply voltage below the VTRIPF voltage resets the MCU and loads the program counter with the contents of locations $FFFE and $FFFF. • Clock generator module (CGM) interrupt — A CPU interrupt request from the CGM loads the program counter with the contents of $FFF8 and $FFF9. • Keyboard interrupt (KBI) module — A CPU interrupt request from the KBI module loads the program counter with the contents of $FFE0 and $FFE1. • Timer 1 interface (TIM1) module interrupt — A CPU interrupt request from the TIM1 loads the program counter with the contents of: – $FFF2 and $FFF3; TIM1 overflow – $FFF4 and $FFF5; TIM1 channel 1 – $FFF6 and $FFF7; TIM1 channel 0 MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 115 Low-Power Modes • • • • • Timer 2 interface (TIM2) module interrupt — A CPU interrupt request from the TIM2 loads the program counter with the contents of: – $FFEC and $FFED; TIM2 overflow – $FFF0 and $FFF1; TIM2 channel 0 Serial peripheral interface (SPI) module interrupt — A CPU interrupt request from the SPI loads the program counter with the contents of: – $FFE8 and $FFE9; SPI transmitter – $FFEA and $FFEB; SPI receiver Serial communications interface (SCI) module interrupt — A CPU interrupt request from the SCI loads the program counter with the contents of: – $FFE2 and $FFE3; SCI transmitter – $FFE4 and $FFE5; SCI receiver – $FFE6 and $FFE7; SCI receiver error Analog-to-digital converter (ADC) module interrupt — A CPU interrupt request from the ADC loads the program counter with the contents of: $FFDE and $FFDF; ADC conversion complete. Timebase module (TBM) interrupt — A CPU interrupt request from the TBM loads the program counter with the contents of: $FFDC and $FFDD; TBM interrupt. 10.15 Exiting Stop Mode These events restart the system clocks and load the program counter with the reset vector or with an interrupt vector: • External reset — A 0 on the RST pin resets the MCU and loads the program counter with the contents of locations $FFFE and $FFFF. • External interrupt — A high-to-low transition on an external interrupt pin loads the program counter with the contents of locations: – $FFFA and $FFFB; IRQ pin – $FFE0 and $FFE1; keyboard interrupt pins • Low-voltage inhibit (LVI) reset — A power supply voltage below the LVITRIPF voltage resets the MCU and loads the program counter with the contents of locations $FFFE and $FFFF. • Break interrupt — In emulation mode, a break interrupt loads the program counter with the contents of locations $FFFC and $FFFD. • Timebase module (TBM) interrupt — A TBM interrupt loads the program counter with the contents of locations $FFDC and $FFDD when the timebase counter has rolled over. This allows the TBM to generate a periodic wakeup from stop mode. Upon exit from stop mode, the system clocks begin running after an oscillator stabilization delay. A 12-bit stop recovery counter inhibits the system clocks for 4096 CGMXCLK cycles after the reset or external interrupt. The short stop recovery bit, SSREC, in the CONFIG1 register controls the oscillator stabilization delay during stop recovery. Setting SSREC reduces stop recovery time from 4096 CGMXCLK cycles to 32 CGMXCLK cycles. NOTE Use the full stop recovery time (SSREC = 0) in applications that use an external crystal. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 116 Freescale Semiconductor Chapter 11 Low-Voltage Inhibit (LVI) 11.1 Introduction This section describes the low-voltage inhibit (LVI) module, which monitors the voltage on the VDD pin and can force a reset when the VDD voltage falls below the LVI trip falling voltage, VTRIPF. 11.2 Features Features of the LVI module include: • Programmable LVI reset • Selectable LVI trip voltage • Programmable stop mode operation 11.3 Functional Description Figure 11-1 shows the structure of the LVI module. The LVI is enabled out of reset. The LVI module contains a bandgap reference circuit and comparator. Clearing the LVI power disable bit, LVIPWRD, enables the LVI to monitor VDD voltage. Clearing the LVI reset disable bit, LVIRSTD, enables the LVI module to generate a reset when VDD falls below a voltage, VTRIPF. Setting the LVI enable in stop mode bit, LVISTOP, enables the LVI to operate in stop mode. Setting the LVI 5-V or 3-V trip point bit, LVI5OR3, enables the trip point voltage, VTRIPF, to be configured for 5-V operation. Clearing the LVI5OR3 bit enables the trip point voltage, VTRIPF, to be configured for 3-V operation. The actual trip points are shown in Chapter 20 Electrical Specifications. NOTE After a power-on reset (POR) the LVI’s default mode of operation is 3 V. If a 5-V system is used, the user must set the LVI5OR3 bit to raise the trip point to 5-V operation. Note that this must be done after every power-on reset since the default will revert back to 3-V mode after each power-on reset. If the VDD supply is below the 5-V mode trip voltage but above the 3-V mode trip voltage when POR is released, the part will operate because VTRIPF defaults to 3-V mode after a POR. So, in a 5-V system care must be taken to ensure that VDD is above the 5-V mode trip voltage after POR is released. If the user requires 5-V mode and sets the LVI5OR3 bit after a power-on reset while the VDD supply is not above the VTRIPR for 5-V mode, the microcontroller unit (MCU) will immediately go into reset. The LVI in this case will hold the part in reset until either VDD goes above the rising 5-V trip point, VTRIPR, which will release reset or VDD decreases to approximately 0 V which will re-trigger the power-on reset and reset the trip point to 3-V operation. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 117 Low-Voltage Inhibit (LVI) LVISTOP, LVIPWRD, LVI5OR3, and LVIRSTD are in the configuration register (CONFIG1). See Figure 5-2. Configuration Register 1 (CONFIG1) for details of the LVI’s configuration bits. Once an LVI reset occurs, the MCU remains in reset until VDD rises above a voltage, VTRIPR, which causes the MCU to exit reset. See 15.3.2.5 Low-Voltage Inhibit (LVI) Reset for details of the interaction between the SIM and the LVI. The output of the comparator controls the state of the LVIOUT flag in the LVI status register (LVISR). An LVI reset also drives the RST pin low to provide low-voltage protection to external peripheral devices. VDD STOP INSTRUCTION LVISTOP FROM CONFIG1 FROM CONFIG1 LVIRSTD LVIPWRD FROM CONFIG LOW VDD DETECTOR VDD > LVITrip = 0 VDD £ LVITrip = 1 LVIOUT LVI5OR3 FROM CONFIG1 LVI RESET Figure 11-1. LVI Module Block Diagram Addr. $FE0C Register Name LVI Status Register Read: (LVISR) Write: See page 119. Reset: Bit 7 LVIOUT 0 6 0 0 5 0 0 4 0 0 3 0 0 2 0 0 1 0 0 Bit 0 0 0 = Unimplemented Figure 11-2. LVI I/O Register Summary 11.3.1 Polled LVI Operation In applications that can operate at VDD levels below the VTRIPF level, software can monitor VDD by polling the LVIOUT bit. In the configuration register, the LVIPWRD bit must be at 0 to enable the LVI module, and the LVIRSTD bit must be at 1 to disable LVI resets. 11.3.2 Forced Reset Operation In applications that require VDD to remain above the VTRIPF level, enabling LVI resets allows the LVI module to reset the MCU when VDD falls below the VTRIPF level. In the configuration register, the LVIPWRD and LVIRSTD bits must be at 0 to enable the LVI module and to enable LVI resets. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 118 Freescale Semiconductor LVI Status Register 11.3.3 Voltage Hysteresis Protection Once the LVI has triggered (by having VDD fall below VTRIPF), the LVI will maintain a reset condition until VDD rises above the rising trip point voltage, VTRIPR. This prevents a condition in which the MCU is continually entering and exiting reset if VDD is approximately equal to VTRIPF. VTRIPR is greater than VTRIPF by the hysteresis voltage, VHYS. 11.3.4 LVI Trip Selection The LVI5OR3 bit in the configuration register selects whether the LVI is configured for 5-V or 3-V protection. NOTE The microcontroller is guaranteed to operate at a minimum supply voltage. The trip point (VTRIPF [5 V] or VTRIPF [3 V]) may be lower than this. See Chapter 20 Electrical Specifications for the actual trip point voltages. 11.4 LVI Status Register The LVI status register (LVISR) indicates if the VDD voltage was detected below the VTRIPF level. Address: Read: Write: Reset: 0 0 = Unimplemented 0 0 0 0 0 0 $FE0C Bit 7 LVIOUT 6 0 5 0 4 0 3 0 2 0 1 0 Bit 0 0 Figure 11-3. LVI Status Register (LVISR) LVIOUT — LVI Output Bit This read-only flag becomes set when the VDD voltage falls below the VTRIPF trip voltage (see Table 11-1). Reset clears the LVIOUT bit. Table 11-1. LVIOUT Bit Indication VDD VDD > VTRIPR VDD < VTRIPF VTRIPF < VDD < VTRIPR LVIOUT 0 1 Previous value 11.5 LVI Interrupts The LVI module does not generate interrupt requests. 11.6 Low-Power Modes The STOP and WAIT instructions put the MCU in low power-consumption standby modes. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 119 Low-Voltage Inhibit (LVI) 11.6.1 Wait Mode If enabled, the LVI module remains active in wait mode. If enabled to generate resets, the LVI module can generate a reset and bring the MCU out of wait mode. 11.6.2 Stop Mode If enabled in stop mode (LVISTOP set), the LVI module remains active in stop mode. If enabled to generate resets, the LVI module can generate a reset and bring the MCU out of stop mode. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 120 Freescale Semiconductor Chapter 12 Input/Output Ports (PORTS) 12.1 Introduction Bidirectional input-output (I/O) pins form five parallel ports. All I/O pins are programmable as inputs or outputs. All individual bits within port A, port C, and port D are software configurable with pullup devices if configured as input port bits. The pullup devices are automatically and dynamically disabled when a port bit is switched to output mode. NOTE Connect any unused I/O pins to an appropriate logic level, either VDD or VSS. Although the I/O ports do not require termination for proper operation, termination reduces excess current consumption and the possibility of electrostatic damage. Not all port pins are bonded out in all packages. Care sure be taken to make any unbonded port pins an output to reduce them from being floating inputs. Addr. Register Name Read: Port A Data Register (PTA) Write: See page 124. Reset: Read: Port B Data Register (PTB) Write: See page 126. Reset: Read: Port C Data Register (PTC) Write: See page 128. Reset: Read: Port D Data Register (PTD) Write: See page 130. Reset: Read: Data Direction Register A (DDRA) Write: See page 124. Reset: Bit 7 PTA7 6 PTA6 5 PTA5 4 PTA4 3 PTA3 2 PTA2 1 PTA1 Bit 0 PTA0 $0000 Unaffected by reset PTB7 PTB6 PTB5 PTB4 PTB3 PTB2 PTB1 PTB0 $0001 Unaffected by reset 0 PTC6 PTC5 PTC4 PTC3 PTC2 PTC1 PTC0 $0002 Unaffected by reset PTD7 PTD6 PTD5 PTD4 PTD3 PTD2 PTD1 PTD0 $0003 Unaffected by reset DDRA7 0 DDRA6 0 = Unimplemented DDRA5 0 DDRA4 0 DDRA3 0 DDRA2 0 DDRA1 0 DDRA0 0 $0004 Figure 12-1. I/O Port Register Summary MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 121 Input/Output Ports (PORTS) Addr. Register Name Read: Data Direction Register B (DDRB) Write: See page 126. Reset: Read: Data Direction Register C (DDRC) Write: See page 128. Reset: Read: Data Direction Register D (DDRD) Write: See page 131. Reset: Read: Port E Data Register (PTE) Write: See page 133. Reset: Read: Data Direction Register E (DDRE) Write: See page 134. Reset: Bit 7 DDRB7 0 0 6 DDRB6 0 DDRC6 0 DDRD6 0 0 5 DDRB5 0 DDRC5 0 DDRD5 0 PTE5 4 DDRB4 0 DDRC4 0 DDRD4 0 PTE4 3 DDRB3 0 DDRC3 0 DDRD3 0 PTE3 2 DDRB2 0 DDRC2 0 DDRD2 0 PTE2 1 DDRB1 0 DDRC1 0 DDRD1 0 PTE1 Bit 0 DDRB0 0 DDRC0 0 DDRD0 0 PTE0 $0005 $0006 0 DDRD7 0 0 $0007 $0008 Unaffected by reset 0 0 DDRE5 0 PTAPUE5 0 PTCPUE5 0 PTDPUE5 0 DDRE4 0 PTAPUE4 0 PTCPUE4 0 PTDPUE4 0 DDRE3 0 PTAPUE3 0 PTCPUE3 0 PTDPUE3 0 DDRE2 0 PTAPUE2 0 PTCPUE2 0 PTDPUE2 0 DDRE1 0 PTAPUE1 0 PTCPUE1 0 PTDPUE1 0 DDRE0 0 PTAPUE0 0 PTCPUE0 0 PTDPUE0 0 $000C 0 0 PTAPUE6 0 PTCPUE6 0 PTDPUE6 0 = Unimplemented $000D Read: Port A Input Pullup Enable PTAPUE7 Register (PTAPUE) Write: See page 125. Reset: 0 Read: Port C Input Pullup Enable Register (PTCPUE) Write: See page 129. Reset: 0 $000E 0 $000F Read: Port D Input Pullup Enable PTDPUE7 Register (PTDPUE) Write: See page 132. Reset: 0 Figure 12-1. I/O Port Register Summary (Continued) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 122 Freescale Semiconductor Introduction Table 12-1. Port Control Register Bits Summary Port Bit 0 1 2 A 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 B 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 C 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 D 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 E 2 3 4 5 DDR DDRA0 DDRA1 DDRA2 DDRA3 DDRA4 DDRA5 DDRA6 DDRA7 DDRB0 DDRB1 DDRB2 DDRB3 DDRB4 DDRB5 DDRB6 DDRB7 DDRC0 DDRC1 DDRC2 DDRC3 DDRC4 DDRC5 DDRC6 DDRD0 DDRD1 DDRD2 DDRD3 DDRD4 DDRD5 DDRD6 DDRD7 DDRE0 DDRE1 DDRE2 DDRE3 DDRE4 DDRE5 TIM1 TIM2 SCI ELS0B:ELS0A ELS1B:ELS1A ELS0B:ELS0A ELS1B:ELS1A ENSCI SPI SPE ADC ADCH4–ADCH0 KBD Module Control KBIE0 KBIE1 KBIE2 KBIE3 KBIE4 KBIE5 KBIE6 KBIE7 Pin PTA0/KBD0 PTA1/KBD1 PTA2/KBD2 PTA3/KBD3 PTA4/KBD4 PTA5/KBD5 PTA6/KBD6 PTA7/KBD7 PTB0/AD0 PTB1/AD1 PTB2/AD2 PTB3/AD3 PTB4/AD4 PTB5/AD5 PTB6/AD6 PTB7/AD7 PTC0 PTC1 PTC2 PTC3 PTC4 PTC5 PTC6 PTD0/SS PTD1/MISO PTD2/MOSI PTD3/SPSCK PTD4/T1CH0 PTD5/T1CH1 PTD6/T2CH0 PTD7/T2CH1 PTE0/TxD PTE1/RxD PTE2 PTE3 PTE4 PTE5 MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 123 Input/Output Ports (PORTS) 12.2 Port A Port A is an 8-bit special-function port that shares all eight of its pins with the keyboard interrupt (KBI) module. Port A also has software configurable pullup devices if configured as an input port. 12.2.1 Port A Data Register The port A data register (PTA) contains a data latch for each of the eight port A pins. Address: Read: Write: Reset: Alternative Function: KBD7 KBD6 KBD5 $0000 Bit 7 PTA7 6 PTA6 5 PTA5 4 PTA4 3 PTA3 2 PTA2 1 PTA1 Bit 0 PTA0 Unaffected by reset KBD4 KBD3 KBD2 KBD1 KBD0 Figure 12-2. Port A Data Register (PTA) PTA7–PTA0 — Port A Data Bits These read/write bits are software programmable. Data direction of each port A pin is under the control of the corresponding bit in data direction register A. Reset has no effect on port A data. KBD7–KBD0 — Keyboard Inputs The keyboard interrupt enable bits, KBIE7–KBIE0, in the keyboard interrupt control register (KBICR) enable the port A pins as external interrupt pins. See Chapter 9 Keyboard Interrupt Module (KBI). 12.2.2 Data Direction Register A Data direction register A (DDRA) determines whether each port A pin is an input or an output. Writing a 1 to a DDRA bit enables the output buffer for the corresponding port A pin; a 0 disables the output buffer. Address: Read: Write: Reset: $0004 Bit 7 DDRA7 0 6 DDRA6 0 5 DDRA5 0 4 DDRA4 0 3 DDRA3 0 2 DDRA2 0 1 DDRA1 0 Bit 0 DDRA0 0 Figure 12-3. Data Direction Register A (DDRA) DDRA7–DDRA0 — Data Direction Register A Bits These read/write bits control port A data direction. Reset clears DDRA7–DDRA0, configuring all port A pins as inputs. 1 = Corresponding port A pin configured as output 0 = Corresponding port A pin configured as input NOTE Avoid glitches on port A pins by writing to the port A data register before changing data direction register A bits from 0 to 1. Figure 12-4 shows the port A I/O logic. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 124 Freescale Semiconductor Port A READ DDRA ($0004) WRITE DDRA ($0004) RESET WRITE PTA ($0000) VDD PTAPUEx INTERNAL PULLUP DEVICE DDRAx INTERNAL DATA BUS PTAx PTAx READ PTA ($0000) Figure 12-4. Port A I/O Circuit When bit DDRAx is a 1, reading address $0000 reads the PTAx data latch. When bit DDRAx is a 0, reading address $0000 reads the voltage level on the pin. The data latch can always be written, regardless of the state of its data direction bit. Table 12-2 summarizes the operation of the port A pins. Table 12-2. Port A Pin Functions PTAPUE Bit 1 0 X DDRA Bit 0 0 1 PTA Bit X(1) X X I/O Pin Mode Input, VDD(2) Accesses to DDRA Read/Write DDRA7–DDRA0 DDRA7–DDRA0 DDRA7–DDRA0 Accesses to PTA Read Pin Pin PTA7–PTA0 Write PTA7–PTA0(3) PTA7–PTA0(3) PTA7–PTA0 Input, Hi-Z(4) Output 1. X = Don’t care 2. I/O pin pulled up to VDD by internal pullup device 3. Writing affects data register, but does not affect input. 4. Hi-Z = High impedance 12.2.3 Port A Input Pullup Enable Register The port A input pullup enable register (PTAPUE) contains a software configurable pullup device for each of the eight port A pins. Each bit is individually configurable and requires that the data direction register, DDRA, bit be configured as an input. Each pullup is automatically and dynamically disabled when a port bit’s DDRA is configured for output mode. Address: Read: Write: Reset: $000D Bit 7 PTAPUE7 0 6 PTAPUE6 0 5 PTAPUE5 0 4 PTAPUE4 0 3 PTAPUE3 0 2 PTAPUE2 0 1 PTAPUE1 0 Bit 0 PTAPUE0 0 Figure 12-5. Port A Input Pullup Enable Register (PTAPUE) PTAPUE7–PTAPUE0 — Port A Input Pullup Enable Bits These writable bits are software programmable to enable pullup devices on an input port bit. 1 = Corresponding port A pin configured to have internal pullup 0 = Corresponding port A pin has internal pullup disconnected MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 125 Input/Output Ports (PORTS) 12.3 Port B Port B is an 8-bit special-function port that shares six of its pins with the analog-to-digital converter (ADC) module. 12.3.1 Port B Data Register The port B data register (PTB) contains a data latch for each of the eight port pins. Address: Read: Write: Reset: Alternative Function: AD7 AD6 AD5 $0001 Bit 7 PTB7 6 PTB6 5 PTB5 4 PTB4 3 PTB3 2 PTB2 1 PTB1 Bit 0 PTB0 Unaffected by reset AD4 AD3 AD2 AD1 AD0 Figure 12-6. Port B Data Register (PTB) PTB7–PTB0 — Port B Data Bits These read/write bits are software-programmable. Data direction of each port B pin is under the control of the corresponding bit in data direction register B. Reset has no effect on port B data. AD7–AD0 — Analog-to-Digital Input Bits AD7–AD0 are pins used for the input channels to the analog-to-digital converter module. The channel select bits in the ADC status and control register define which port B pin will be used as an ADC input and overrides any control from the port I/O logic by forcing that pin as the input to the analog circuitry. NOTE Care must be taken when reading port B while applying analog voltages to AD7–AD0 pins. If the appropriate ADC channel is not enabled, excessive current drain may occur if analog voltages are applied to the PTBx/ADx pin, while PTB is read as a digital input. Those ports not selected as analog input channels are considered digital I/O ports. 12.3.2 Data Direction Register B Data direction register B (DDRB) determines whether each port B pin is an input or an output. Writing a 1 to a DDRB bit enables the output buffer for the corresponding port B pin; a 0 disables the output buffer. Address: Read: Write: Reset: $0005 Bit 7 DDRB7 0 6 DDRB6 0 5 DDRB5 0 4 DDRB4 0 3 DDRB3 0 2 DDRB2 0 1 DDRB1 0 Bit 0 DDRB0 0 Figure 12-7. Data Direction Register B (DDRB) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 126 Freescale Semiconductor Port B DDRB7–DDRB0 — Data Direction Register B Bits These read/write bits control port B data direction. Reset clears DDRB7–DDRB0, configuring all port B pins as inputs. 1 = Corresponding port B pin configured as output 0 = Corresponding port B pin configured as input NOTE Avoid glitches on port B pins by writing to the port B data register before changing data direction register B bits from 0 to 1. Figure 12-8 shows the port B I/O logic. READ DDRB ($0005) WRITE DDRB ($0005) INTERNAL DATA BUS RESET WRITE PTB ($0001) DDRBx PTBx PTBx READ PTB ($0001) Figure 12-8. Port B I/O Circuit When bit DDRBx is a 1, reading address $0001 reads the PTBx data latch. When bit DDRBx is a 0, reading address $0001 reads the voltage level on the pin. The data latch can always be written, regardless of the state of its data direction bit. Table 12-3 summarizes the operation of the port B pins. Table 12-3. Port B Pin Functions DDRB Bit 0 1 PTB Bit X(1) X I/O Pin Mode Input, Hi-Z(2) Output Accesses to DDRB Read/Write DDRB7–DDRB0 DDRB7–DDRB0 Read Pin PTB7–PTB0 Accesses to PTB Write PTB7–PTB0(3) PTB7–PTB0 1. X = Don’t care 2. Hi-Z = High impedance 3. Writing affects data register, but does not affect input. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 127 Input/Output Ports (PORTS) 12.4 Port C Port C is a 7-bit, general-purpose bidirectional I/O port. Port C also has software configurable pullup devices if configured as an input port. 12.4.1 Port C Data Register The port C data register (PTC) contains a data latch for each of the port C pins. Address: Read: Write: Reset: = Unimplemented $0002 Bit 7 0 6 PTC6 5 PTC5 4 PTC4 3 PTC3 2 PTC2 1 PTC1 Bit 0 PTC0 Unaffected by reset R = Reserved Figure 12-9. Port C Data Register (PTC) PTC6 and PTC0 — Port C Data Bits These read/write bits are software-programmable. Data direction of each port C pin is under the control of the corresponding bit in data direction register C. Reset has no effect on port C data. 12.4.2 Data Direction Register C Data direction register C (DDRC) determines whether each port C pin is an input or an output. Writing a 1 to a DDRC bit enables the output buffer for the corresponding port C pin; a 0 disables the output buffer. Address: Read: Write: Reset: 0 $0006 Bit 7 0 6 DDRC6 0 = Unimplemented 5 DDRC5 0 4 DDRC4 0 3 DDRC3 0 2 DDRC2 0 1 DDRC1 0 Bit 0 DDRC0 0 Figure 12-10. Data Direction Register C (DDRC) DDRC6 and DDRC0 — Data Direction Register C Bits These read/write bits control port C data direction. Reset clears DDRC6 and DDRC0, configuring all port C pins as inputs. 1 = Corresponding port C pin configured as output 0 = Corresponding port C pin configured as input NOTE Avoid glitches on port C pins by writing to the port C data register before changing data direction register C bits from 0 to 1. Figure 12-11 shows the port C I/O logic. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 128 Freescale Semiconductor Port C READ DDRC ($0006) WRITE DDRC ($0006) INTERNAL DATA BUS RESET WRITE PTC ($0002) VDD PTCPUEx INTERNAL PULLUP DEVICE DDRCx PTCx PTCx READ PTC ($0002) Figure 12-11. Port C I/O Circuit When bit DDRCx is a 1, reading address $0002 reads the PTCx data latch. When bit DDRCx is a 0, reading address $0002 reads the voltage level on the pin. The data latch can always be written, regardless of the state of its data direction bit. Table 12-4 summarizes the operation of the port C pins. Table 12-4. Port C Pin Functions PTCPUE Bit 1 0 X DDRC Bit 0 0 1 PTC Bit X(1) X X I/O Pin Mode Input, VDD (2) Accesses to DDRC Read/Write DDRC6–DDRC0 DDRC6–DDRC0 DDRC6–DDRC0 Accesses to PTC Read Pin Pin PTC6–PTC0 Write PTC6–PTC0(3) PTC6–PTC0(3) PTC6–PTC0 Input, Hi-Z(4) Output 1. X = Don’t care 2. I/O pin pulled up to VDD by internal pullup device. 3. Writing affects data register, but does not affect input. 4. Hi-Z = High impedance 12.4.3 Port C Input Pullup Enable Register The port C input pullup enable register (PTCPUE) contains a software configurable pullup device for each of the port C pins. Each bit is individually configurable and requires that the data direction register, DDRC, bit be configured as an input. Each pullup is automatically and dynamically disabled when a port bit’s DDRC is configured for output mode. Address: Read: Write: Reset: 0 $000E Bit 7 0 6 PTCPUE6 0 = Unimplemented 5 PTCPUE5 0 4 PTCPUE4 0 3 PTCPUE3 0 2 PTCPUE2 0 1 PTCPUE1 0 Bit 0 PTCPUE0 0 Figure 12-12. Port C Input Pullup Enable Register (PTCPUE) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 129 Input/Output Ports (PORTS) PTCPUE1 and PTCPUE0 — Port C Input Pullup Enable Bits These writable bits are software programmable to enable pullup devices on an input port bit. 1 = Corresponding port C pin configured to have internal pullup 0 = Corresponding port C pin internal pullup disconnected 12.5 Port D Port D is an 8-bit special-function port that shares four of its pins with the serial peripheral interface (SPI) module and three of its pins with two timer interface (TIM1 and TIM2) modules. Port D also has software configurable pullup devices if configured as an input port. 12.5.1 Port D Data Register The port D data register (PTD) contains a data latch for each of the eight port D pins. Address: Read: Write: Reset: Alternative Function: T2CH1 T2CH0 T1CH1 $0003 Bit 7 PTD7 6 PTD6 5 PTD5 4 PTD4 3 PTD3 2 PTD2 1 PTD1 Bit 0 PTD0 Unaffected by reset T1CH0 SPSCK MOSI MISO SS Figure 12-13. Port D Data Register (PTD) PTD7–PTD0 — Port D Data Bits These read/write bits are software-programmable. Data direction of each port D pin is under the control of the corresponding bit in data direction register D. Reset has no effect on port D data. T2CH1 and T2CH0 — Timer 2 Channel I/O Bits The PTD6/T2CH0–PTD7/T2CH1 pins are the TIM2 input capture/output compare pins. The edge/level select bits, ELSxB and ELSxA, determine whether the PTD6/T2CH0–PTD7/T2CH1 pins are timer channel I/O pins or general-purpose I/O pin. See Chapter 18 Timer Interface Module (TIM). T1CH1 and T1CH0 — Timer 1 Channel I/O Bits The PTD4/T1CH0–PTD5/T1CH1 pins are the TIM1 input capture/output compare pins. The edge/level select bits, ELSxB and ELSxA, determine whether the PTD4/T1CH0–PTD5/T1CH1 pins are timer channel I/O pins or general-purpose I/O pins. See Chapter 18 Timer Interface Module (TIM). SPSCK — SPI Serial Clock The PTD3/SPSCK pin is the serial clock input of the SPI module. When the SPE bit is clear, the PTD3/SPSCK pin is available for general-purpose I/O. MOSI — Master Out/Slave In The PTD2/MOSI pin is the master out/slave in terminal of the SPI module. When the SPE bit is clear, the PTD2/MOSI pin is available for general-purpose I/O. MISO — Master In/Slave Out The PTD1/MISO pin is the master in/slave out terminal of the SPI module. When the SPI enable bit, SPE, is clear, the SPI module is disabled, and the PTD0/SS pin is available for general-purpose I/O. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 130 Freescale Semiconductor Port D Data direction register D (DDRD) does not affect the data direction of port D pins that are being used by the SPI module. However, the DDRD bits always determine whether reading port D returns the states of the latches or the states of the pins. See Table 12-5. SS — Slave Select The PTD0/SS pin is the slave select input of the SPI module. When the SPE bit is clear, or when the SPI master bit, SPMSTR, is set, the PTD0/SS pin is available for general-purpose I/O. When the SPI is enabled, the DDRB0 bit in data direction register B (DDRB) has no effect on the PTD0/SS pin. 12.5.2 Data Direction Register D Data direction register D (DDRD) determines whether each port D pin is an input or an output. Writing a 1 to a DDRD bit enables the output buffer for the corresponding port D pin; a 0 disables the output buffer. Address: Read: Write: Reset: $0007 Bit 7 DDRD7 0 6 DDRD6 0 5 DDRD5 0 4 DDRD4 0 3 DDRD3 0 2 DDRD2 0 1 DDRD1 0 Bit 0 DDRD0 0 Figure 12-14. Data Direction Register D (DDRD) DDRD7–DDRD0 — Data Direction Register D Bits These read/write bits control port D data direction. Reset clears DDRD7–DDRD0, configuring all port D pins as inputs. 1 = Corresponding port D pin configured as output 0 = Corresponding port D pin configured as input NOTE Avoid glitches on port D pins by writing to the port D data register before changing data direction register D bits from 0 to 1. Figure 12-15 shows the port D I/O logic. READ DDRD ($0007) WRITE DDRD ($0007) RESET INTERNAL DATA BUS WRITE PTD ($0003) DDRDx PTDx VDD PTDx PTDPUEx READ PTD ($0003) INTERNAL PULLUP DEVICE Figure 12-15. Port D I/O Circuit MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 131 Input/Output Ports (PORTS) When bit DDRDx is a 1, reading address $0003 reads the PTDx data latch. When bit DDRDx is a 0, reading address $0003 reads the voltage level on the pin. The data latch can always be written, regardless of the state of its data direction bit. Table 12-5 summarizes the operation of the port D pins. Table 12-5. Port D Pin Functions PTDPUE Bit 1 0 X DDRD Bit 0 0 1 PTD Bit X(1) X X I/O Pin Mode Input, VDD(2) Input, Hi-Z(4) Output Accesses to DDRD Read/Write DDRD7–DDRD0 DDRD7–DDRD0 DDRD7–DDRD0 Accesses to PTD Read Pin Pin PTD7–PTD0 Write PTD7–PTD0(3) PTD7–PTD0(3) PTD7–PTD0 1. X = Don’t care 2. I/O pin pulled up to VDD by internal pullup device. 3. Writing affects data register, but does not affect input. 4. Hi-Z = High imp[edance 12.5.3 Port D Input Pullup Enable Register The port D input pullup enable register (PTDPUE) contains a software configurable pullup device for each of the eight port D pins. Each bit is individually configurable and requires that the data direction register, DDRD, bit be configured as an input. Each pullup is automatically and dynamically disabled when a port bit’s DDRD is configured for output mode. Address: Read: Write: Reset: $000F Bit 7 PTDPUE7 0 6 PTDPUE6 0 5 PTDPUE5 0 4 PTDPUE4 0 3 PTDPUE3 0 2 PTDPUE2 0 1 PTDPUE1 0 Bit 0 PTDPUE0 0 Figure 12-16. Port D Input Pullup Enable Register (PTDPUE) PTDPUE7–PTDPUE0 — Port D Input Pullup Enable Bits These writable bits are software programmable to enable pullup devices on an input port bit. 1 = Corresponding port D pin configured to have internal pullup 0 = Corresponding port D pin has internal pullup disconnected MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 132 Freescale Semiconductor Port E 12.6 Port E Port E is a 6-bit special-function port that shares two of its pins with the enhanced serial communications interface (ESCI) module. 12.6.1 Port E Data Register The port E data register contains a data latch for each of the six port E pins. Address: Read: Write: Reset: Alternative Function: = Unimplemented $0008 Bit 7 0 6 0 5 PTE5 4 PTE4 3 PTE3 2 PTE2 1 PTE1 Bit 0 PTE0 Unaffected by reset RxD TxD Figure 12-17. Port E Data Register (PTE) PTE5–PTE0 — Port E Data Bits These read/write bits are software-programmable. Data direction of each port E pin is under the control of the corresponding bit in data direction register E. Reset has no effect on port E data. NOTE Data direction register E (DDRE) does not affect the data direction of port E pins that are being used by the ESCI module. However, the DDRE bits always determine whether reading port E returns the states of the latches or the states of the pins. See Table 12-6. RxD — SCI Receive Data Input The PTE1/RxD pin is the receive data input for the ESCI module. When the enable SCI bit, ENSCI, is clear, the ESCI module is disabled, and the PTE1/RxD pin is available for general-purpose I/O. See Chapter 14 Enhanced Serial Communications Interface (ESCI) Module. TxD — SCI Transmit Data Output The PTE0/TxD pin is the transmit data output for the ESCI module. When the enable SCI bit, ENSCI, is clear, the ESCI module is disabled, and the PTE0/TxD pin is available for general-purpose I/O. See Chapter 14 Enhanced Serial Communications Interface (ESCI) Module. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 133 Input/Output Ports (PORTS) 12.6.2 Data Direction Register E Data direction register E (DDRE) determines whether each port E pin is an input or an output. Writing a 1 to a DDRE bit enables the output buffer for the corresponding port E pin; a 0 disables the output buffer. Address: Read: Write: Reset: 0 0 = Unimplemented $000C Bit 7 0 6 0 5 DDRE5 0 4 DDRE4 0 3 DDRE3 0 2 DDRE2 0 1 DDRE1 0 Bit 0 DDRE0 0 Figure 12-18. Data Direction Register E (DDRE) DDRE5–DDRE0 — Data Direction Register E Bits These read/write bits control port E data direction. Reset clears DDRE5–DDRE0, configuring all port E pins as inputs. 1 = Corresponding port E pin configured as output 0 = Corresponding port E pin configured as input NOTE Avoid glitches on port E pins by writing to the port E data register before changing data direction register E bits from 0 to 1. Figure 12-19 shows the port E I/O logic. READ DDRE ($000C) WRITE DDRE ($000C) INTERNAL DATA BUS RESET WRITE PTE ($0008) DDREx PTEx PTEx READ PTE ($0008) Figure 12-19. Port E I/O Circuit When bit DDREx is a 1, reading address $0008 reads the PTEx data latch. When bit DDREx is a 0, reading address $0008 reads the voltage level on the pin. The data latch can always be written, regardless of the state of its data direction bit. Table 12-6 summarizes the operation of the port E pins. Table 12-6. Port E Pin Functions DDRE Bit 0 1 PTE Bit X(1) X I/O Pin Mode Input, Hi-Z Output (2) Accesses to DDRE Read/Write DDRE5–DDRE0 DDRE5–DDRE0 Read Pin Accesses to PTE Write PTE5–PTE0(3) PTE5–PTE0 PTE5–PTE0 1. X = Don’t care 2. Hi-Z = High impedance 3. Writing affects data register, but does not affect input. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 134 Freescale Semiconductor Chapter 13 Resets and Interrupts 13.1 Introduction Resets and interrupts are responses to exceptional events during program execution. A reset re-initializes the microcontroller (MCU) to its startup condition. An interrupt vectors the program counter to a service routine. 13.2 Resets A reset immediately returns the MCU to a known startup condition and begins program execution from a user-defined memory location. 13.2.1 Effects A reset: • Immediately stops the operation of the instruction being executed • Initializes certain control and status bits • Loads the program counter with a user-defined reset vector address from locations $FFFE and $FFFF, $FEFE and $FEFF in monitor mode • Selects CGMXCLK divided by four as the bus clock 13.2.2 External Reset A 0 applied to the RST pin for a time, tRL, generates an external reset. An external reset sets the PIN bit in the system integration module (SIM) reset status register. 13.2.3 Internal Reset Sources: • Power-on reset (POR) • Computer operating properly (COP) • Low-power reset circuits • Illegal opcode • Illegal address All internal reset sources pull the RST pin low for 32 CGMXCLK cycles to allow resetting of external devices. The MCU is held in reset for an additional 32 CGMXCLK cycles after releasing the RST pin. 13.2.3.1 Power-On Reset (POR) A power-on reset (POR) is an internal reset caused by a positive transition on the VDD pin. VDD at the POR must go below VPOR to reset the MCU. This distinguishes between a reset and a POR. The POR is not a brown-out detector, low-voltage detector, or glitch detector. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 135 Resets and Interrupts A power-on reset: • Holds the clocks to the central processor unit (CPU) and modules inactive for an oscillator stabilization delay of 4096 CGMXCLK cycles • Drives the RST pin low during the oscillator stabilization delay • Releases the RST pin 32 CGMXCLK cycles after the oscillator stabilization delay • Releases the CPU to begin the reset vector sequence 64 CGMXCLK cycles after the oscillator stabilization delay • Sets the POR and LVI bits in the SIM reset status register and clears all other bits in the register OSC1 PORRST(1) 4096 CYCLES CGMXCLK CGMOUT RST PIN 1. PORRST is an internally generated power-on reset pulse. 32 CYCLES Figure 13-1. Power-On Reset Recovery 13.2.3.2 Computer Operating Properly (COP) Reset A computer operating properly (COP) reset is an internal reset caused by an overflow of the COP counter. A COP reset sets the COP bit in the SIM reset status register. To clear the COP counter and prevent a COP reset, write any value to the COP control register at location $FFFF. 13.2.3.3 Low-Voltage Inhibit (LVI) Reset A low-voltage inhibit (LVI) reset is an internal reset caused by a drop in the power supply voltage to the LVITRIPF voltage. An LVI reset: • Holds the clocks to the CPU and modules inactive for an oscillator stabilization delay of 4096 CGMXCLK cycles after the power supply voltage rises to the LVITRIPR voltage • Drives the RST pin low for as long as VDD is below the LVITRIPR voltage and during the oscillator stabilization delay • Releases the RST pin 32 CGMXCLK cycles after the oscillator stabilization delay • Releases the CPU to begin the reset vector sequence 64 CGMXCLK cycles after the oscillator stabilization delay • Sets the LVI bit in the SIM reset status register MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 136 Freescale Semiconductor Resets 13.2.3.4 Illegal Opcode Reset An illegal opcode reset is an internal reset caused by an opcode that is not in the instruction set. An illegal opcode reset sets the ILOP bit in the SIM reset status register. If the stop enable bit, STOP, in the mask option register is a 0, the STOP instruction causes an illegal opcode reset. 13.2.3.5 Illegal Address Reset An illegal address reset is an internal reset caused by opcode fetch from an unmapped address. An illegal address reset sets the ILAD bit in the SIM reset status register. A data fetch from an unmapped address does not generate a reset. 13.2.4 System Integration Module (SIM) Reset Status Register This read-only register contains flags to show reset sources. All flag bits are automatically cleared following a read of the register. Reset service can read the SIM reset status register to clear the register after power-on reset and to determine the source of any subsequent reset. The register is initialized on power-up as shown with the POR bit set and all other bits cleared. During a POR or any other internal reset, the RST pin is pulled low. After the pin is released, it will be sampled 32 CGMXCLK cycles later. If the pin is not above a VIH at that time, then the PIN bit in the SRSR may be set in addition to whatever other bits are set. NOTE Only a read of the SIM reset status register clears all reset flags. After multiple resets from different sources without reading the register, multiple flags remain set. Address: Read: Write: POR: 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Unimplemented $FE01 Bit 7 POR 6 PIN 5 COP 4 ILOP 3 ILAD 2 MODRST 1 LVI Bit 0 0 Figure 13-2. SIM Reset Status Register (SRSR) POR — Power-On Reset Flag 1 = Power-on reset since last read of SRSR 0 = Read of SRSR since last power-on reset PIN — External Reset Flag 1 = External reset via RST pin since last read of SRSR 0 = POR or read of SRSR since any reset COP — Computer Operating Properly Reset Bit 1 = Last reset caused by timeout of COP counter 0 = POR or read of SRSR since any reset ILOP — Illegal Opcode Reset Bit 1 = Last reset caused by an illegal opcode 0 = POR or read of SRSR since any reset MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 137 Resets and Interrupts ILAD — Illegal Address Reset Bit 1 = Last reset caused by an opcode fetch from an illegal address 0 = POR or read of SRSR since any reset MODRST — Monitor Mode Entry Module Reset Bit 1 = Last reset caused by forced monitor mode entry. 0 = POR or read of SRSR since any reset LVI — Low-Voltage Inhibit Reset Bit 1 = Last reset caused by low-power supply voltage 0 = POR or read of SRSR since any reset 13.3 Interrupts An interrupt temporarily changes the sequence of program execution to respond to a particular event. An interrupt does not stop the operation of the instruction being executed, but begins when the current instruction completes its operation. 13.3.1 Effects An interrupt: • Saves the CPU registers on the stack. At the end of the interrupt, the RTI instruction recovers the CPU registers from the stack so that normal processing can resume. • Sets the interrupt mask (I bit) to prevent additional interrupts. Once an interrupt is latched, no other interrupt can take precedence, regardless of its priority. • Loads the program counter with a user-defined vector address • • • 5 4 STACKING ORDER 3 2 1 CONDITION CODE REGISTER ACCUMULATOR INDEX REGISTER (LOW BYTE)(1) PROGRAM COUNTER (HIGH BYTE) PROGRAM COUNTER (LOW BYTE) • • • 1 2 3 4 5 UNSTACKING ORDER $00FF DEFAULT ADDRESS ON RESET 1. High byte of index register is not stacked. Figure 13-3. Interrupt Stacking Order MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 138 Freescale Semiconductor Interrupts After every instruction, the CPU checks all pending interrupts if the I bit is not set. If more than one interrupt is pending when an instruction is done, the highest priority interrupt is serviced first. In the example shown in Figure 13-4, if an interrupt is pending upon exit from the interrupt service routine, the pending interrupt is serviced before the LDA instruction is executed. CLI LDA #$FF BACKGROUND ROUTINE INT1 PSHH INT1 INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINE PULH RTI INT2 PSHH INT2 INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINE PULH RTI Figure 13-4. Interrupt Recognition Example The LDA opcode is prefetched by both the INT1 and INT2 RTI instructions. However, in the case of the INT1 RTI prefetch, this is a redundant operation. NOTE To maintain compatibility with the M6805 Family, the H register is not pushed on the stack during interrupt entry. If the interrupt service routine modifies the H register or uses the indexed addressing mode, save the H register and then restore it prior to exiting the routine. See Figure 13-5 for a flowchart depicting interrupt processing. 13.3.2 Sources The sources in Table 13-1 can generate CPU interrupt requests. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 139 Resets and Interrupts FROM RESET BREAK INTERRUPT ? NO YES BIT SET? IIBIT SET? NO IRQ INTERRUPT ? NO CGM INTERRUPT ? NO YES YES YES OTHER INTERRUPTS ? NO YES STACK CPU REGISTERS SET I BIT LOAD PC WITH INTERRUPT VECTOR FETCH NEXT INSTRUCTION SWI INSTRUCTION ? NO RTI INSTRUCTION ? NO YES YES UNSTACK CPU REGISTERS EXECUTE INSTRUCTION Figure 13-5. Interrupt Processing MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 140 Freescale Semiconductor Interrupts Table 13-1. Interrupt Sources Source Reset SWI instruction IRQ pin CGM change in lock TIM1 channel 0 TIM1 channel 1 TIM1 overflow TIM2 channel 0 TIM2 channel 1 TIM2 overflow SPI receiver full SPI overflow SPI mode fault SPI transmitter empty SCI receiver overrun SCI noise flag SCI framing error SCI parity error SCI receiver full SCI input idle SCI transmitter empty SCI transmission complete Keyboard pin ADC conversion complete Timebase Flag None None IRQF PLLF CH0F CH1F TOF CH0F CH1F TOF SPRF OVRF MODF SPTE OR NF FE PE SCRF IDLE SCTE TC KEYF COCO TBIF Mask(1) None None IMASK1 PLLIE CH0IE CH1IE TOIE CH0IE CH1IE TOIE SPRIE ERRIE ERRIE SPTIE ORIE NEIE IF11 FEIE PEIE SCRIE IF12 ILIE SCTIE IF13 TCIE IMASKK AIEN TBIE IF14 IF15 IF16 14 15 16 $FFE0–$FFE1 $FFDE–$FFDF $FFDC–$FFDD 13 $FFE2–$FFE3 12 $FFE4–$FFE5 11 $FFE6–$FFE7 IF10 10 $FFE8–$FFE9 IF9 9 $FFEA–$FFEB INT Register Flag None None IF1 IF2 IF3 IF4 IF5 IF6 IF7 IF8 Priority(2) 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Vector Address $FFFE–$FFFF $FFFC–$FFFD $FFFA–$FFFB $FFF8–$FFF9 $FFF6–$FFF7 $FFF4–$FFF5 $FFF2–$FFF3 $FFF0–$FFF1 $FFEE–$FFEF $FFEC–$FFED 1. The I bit in the condition code register is a global mask for all interrupt sources except the SWI instruction. 2. 0 = highest priority MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 141 Resets and Interrupts 13.3.2.1 Software Interrupt (SWI) Instruction The software interrupt (SWI) instruction causes a non-maskable interrupt. NOTE A software interrupt pushes PC onto the stack. An SWI does not push PC – 1, as a hardware interrupt does. 13.3.2.2 Break Interrupt The break module causes the CPU to execute an SWI instruction at a software-programmable break point. 13.3.2.3 IRQ Pin A 0 on the IRQ1 pin latches an external interrupt request. 13.3.2.4 Clock Generator (CGM) The CGM can generate a CPU interrupt request every time the phase-locked loop circuit (PLL) enters or leaves the locked state. When the LOCK bit changes state, the PLL flag (PLLF) is set. The PLL interrupt enable bit (PLLIE) enables PLLF CPU interrupt requests. LOCK is in the PLL bandwidth control register. PLLF is in the PLL control register. 13.3.2.5 Timer Interface Module 1 (TIM1) TIM1 CPU interrupt sources: • TIM1 overflow flag (TOF) — The TOF bit is set when the TIM1 counter value rolls over to $0000 after matching the value in the TIM1 counter modulo registers. The TIM1 overflow interrupt enable bit, TOIE, enables TIM1 overflow CPU interrupt requests. TOF and TOIE are in the TIM1 status and control register. • TIM1 channel flags (CH1F–CH0F) — The CHxF bit is set when an input capture or output compare occurs on channel x. The channel x interrupt enable bit, CHxIE, enables channel x TIM1 CPU interrupt requests. CHxF and CHxIE are in the TIM1 channel x status and control register. 13.3.2.6 Timer Interface Module 2 (TIM2) TIM2 CPU interrupt sources: • TIM2 overflow flag (TOF) — The TOF bit is set when the TIM2 counter value rolls over to $0000 after matching the value in the TIM2 counter modulo registers. The TIM2 overflow interrupt enable bit, TOIE, enables TIM2 overflow CPU interrupt requests. TOF and TOIE are in the TIM2 status and control register. • TIM2 channel flags (CH1F–CH0F) — The CHxF bit is set when an input capture or output compare occurs on channel x. The channel x interrupt enable bit, CHxIE, enables channel x TIM2 CPU interrupt requests. CHxF and CHxIE are in the TIM2 channel x status and control register. 13.3.2.7 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) SPI CPU interrupt sources: • SPI receiver full bit (SPRF) — The SPRF bit is set every time a byte transfers from the shift register to the receive data register. The SPI receiver interrupt enable bit, SPRIE, enables SPRF CPU interrupt requests. SPRF is in the SPI status and control register and SPRIE is in the SPI control register. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 142 Freescale Semiconductor Interrupts • • • SPI transmitter empty (SPTE) — The SPTE bit is set every time a byte transfers from the transmit data register to the shift register. The SPI transmit interrupt enable bit, SPTIE, enables SPTE CPU interrupt requests. SPTE is in the SPI status and control register and SPTIE is in the SPI control register. Mode fault bit (MODF) — The MODF bit is set in a slave SPI if the SS pin goes high during a transmission with the mode fault enable bit (MODFEN) set. In a master SPI, the MODF bit is set if the SS pin goes low at any time with the MODFEN bit set. The error interrupt enable bit, ERRIE, enables MODF CPU interrupt requests. MODF, MODFEN, and ERRIE are in the SPI status and control register. Overflow bit (OVRF) — The OVRF bit is set if software does not read the byte in the receive data register before the next full byte enters the shift register. The error interrupt enable bit, ERRIE, enables OVRF CPU interrupt requests. OVRF and ERRIE are in the SPI status and control register. 13.3.2.8 Serial Communications Interface (SCI) SCI CPU interrupt sources: • SCI transmitter empty bit (SCTE) — SCTE is set when the SCI data register transfers a character to the transmit shift register. The SCI transmit interrupt enable bit, SCTIE, enables transmitter CPU interrupt requests. SCTE is in SCI status register 1. SCTIE is in SCI control register 2. • Transmission complete bit (TC) — TC is set when the transmit shift register and the SCI data register are empty and no break or idle character has been generated. The transmission complete interrupt enable bit, TCIE, enables transmitter CPU interrupt requests. TC is in SCI status register 1. TCIE is in SCI control register 2. • SCI receiver full bit (SCRF) — SCRF is set when the receive shift register transfers a character to the SCI data register. The SCI receive interrupt enable bit, SCRIE, enables receiver CPU interrupts. SCRF is in SCI status register 1. SCRIE is in SCI control register 2. • Idle input bit (IDLE) — IDLE is set when 10 or 11 consecutive logic 1s shift in from the RxD pin. The idle line interrupt enable bit, ILIE, enables IDLE CPU interrupt requests. IDLE is in SCI status register 1. ILIE is in SCI control register 2. • Receiver overrun bit (OR) — OR is set when the receive shift register shifts in a new character before the previous character was read from the SCI data register. The overrun interrupt enable bit, ORIE, enables OR to generate SCI error CPU interrupt requests. OR is in SCI status register 1. ORIE is in SCI control register 3. • Noise flag (NF) — NF is set when the SCI detects noise on incoming data or break characters, including start, data, and stop bits. The noise error interrupt enable bit, NEIE, enables NF to generate SCI error CPU interrupt requests. NF is in SCI status register 1. NEIE is in SCI control register 3. • Framing error bit (FE) — FE is set when a 0 occurs where the receiver expects a stop bit. The framing error interrupt enable bit, FEIE, enables FE to generate SCI error CPU interrupt requests. FE is in SCI status register 1. FEIE is in SCI control register 3. • Parity error bit (PE) — PE is set when the SCI detects a parity error in incoming data. The parity error interrupt enable bit, PEIE, enables PE to generate SCI error CPU interrupt requests. PE is in SCI status register 1. PEIE is in SCI control register 3. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 143 Resets and Interrupts 13.3.2.9 KBD0–KBD7 Pins A 0 on a keyboard interrupt pin latches an external interrupt request. 13.3.2.10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) When the AIEN bit is set, the ADC module is capable of generating a CPU interrupt after each ADC conversion. The COCO bit is not used as a conversion complete flag when interrupts are enabled. 13.3.2.11 Timebase Module (TBM) The timebase module can interrupt the CPU on a regular basis with a rate defined by TBR2–TBR0. When the timebase counter chain rolls over, the TBIF flag is set. If the TBIE bit is set, enabling the timebase interrupt, the counter chain overflow will generate a CPU interrupt request. Interrupts must be acknowledged by writing a 1 to the TACK bit. 13.3.3 Interrupt Status Registers The flags in the interrupt status registers identify maskable interrupt sources. Table 13-2 summarizes the interrupt sources and the interrupt status register flags that they set. The interrupt status registers can be useful for debugging. Table 13-2. Interrupt Source Flags Interrupt Source Reset SWI instruction IRQ pin CGM change of lock TIM1 channel 0 TIM1 channel 1 TIM1 overflow TIM2 channel 0 TIM2 channel 1 TIM2 overflow SPI receive SPI transmit SCI error SCI receive SCI transmit Keyboard ADC conversion complete Timebase Interrupt Status Register Flag — — IF1 IF2 IF3 IF4 IF5 IF6 IF7 IF8 IF9 IF10 IF11 IF12 IF13 IF14 IF15 IF16 MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 144 Freescale Semiconductor Interrupts 13.3.3.1 Interrupt Status Register 1 Address: Read: Write: Reset: $FE04 Bit 7 IF6 R 0 R 6 IF5 R 0 = Reserved 5 IF4 R 0 4 IF3 R 0 3 IF2 R 0 2 IF1 R 0 1 0 R 0 Bit 0 0 R 0 Figure 13-6. Interrupt Status Register 1 (INT1) IF6–IF1 — Interrupt Flags 6–1 These flags indicate the presence of interrupt requests from the sources shown in Table 13-2. 1 = Interrupt request present 0 = No interrupt request present Bit 1 and Bit 0 — Always read 0 13.3.3.2 Interrupt Status Register 2 Address: Read: Write: Reset: $FE05 Bit 7 IF14 R 0 R 6 IF13 R 0 = Reserved 5 IF12 R 0 4 IF11 R 0 3 IF10 R 0 2 IF9 R 0 1 IF8 R 0 Bit 0 IF7 R 0 Figure 13-7. Interrupt Status Register 2 (INT2) IF14–IF7 — Interrupt Flags 14–7 These flags indicate the presence of interrupt requests from the sources shown in Table 13-2. 1 = Interrupt request present 0 = No interrupt request present 13.3.3.3 Interrupt Status Register 3 Address: Read: Write: Reset: $FE06 Bit 7 0 R 0 R 6 0 R 0 = Reserved 5 0 R 0 4 0 R 0 3 0 R 0 2 0 R 0 1 IF16 R 0 Bit 0 IF15 R 0 Figure 13-8. Interrupt Status Register 3 (INT3) IF16–IF15 — Interrupt Flags 20–15 This flag indicates the presence of an interrupt request from the source shown in Table 13-2. 1 = Interrupt request present 0 = No interrupt request present Bits 7–2 — Always read 0 MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 145 Resets and Interrupts MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 146 Freescale Semiconductor Chapter 14 Enhanced Serial Communications Interface (ESCI) Module 14.1 Introduction The enhanced serial communications interface (ESCI) module allows asynchronous communications with peripheral devices and other microcontroller units (MCU). 14.2 Features Features include: • Full-duplex operation • Standard mark/space non-return-to-zero (NRZ) format • Programmable baud rates • Programmable 8-bit or 9-bit character length • Separately enabled transmitter and receiver • Separate receiver and transmitter central processor unit (CPU) interrupt requests • Programmable transmitter output polarity • Two receiver wakeup methods: – Idle line wakeup – Address mark wakeup • Interrupt-driven operation with eight interrupt flags: – Transmitter empty – Transmission complete – Receiver full – Idle receiver input – Receiver overrun – Noise error – Framing error – Parity error • Receiver framing error detection • Hardware parity checking • 1/16 bit-time noise detection 14.3 Pin Name Conventions The generic names of the ESCI input/output (I/O) pins are: • RxD (receive data) • TxD (transmit data) ESCI I/O lines are implemented by sharing parallel I/O port pins. The full name of an ESCI input or output reflects the name of the shared port pin. Table 14-1 shows the full names and the generic names of the ESCI I/O pins. The generic pin names appear in the text of this section. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 147 Enhanced Serial Communications Interface (ESCI) Module INTERNAL BUS M68HC08 CPU PORTA CPU REGISTERS ARITHMETIC/LOGIC UNIT (ALU) PROGRAMMABLE TIMEBASE MODULE SINGLE BREAKPOINT BREAK MODULE DUAL VOLTAGE LOW-VOLTAGE INHIBIT MODULE 8-BIT KEYBOARD INTERRUPT MODULE 2-CHANNEL TIMER INTERFACE MODULE 1 2-CHANNEL TIMER INTERFACE MODULE 2 PORTB DDRB PTA7/KBD7– PTA0/KBD0(1) PTB7/AD7 PTB6/AD6 PTB5/AD5 PTB4/AD4 PTB3/AD3 PTB2/AD2 PTB1/AD1 PTB0/AD0 PTC6(1) PTC5(1) PTC4(1), (2) PTC3(1), (2) PTC2(1), (2) PTC1(1), (2) PTC0(1), (2) PTD7/T2CH1(1) PTD6/T2CH0(1) PTD5/T1CH1(1) PTD4/T1CH0(1) PTD3/SPSCK(1) PTD2/MOSI(1) PTD1/MISO(1) PTD0/SS(1) PTE5–PTE2 PTE1/RxD PTE0/TxD DDRA DDRC DDRD DDRE CONTROL AND STATUS REGISTERS — 64 BYTES USER FLASH — 15,872 BYTES USER RAM — 1024 BYTES MONITOR ROM — 350 BYTES FLASH PROGRAMMING ROUTINES ROM — 406 BYTES USER FLASH VECTOR SPACE — 36 BYTES CLOCK GENERATOR MODULE OSC1 OSC2 CGMXFC 32–100 kHz OSCILLATOR PHASE LOCKED LOOP ENHANCED SERIAL COMUNICATIONS INTERFACE MODULE PORTD PORTE COMPUTER OPERATING PROPERLY MODULE RST(3) IRQ(3) VDDAD/VREFH VSSAD/VREFL SYSTEM INTEGRATION MODULE SINGLE EXTERNAL INTERRUPT MODULE 10-BIT ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERTER MODULE POWER-ON RESET MODULE SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE MODULE MONITOR MODULE MEMORY MAP MODULE CONFIGURATION REGISTER 1–2 MODULE PORTC VDD VSS VDDA VSSA SECURITY MODULE POWER MONITOR MODE ENTRY MODULE 1. Ports are software configurable with pullup device if input port. 2. Higher current drive port pins 3. Pin contains integrated pullup device Figure 14-1. Block Diagram Highlighting ESCI Block and Pins Table 14-1. Pin Name Conventions Generic Pin Names Full Pin Names RxD PTE1/RxD TxD PTE0/TxD MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 148 Freescale Semiconductor Functional Description 14.4 Functional Description Figure 14-2 shows the structure of the ESCI module. The ESCI allows full-duplex, asynchronous, NRZ serial communication between the MCU and remote devices, including other MCUs. The transmitter and receiver of the ESCI operate independently, although they use the same baud rate generator. During normal operation, the CPU monitors the status of the ESCI, writes the data to be transmitted, and processes received data. INTERNAL BUS TRANSMITTER INTERRUPT CONTROL ESCI DATA REGISTER RxD RECEIVE SHIFT REGISTER LINR SCTIE TCIE SCRIE ILIE TE RE RWU SBK SCTE SCRF IDLE ESCI DATA REGISTER ERROR INTERRUPT CONTROL RECEIVER INTERRUPT CONTROL SCI_TxD TRANSMIT SHIFT REGISTER TXINV R8 T8 RxD ARBITERTxD BUS CLOCK SL ACLK BIT IN SCIACTL TC OR NF FE PE LOOPS LOOPS WAKEUP CONTROL RECEIVE CONTROL BKF RPF BAUD RATE GENERATOR FLAG CONTROL M WAKE ILTY ÷4 PRESCALER PEN PTY DATA SELECTION CONTROL ENSCI TRANSMIT CONTROL ORIE NEIE FEIE PEIE BUS CLOCK CGMXCLK ESCIBDSRC FROM CONFIG2 ENHANCED PRESCALER ENSCI LINT SL ÷ 16 SL=1 -> SCI_CLK = BUSCLK SL=0 -> SCI_CLK = CGMXCLK Figure 14-2. ESCI Module Block Diagram MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 149 SCI_CLK Enhanced Serial Communications Interface (ESCI) Module The baud rate clock source for the ESCI can be selected via the configuration bit, ESCIBDSRC, of the CONFIG2 register ($001E). For reference, a summary of the ESCI module input/output registers is provided in Figure 14-3. Addr. $0009 Register Name ESCI Prescaler Register Read: (SCPSC) Write: See page 170. Reset: ESCI Arbiter Control Read: Register (SCIACTL) Write: See page 174. Reset: ESCI Arbiter Data Read: Register (SCIADAT) Write: See page 175. Reset: ESCI Control Register 1 Read: (SCC1) Write: See page 161. Reset: ESCI Control Register 2 Read: (SCC2) Write: See page 163. Reset: ESCI Control Register 3 Read: (SCC3) Write: See page 164. Reset: ESCI Status Register 1 Read: (SCS1) Write: See page 165. Reset: ESCI Status Register 2 Read: (SCS2) Write: See page 168. Reset: ESCI Data Register Read: (SCDR) Write: See page 168. Reset: ESCI Baud Rate Register Read: (SCBR) Write: See page 169. Reset: Bit 7 PDS2 0 AM1 0 ARD7 0 LOOPS 0 SCTIE 0 R8 U SCTE 1 0 0 R7 T7 6 PDS1 0 ALOST 0 ARD6 0 ENSCI 0 TCIE 0 T8 0 TC 1 0 0 R6 T6 5 PDS0 0 AM0 0 ARD5 0 TXINV 0 SCRIE 0 R 0 SCRF 0 0 0 R5 T5 4 PSSB4 0 ACLK 0 ARD4 0 M 0 ILIE 0 R 0 IDLE 0 0 0 R4 T4 3 PSSB3 0 AFIN 0 ARD3 0 WAKE 0 TE 0 ORIE 0 OR 0 0 0 R3 T3 2 PSSB2 0 ARUN 0 ARD2 0 ILTY 0 RE 0 NEIE 0 NF 0 0 0 R2 T2 1 PSSB1 0 AROVFL 0 ARD1 0 PEN 0 RWU 0 FEIE 0 FE 0 BKF 0 R1 T1 Bit 0 PSSB0 0 ARD8 0 ARD0 0 PTY 0 SBK 0 PEIE 0 PE 0 RPF 0 R0 T0 $000A $000B $0013 $0014 $0015 $0016 $0017 $0018 Unaffected by reset LINT 0 LINR 0 = Unimplemented SCP1 0 SCP0 0 R R 0 = Reserved SCR2 0 SCR1 0 SCR0 0 $0019 Figure 14-3. ESCI I/O Register Summary 14.4.1 Data Format The SCI uses the standard non-return-to-zero mark/space data format illustrated in Figure 14-4. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 150 Freescale Semiconductor Functional Description PARITY OR DATA BIT BIT 7 STOP BIT PARITY OR DATA BIT BIT 6 BIT 7 BIT 8 START BIT 8-BIT DATA FORMAT (BIT M IN SCC1 CLEAR) BIT 0 BIT 1 BIT 2 BIT 3 BIT 4 BIT 5 BIT 6 NEXT START BIT START BIT 9-BIT DATA FORMAT (BIT M IN SCC1 SET) BIT 0 BIT 1 BIT 2 BIT 3 BIT 4 BIT 5 NEXT START BIT STOP BIT Figure 14-4. SCI Data Formats 14.4.2 Transmitter Figure 14-5 shows the structure of the SCI transmitter and the registers are summarized in Figure 14-3. The baud rate clock source for the ESCI can be selected via the configuration bit, ESCIBDSRC. INTERNAL BUS ÷4 SCP1 SCP0 SCR1 SCR2 SCR0 TRANSMITTER CPU INTERRUPT REQUEST PRESCALER BAUD DIVIDER ÷ 16 ESCI DATA REGISTER 11-BIT TRANSMIT SHIFT REGISTER 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 H START L STOP SCI_TxD TXINV PRESCALER M PEN PTY PARITY GENERATION LOAD FROM SCDR CGMXCLK OR BUS CLOCK SHIFT ENABLE PDS1 PDS0 PSSB4 PSSB3 PSSB2 PSSB1 PSSB0 T8 TRANSMITTER CONTROL LOGIC SCTE SCTE SCTIE TC TCIE PREAMBLE (ALL ONES) LOOPS SCTIE TC TCIE ENSCI TE LINT Figure 14-5. ESCI Transmitter MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 151 BREAK (ALL ZEROS) SBK PDS2 MSB Enhanced Serial Communications Interface (ESCI) Module 14.4.2.1 Character Length The transmitter can accommodate either 8-bit or 9-bit data. The state of the M bit in ESCI control register 1 (SCC1) determines character length. When transmitting 9-bit data, bit T8 in ESCI control register 3 (SCC3) is the ninth bit (bit 8). 14.4.2.2 Character Transmission During an ESCI transmission, the transmit shift register shifts a character out to the TxD pin. The ESCI data register (SCDR) is the write-only buffer between the internal data bus and the transmit shift register. To initiate an ESCI transmission: 1. Enable the ESCI by writing a 1 to the enable ESCI bit (ENSCI) in ESCI control register 1 (SCC1). 2. Enable the transmitter by writing a 1 to the transmitter enable bit (TE) in ESCI control register 2 (SCC2). 3. Clear the ESCI transmitter empty bit (SCTE) by first reading ESCI status register 1 (SCS1) and then writing to the SCDR. For 9-bit data, also write the T8 bit in SCC3. 4. Repeat step 3 for each subsequent transmission. At the start of a transmission, transmitter control logic automatically loads the transmit shift register with a preamble of 1s. After the preamble shifts out, control logic transfers the SCDR data into the transmit shift register. A 0 start bit automatically goes into the least significant bit (LSB) position of the transmit shift register. A 1 stop bit goes into the most significant bit (MSB) position. The ESCI transmitter empty bit, SCTE, in SCS1 becomes set when the SCDR transfers a byte to the transmit shift register. The SCTE bit indicates that the SCDR can accept new data from the internal data bus. If the ESCI transmit interrupt enable bit, SCTIE, in SCC2 is also set, the SCTE bit generates a transmitter CPU interrupt request. When the transmit shift register is not transmitting a character, the TxD pin goes to the idle condition, 1. If at any time software clears the ENSCI bit in ESCI control register 1 (SCC1), the transmitter and receiver relinquish control of the port E pins. 14.4.2.3 Break Characters Writing a 1 to the send break bit, SBK, in SCC2 loads the transmit shift register with a break character. For TXINV = 0 (output not inverted), a transmitted break character contains all 0s and has no start, stop, or parity bit. Break character length depends on the M bit in SCC1 and the LINR bits in SCBR. As long as SBK is at 1, transmitter logic continuously loads break characters into the transmit shift register. After software clears the SBK bit, the shift register finishes transmitting the last break character and then transmits at least one 1. The automatic 1 at the end of a break character guarantees the recognition of the start bit of the next character. When LINR is cleared in SCBR, the ESCI recognizes a break character when a start bit is followed by eight or nine 0 data bits and a 0 where the stop bit should be, resulting in a total of 10 or 11 consecutive 0 data bits. When LINR is set in SCBR, the ESCI recognizes a break character when a start bit is followed by 9 or 10 0 data bits and a 0 where the stop bit should be, resulting in a total of 11 or 12 consecutive 0 data bits. Receiving a break character has these effects on ESCI registers: • Sets the framing error bit (FE) in SCS1 • Sets the ESCI receiver full bit (SCRF) in SCS1 • Clears the ESCI data register (SCDR) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 152 Freescale Semiconductor Functional Description • • • Clears the R8 bit in SCC3 Sets the break flag bit (BKF) in SCS2 May set the overrun (OR), noise flag (NF), parity error (PE), or reception in progress flag (RPF) bits 14.4.2.4 Idle Characters For TXINV = 0 (output not inverted), a transmitted idle character contains all 1s and has no start, stop, or parity bit. Idle character length depends on the M bit in SCC1. The preamble is a synchronizing idle character that begins every transmission. If the TE bit is cleared during a transmission, the TxD pin becomes idle after completion of the transmission in progress. Clearing and then setting the TE bit during a transmission queues an idle character to be sent after the character currently being transmitted. NOTE When a break sequence is followed immediately by an idle character, this SCI design exhibits a condition in which the break character length is reduced by one half bit time. In this instance, the break sequence will consist of a valid start bit, eight or nine data bits (as defined by the M bit in SCC1) of 0 and one half data bit length of 0 in the stop bit position followed immediately by the idle character. To ensure a break character of the proper length is transmitted, always queue up a byte of data to be transmitted while the final break sequence is in progress. When queueing an idle character, return the TE bit to 1 before the stop bit of the current character shifts out to the TxD pin. Setting TE after the stop bit appears on TxD causes data previously written to the SCDR to be lost. A good time to toggle the TE bit for a queued idle character is when the SCTE bit becomes set and just before writing the next byte to the SCDR. 14.4.2.5 Inversion of Transmitted Output The transmit inversion bit (TXINV) in ESCI control register 1 (SCC1) reverses the polarity of transmitted data. All transmitted values including idle, break, start, and stop bits, are inverted when TXINV is at logic 1. See 14.8.1 ESCI Control Register 1. 14.4.2.6 Transmitter Interrupts These conditions can generate CPU interrupt requests from the ESCI transmitter: • ESCI transmitter empty (SCTE) — The SCTE bit in SCS1 indicates that the SCDR has transferred a character to the transmit shift register. SCTE can generate a transmitter CPU interrupt request. Setting the ESCI transmit interrupt enable bit, SCTIE, in SCC2 enables the SCTE bit to generate transmitter CPU interrupt requests. • Transmission complete (TC) — The TC bit in SCS1 indicates that the transmit shift register and the SCDR are empty and that no break or idle character has been generated. The transmission complete interrupt enable bit, TCIE, in SCC2 enables the TC bit to generate transmitter CPU interrupt requests. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 153 Enhanced Serial Communications Interface (ESCI) Module 14.4.3 Receiver Figure 14-6 shows the structure of the ESCI receiver. The receiver I/O registers are summarized in Figure 14-3. INTERNAL BUS LINR SCP1 SCP0 SCR1 SCR2 SCR0 START 0 L RWU PRESCALER BAUD DIVIDER RxD BKF ESCI DATA REGISTER PRESCALER DATA RECOVERY ALL ZEROS ALL ONES STOP ÷4 ÷ 16 11-BIT RECEIVE SHIFT REGISTER 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 H CGMXCLK OR BUS CLOCK RPF PDS1 PDS0 PSSB4 PSSB3 PSSB2 PSSB1 PSSB0 M WAKE ILTY PEN PTY WAKEUP LOGIC PARITY CHECKING MSB PDS2 SCRF IDLE R8 CPU INTERRUPT REQUEST IDLE ILIE SCRF SCRIE ILIE SCRIE OR ORIE ERROR CPU INTERRUPT REQUEST NF NEIE FE FEIE PE PEIE OR ORIE NF NEIE FE FEIE PE PEIE Figure 14-6. ESCI Receiver Block Diagram MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 154 Freescale Semiconductor Functional Description 14.4.3.1 Character Length The receiver can accommodate either 8-bit or 9-bit data. The state of the M bit in ESCI control register 1 (SCC1) determines character length. When receiving 9-bit data, bit R8 in ESCI control register 3 (SCC3) is the ninth bit (bit 8). When receiving 8-bit data, bit R8 is a copy of the eighth bit (bit 7). 14.4.3.2 Character Reception During an ESCI reception, the receive shift register shifts characters in from the RxD pin. The ESCI data register (SCDR) is the read-only buffer between the internal data bus and the receive shift register. After a complete character shifts into the receive shift register, the data portion of the character transfers to the SCDR. The ESCI receiver full bit, SCRF, in ESCI status register 1 (SCS1) becomes set, indicating that the received byte can be read. If the ESCI receive interrupt enable bit, SCRIE, in SCC2 is also set, the SCRF bit generates a receiver CPU interrupt request. 14.4.3.3 Data Sampling The receiver samples the RxD pin at the RT clock rate. The RT clock is an internal signal with a frequency 16 times the baud rate. To adjust for baud rate mismatch, the RT clock is resynchronized at these times (see Figure 14-7): • After every start bit • After the receiver detects a data bit change from 1 to 0 (after the majority of data bit samples at RT8, RT9, and RT10 returns a valid 1 and the majority of the next RT8, RT9, and RT10 samples returns a valid 0) RxD START BIT LSB SAMPLES START BIT QUALIFICATION START BIT DATA VERIFICATION SAMPLING RT CLOCK RT CLOCK STATE RT CLOCK RESET RT1 RT1 RT1 RT1 RT1 RT1 RT1 RT1 RT1 RT2 RT3 RT4 RT5 RT6 RT7 RT8 RT9 RT10 RT11 RT12 RT13 RT14 RT15 RT16 RT1 RT2 RT3 RT4 Figure 14-7. Receiver Data Sampling To locate the start bit, data recovery logic does an asynchronous search for a logic 0 preceded by three 1s. When the falling edge of a possible start bit occurs, the RT clock begins to count to 16. To verify the start bit and to detect noise, data recovery logic takes samples at RT3, RT5, and RT7. Table 14-2 summarizes the results of the start bit verification samples. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 155 Enhanced Serial Communications Interface (ESCI) Module Table 14-2. Start Bit Verification RT3, RT5, and RT7 Samples 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 Start Bit Verification Yes Yes Yes No Yes No No No Noise Flag 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 If start bit verification is not successful, the RT clock is reset and a new search for a start bit begins. To determine the value of a data bit and to detect noise, recovery logic takes samples at RT8, RT9, and RT10. Table 14-3 summarizes the results of the data bit samples. Table 14-3. Data Bit Recovery RT8, RT9, and RT10 Samples 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 Data Bit Determination 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 Noise Flag 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 NOTE The RT8, RT9, and RT10 samples do not affect start bit verification. If any or all of the RT8, RT9, and RT10 start bit samples are 1s following a successful start bit verification, the noise flag (NF) is set and the receiver assumes that the bit is a start bit. To verify a stop bit and to detect noise, recovery logic takes samples at RT8, RT9, and RT10. Table 14-4 summarizes the results of the stop bit samples. Table 14-4. Stop Bit Recovery RT8, RT9, and RT10 Samples 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 Framing Error Flag 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 Noise Flag 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 156 Freescale Semiconductor Functional Description 14.4.3.4 Framing Errors If the data recovery logic does not detect a 1 where the stop bit should be in an incoming character, it sets the framing error bit, FE, in SCS1. A break character also sets the FE bit because a break character has no stop bit. The FE bit is set at the same time that the SCRF bit is set. 14.4.3.5 Baud Rate Tolerance A transmitting device may be operating at a baud rate below or above the receiver baud rate. Accumulated bit time misalignment can cause one of the three stop bit data samples to fall outside the actual stop bit. Then a noise error occurs. If more than one of the samples is outside the stop bit, a framing error occurs. In most applications, the baud rate tolerance is much more than the degree of misalignment that is likely to occur. As the receiver samples an incoming character, it resynchronizes the RT clock on any valid falling edge within the character. Resynchronization within characters corrects misalignments between transmitter bit times and receiver bit times. Slow Data Tolerance Figure 14-8 shows how much a slow received character can be misaligned without causing a noise error or a framing error. The slow stop bit begins at RT8 instead of RT1 but arrives in time for the stop bit data samples at RT8, RT9, and RT10. MSB RECEIVER RT CLOCK RT10 RT11 RT12 RT13 RT14 RT15 RT16 RT1 RT2 RT3 RT4 RT5 RT6 RT7 RT8 RT9 STOP DATA SAMPLES Figure 14-8. Slow Data For an 8-bit character, data sampling of the stop bit takes the receiver 9 bit times × 16 RT cycles + 10 RT cycles = 154 RT cycles. With the misaligned character shown in Figure 14-8, the receiver counts 154 RT cycles at the point when the count of the transmitting device is 9 bit times × 16 RT cycles + 3 RT cycles = 147 RT cycles. The maximum percent difference between the receiver count and the transmitter count of a slow 8-bit character with no errors is: 154 – 147 × 100 = 4.54% ------------------------154 For a 9-bit character, data sampling of the stop bit takes the receiver 10 bit times × 16 RT cycles + 10 RT cycles = 170 RT cycles. With the misaligned character shown in Figure 14-8, the receiver counts 170 RT cycles at the point when the count of the transmitting device is 10 bit times × 16 RT cycles + 3 RT cycles = 163 RT cycles. The maximum percent difference between the receiver count and the transmitter count of a slow 9-bit character with no errors is: 170 – 163 × 100 = 4.12% ------------------------170 MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 157 Enhanced Serial Communications Interface (ESCI) Module Fast Data Tolerance Figure 14-9 shows how much a fast received character can be misaligned without causing a noise error or a framing error. The fast stop bit ends at RT10 instead of RT16 but is still there for the stop bit data samples at RT8, RT9, and RT10. STOP RECEIVER RT CLOCK RT10 RT11 RT12 RT13 RT14 RT15 RT16 RT1 RT2 RT3 RT4 RT5 RT6 RT7 RT8 RT9 IDLE OR NEXT CHARACTER DATA SAMPLES Figure 14-9. Fast Data For an 8-bit character, data sampling of the stop bit takes the receiver 9 bit times × 16 RT cycles + 10 RT cycles = 154 RT cycles. With the misaligned character shown in Figure 14-9, the receiver counts 154 RT cycles at the point when the count of the transmitting device is 10 bit times × 16 RT cycles = 160 RT cycles. The maximum percent difference between the receiver count and the transmitter count of a fast 8-bit character with no errors is 154 – 160 × 100 = 3.90%. ------------------------154 For a 9-bit character, data sampling of the stop bit takes the receiver 10 bit times × 16 RT cycles + 10 RT cycles = 170 RT cycles. With the misaligned character shown in Figure 14-9, the receiver counts 170 RT cycles at the point when the count of the transmitting device is 11 bit times × 16 RT cycles = 176 RT cycles. The maximum percent difference between the receiver count and the transmitter count of a fast 9-bit character with no errors is: 170 – 176 × 100 = 3.53%. ------------------------170 14.4.3.6 Receiver Wakeup So that the MCU can ignore transmissions intended only for other receivers in multiple-receiver systems, the receiver can be put into a standby state. Setting the receiver wakeup bit, RWU, in SCC2 puts the receiver into a standby state during which receiver interrupts are disabled. Depending on the state of the WAKE bit in SCC1, either of two conditions on the RxD pin can bring the receiver out of the standby state: 1. Address mark — An address mark is a 1 in the MSB position of a received character. When the WAKE bit is set, an address mark wakes the receiver from the standby state by clearing the RWU bit. The address mark also sets the ESCI receiver full bit, SCRF. Software can then compare the character containing the address mark to the user-defined address of the receiver. If they are the same, the receiver remains awake and processes the characters that follow. If they are not the same, software can set the RWU bit and put the receiver back into the standby state. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 158 Freescale Semiconductor Low-Power Modes 2. Idle input line condition — When the WAKE bit is clear, an idle character on the RxD pin wakes the receiver from the standby state by clearing the RWU bit. The idle character that wakes the receiver does not set the receiver idle bit, IDLE, or the ESCI receiver full bit, SCRF. The idle line type bit, ILTY, determines whether the receiver begins counting 1s as idle character bits after the start bit or after the stop bit. NOTE With the WAKE bit clear, setting the RWU bit after the RxD pin has been idle will cause the receiver to wakeup. 14.4.3.7 Receiver Interrupts These sources can generate CPU interrupt requests from the ESCI receiver: • ESCI receiver full (SCRF) — The SCRF bit in SCS1 indicates that the receive shift register has transferred a character to the SCDR. SCRF can generate a receiver CPU interrupt request. Setting the ESCI receive interrupt enable bit, SCRIE, in SCC2 enables the SCRF bit to generate receiver CPU interrupts. • Idle input (IDLE) — The IDLE bit in SCS1 indicates that 10 or 11 consecutive 1s shifted in from the RxD pin. The idle line interrupt enable bit, ILIE, in SCC2 enables the IDLE bit to generate CPU interrupt requests. 14.4.3.8 Error Interrupts These receiver error flags in SCS1 can generate CPU interrupt requests: • Receiver overrun (OR) — The OR bit indicates that the receive shift register shifted in a new character before the previous character was read from the SCDR. The previous character remains in the SCDR, and the new character is lost. The overrun interrupt enable bit, ORIE, in SCC3 enables OR to generate ESCI error CPU interrupt requests. • Noise flag (NF) — The NF bit is set when the ESCI detects noise on incoming data or break characters, including start, data, and stop bits. The noise error interrupt enable bit, NEIE, in SCC3 enables NF to generate ESCI error CPU interrupt requests. • Framing error (FE) — The FE bit in SCS1 is set when a 0 occurs where the receiver expects a stop bit. The framing error interrupt enable bit, FEIE, in SCC3 enables FE to generate ESCI error CPU interrupt requests. • Parity error (PE) — The PE bit in SCS1 is set when the ESCI detects a parity error in incoming data. The parity error interrupt enable bit, PEIE, in SCC3 enables PE to generate ESCI error CPU interrupt requests. 14.5 Low-Power Modes The WAIT and STOP instructions put the MCU in low power-consumption standby modes. 14.5.1 Wait Mode The ESCI module remains active in wait mode. Any enabled CPU interrupt request from the ESCI module can bring the MCU out of wait mode. If ESCI module functions are not required during wait mode, reduce power consumption by disabling the module before executing the WAIT instruction. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 159 Enhanced Serial Communications Interface (ESCI) Module 14.5.2 Stop Mode The ESCI module is inactive in stop mode. The STOP instruction does not affect ESCI register states. ESCI module operation resumes after the MCU exits stop mode. Because the internal clock is inactive during stop mode, entering stop mode during an ESCI transmission or reception results in invalid data. 14.6 ESCI During Break Module Interrupts The BCFE bit in the break flag control register (SBFCR) enables software to clear status bits during the break state. See 19.2 Break Module (BRK). To allow software to clear status bits during a break interrupt, write a 1 to the BCFE bit. If a status bit is cleared during the break state, it remains cleared when the MCU exits the break state. To protect status bits during the break state, write a 0 to the BCFE bit. With BCFE at 0 (its default state), software can read and write I/O registers during the break state without affecting status bits. Some status bits have a two-step read/write clearing procedure. If software does the first step on such a bit before the break, the bit cannot change during the break state as long as BCFE is at logic 0. After the break, doing the second step clears the status bit. 14.7 I/O Signals Port E shares two of its pins with the ESCI module. The two ESCI I/O pins are: • PTE0/TxD — transmit data • PTE1/RxD — receive data 14.7.1 PTE0/TxD (Transmit Data) The PTE0/TxD pin is the serial data output from the ESCI transmitter. The ESCI shares the PTE0/TxD pin with port E. When the ESCI is enabled, the PTE0/TxD pin is an output regardless of the state of the DDRE0 bit in data direction register E (DDRE). 14.7.2 PTE1/RxD (Receive Data) The PTE1/RxD pin is the serial data input to the ESCI receiver. The ESCI shares the PTE1/RxD pin with port E. When the ESCI is enabled, the PTE1/RxD pin is an input regardless of the state of the DDRE1 bit in data direction register E (DDRE). 14.8 I/O Registers These I/O registers control and monitor ESCI operation: • ESCI control register 1, SCC1 • ESCI control register 2, SCC2 • ESCI control register 3, SCC3 • ESCI status register 1, SCS1 • ESCI status register 2, SCS2 • ESCI data register, SCDR • ESCI baud rate register, SCBR MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 160 Freescale Semiconductor I/O Registers • • • ESCI prescaler register, SCPSC ESCI arbiter control register, SCIACTL ESCI arbiter data register, SCIADAT 14.8.1 ESCI Control Register 1 ESCI control register 1 (SCC1): • Enables loop mode operation • Enables the ESCI • Controls output polarity • Controls character length • Controls ESCI wakeup method • Controls idle character detection • Enables parity function • Controls parity type Address: $0013 Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: LOOPS 0 6 ENSCI 0 5 TXINV 0 4 M 0 3 WAKE 0 2 ILTY 0 1 PEN 0 Bit 0 PTY 0 Figure 14-10. ESCI Control Register 1 (SCC1) LOOPS — Loop Mode Select Bit This read/write bit enables loop mode operation. In loop mode the RxD pin is disconnected from the ESCI, and the transmitter output goes into the receiver input. Both the transmitter and the receiver must be enabled to use loop mode. Reset clears the LOOPS bit. 1 = Loop mode enabled 0 = Normal operation enabled ENSCI — Enable ESCI Bit This read/write bit enables the ESCI and the ESCI baud rate generator. Clearing ENSCI sets the SCTE and TC bits in ESCI status register 1 and disables transmitter interrupts. Reset clears the ENSCI bit. 1 = ESCI enabled 0 = ESCI disabled TXINV — Transmit Inversion Bit This read/write bit reverses the polarity of transmitted data. Reset clears the TXINV bit. 1 = Transmitter output inverted 0 = Transmitter output not inverted NOTE Setting the TXINV bit inverts all transmitted values including idle, break, start, and stop bits. M — Mode (Character Length) Bit This read/write bit determines whether ESCI characters are eight or nine bits long (See Table 14-5).The ninth bit can serve as a receiver wakeup signal or as a parity bit. Reset clears the M bit. 1 = 9-bit ESCI characters 0 = 8-bit ESCI characters MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 161 Enhanced Serial Communications Interface (ESCI) Module Table 14-5. Character Format Selection Control Bits M 0 1 0 0 1 1 PEN:PTY 0X 0X 10 11 10 11 Start Bits 1 1 1 1 1 1 Data Bits 8 9 7 7 8 8 Character Format Parity None None Even Odd Even Odd Stop Bits 1 1 1 1 1 1 Character Length 10 bits 11 bits 10 bits 10 bits 11 bits 11 bits WAKE — Wakeup Condition Bit This read/write bit determines which condition wakes up the ESCI: a 1 (address mark) in the MSB position of a received character or an idle condition on the RxD pin. Reset clears the WAKE bit. 1 = Address mark wakeup 0 = Idle line wakeup ILTY — Idle Line Type Bit This read/write bit determines when the ESCI starts counting 1s as idle character bits. The counting begins either after the start bit or after the stop bit. If the count begins after the start bit, then a string of 1s preceding the stop bit may cause false recognition of an idle character. Beginning the count after the stop bit avoids false idle character recognition, but requires properly synchronized transmissions. Reset clears the ILTY bit. 1 = Idle character bit count begins after stop bit 0 = Idle character bit count begins after start bit PEN — Parity Enable Bit This read/write bit enables the ESCI parity function (see Table 14-5). When enabled, the parity function inserts a parity bit in the MSB position (see Table 14-3). Reset clears the PEN bit. 1 = Parity function enabled 0 = Parity function disabled PTY — Parity Bit This read/write bit determines whether the ESCI generates and checks for odd parity or even parity (see Table 14-5). Reset clears the PTY bit. 1 = Odd parity 0 = Even parity NOTE Changing the PTY bit in the middle of a transmission or reception can generate a parity error. 14.8.2 ESCI Control Register 2 ESCI control register 2 (SCC2): • Enables these CPU interrupt requests: – SCTE bit to generate transmitter CPU interrupt requests – TC bit to generate transmitter CPU interrupt requests – SCRF bit to generate receiver CPU interrupt requests – IDLE bit to generate receiver CPU interrupt requests MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 162 Freescale Semiconductor I/O Registers • • • • Enables the transmitter Enables the receiver Enables ESCI wakeup Transmits ESCI break characters Address: $0014 Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: SCTIE 0 6 TCIE 0 5 SCRIE 0 4 ILIE 0 3 TE 0 2 RE 0 1 RWU 0 Bit 0 SBK 0 Figure 14-11. ESCI Control Register 2 (SCC2) SCTIE — ESCI Transmit Interrupt Enable Bit This read/write bit enables the SCTE bit to generate ESCI transmitter CPU interrupt requests. Setting the SCTIE bit in SCC2 enables the SCTE bit to generate CPU interrupt requests. Reset clears the SCTIE bit. 1 = SCTE enabled to generate CPU interrupt 0 = SCTE not enabled to generate CPU interrupt TCIE — Transmission Complete Interrupt Enable Bit This read/write bit enables the TC bit to generate ESCI transmitter CPU interrupt requests. Reset clears the TCIE bit. 1 = TC enabled to generate CPU interrupt requests 0 = TC not enabled to generate CPU interrupt requests SCRIE — ESCI Receive Interrupt Enable Bit This read/write bit enables the SCRF bit to generate ESCI receiver CPU interrupt requests. Setting the SCRIE bit in SCC2 enables the SCRF bit to generate CPU interrupt requests. Reset clears the SCRIE bit. : 1 = SCRF enabled to generate CPU interrupt 0 = SCRF not enabled to generate CPU interrupt ILIE — Idle Line Interrupt Enable Bit This read/write bit enables the IDLE bit to generate ESCI receiver CPU interrupt requests. Reset clears the ILIE bit. 1 = IDLE enabled to generate CPU interrupt requests 0 = IDLE not enabled to generate CPU interrupt requests TE — Transmitter Enable Bit Setting this read/write bit begins the transmission by sending a preamble of 10 or 11 1s from the transmit shift register to the TxD pin. If software clears the TE bit, the transmitter completes any transmission in progress before the TxD returns to the idle condition (1). Clearing and then setting TE during a transmission queues an idle character to be sent after the character currently being transmitted. Reset clears the TE bit. 1 = Transmitter enabled 0 = Transmitter disabled NOTE Writing to the TE bit is not allowed when the enable ESCI bit (ENSCI) is clear. ENSCI is in ESCI control register 1. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 163 Enhanced Serial Communications Interface (ESCI) Module RE — Receiver Enable Bit Setting this read/write bit enables the receiver. Clearing the RE bit disables the receiver but does not affect receiver interrupt flag bits. Reset clears the RE bit. 1 = Receiver enabled 0 = Receiver disabled NOTE Writing to the RE bit is not allowed when the enable ESCI bit (ENSCI) is clear. ENSCI is in ESCI control register 1. RWU — Receiver Wakeup Bit This read/write bit puts the receiver in a standby state during which receiver interrupts are disabled. The WAKE bit in SCC1 determines whether an idle input or an address mark brings the receiver out of the standby state and clears the RWU bit. Reset clears the RWU bit. 1 = Standby state 0 = Normal operation SBK — Send Break Bit Setting and then clearing this read/write bit transmits a break character followed by a 1. The 1 after the break character guarantees recognition of a valid start bit. If SBK remains set, the transmitter continuously transmits break characters with no 1s between them. Reset clears the SBK bit. 1 = Transmit break characters 0 = No break characters being transmitted NOTE Do not toggle the SBK bit immediately after setting the SCTE bit. Toggling SBK before the preamble begins causes the ESCI to send a break character instead of a preamble. 14.8.3 ESCI Control Register 3 ESCI control register 3 (SCC3): • Stores the ninth ESCI data bit received and the ninth ESCI data bit to be transmitted. • Enables these interrupts: – Receiver overrun – Noise error – Framing error – Parity error Address: Read: Write: Reset: U $0015 Bit 7 R8 6 T8 0 5 R 0 4 R 0 R 3 ORIE 0 = Reserved 2 NEIE 0 1 FEIE 0 Bit 0 PEIE 0 = Unimplemented U = Unaffected Figure 14-12. ESCI Control Register 3 (SCC3) R8 — Received Bit 8 When the ESCI is receiving 9-bit characters, R8 is the read-only ninth bit (bit 8) of the received character. R8 is received at the same time that the SCDR receives the other 8 bits. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 164 Freescale Semiconductor I/O Registers When the ESCI is receiving 8-bit characters, R8 is a copy of the eighth bit (bit 7). Reset has no effect on the R8 bit. T8 — Transmitted Bit 8 When the ESCI is transmitting 9-bit characters, T8 is the read/write ninth bit (bit 8) of the transmitted character. T8 is loaded into the transmit shift register at the same time that the SCDR is loaded into the transmit shift register. Reset clears the T8 bit. ORIE — Receiver Overrun Interrupt Enable Bit This read/write bit enables ESCI error CPU interrupt requests generated by the receiver overrun bit, OR. Reset clears ORIE. 1 = ESCI error CPU interrupt requests from OR bit enabled 0 = ESCI error CPU interrupt requests from OR bit disabled NEIE — Receiver Noise Error Interrupt Enable Bit This read/write bit enables ESCI error CPU interrupt requests generated by the noise error bit, NE. Reset clears NEIE. 1 = ESCI error CPU interrupt requests from NE bit enabled 0 = ESCI error CPU interrupt requests from NE bit disabled FEIE — Receiver Framing Error Interrupt Enable Bit This read/write bit enables ESCI error CPU interrupt requests generated by the framing error bit, FE. Reset clears FEIE. 1 = ESCI error CPU interrupt requests from FE bit enabled 0 = ESCI error CPU interrupt requests from FE bit disabled PEIE — Receiver Parity Error Interrupt Enable Bit This read/write bit enables ESCI receiver CPU interrupt requests generated by the parity error bit, PE. Reset clears PEIE. 1 = ESCI error CPU interrupt requests from PE bit enabled 0 = ESCI error CPU interrupt requests from PE bit disabled 14.8.4 ESCI Status Register 1 ESCI status register 1 (SCS1) contains flags to signal these conditions: • Transfer of SCDR data to transmit shift register complete • Transmission complete • Transfer of receive shift register data to SCDR complete • Receiver input idle • Receiver overrun • Noisy data • Framing error • Parity error Address: Read: Write: Reset: 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Unimplemented $0016 Bit 7 SCTE 6 TC 5 SCRF 4 IDLE 3 OR 2 NF 1 FE Bit 0 PE Figure 14-13. ESCI Status Register 1 (SCS1) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 165 Enhanced Serial Communications Interface (ESCI) Module SCTE — ESCI Transmitter Empty Bit This clearable, read-only bit is set when the SCDR transfers a character to the transmit shift register. SCTE can generate an ESCI transmitter CPU interrupt request. When the SCTIE bit in SCC2 is set, SCTE generates an ESCI transmitter CPU interrupt request. In normal operation, clear the SCTE bit by reading SCS1 with SCTE set and then writing to SCDR. Reset sets the SCTE bit. 1 = SCDR data transferred to transmit shift register 0 = SCDR data not transferred to transmit shift register TC — Transmission Complete Bit This read-only bit is set when the SCTE bit is set, and no data, preamble, or break character is being transmitted. TC generates an ESCI transmitter CPU interrupt request if the TCIE bit in SCC2 is also set. TC is cleared automatically when data, preamble, or break is queued and ready to be sent. There may be up to 1.5 transmitter clocks of latency between queueing data, preamble, and break and the transmission actually starting. Reset sets the TC bit. 1 = No transmission in progress 0 = Transmission in progress SCRF — ESCI Receiver Full Bit This clearable, read-only bit is set when the data in the receive shift register transfers to the ESCI data register. SCRF can generate an ESCI receiver CPU interrupt request. When the SCRIE bit in SCC2 is set the SCRF generates a CPU interrupt request. In normal operation, clear the SCRF bit by reading SCS1 with SCRF set and then reading the SCDR. Reset clears SCRF. 1 = Received data available in SCDR 0 = Data not available in SCDR IDLE — Receiver Idle Bit This clearable, read-only bit is set when 10 or 11 consecutive 1s appear on the receiver input. IDLE generates an ESCI receiver CPU interrupt request if the ILIE bit in SCC2 is also set. Clear the IDLE bit by reading SCS1 with IDLE set and then reading the SCDR. After the receiver is enabled, it must receive a valid character that sets the SCRF bit before an idle condition can set the IDLE bit. Also, after the IDLE bit has been cleared, a valid character must again set the SCRF bit before an idle condition can set the IDLE bit. Reset clears the IDLE bit. 1 = Receiver input idle 0 = Receiver input active (or idle since the IDLE bit was cleared) OR — Receiver Overrun Bit This clearable, read-only bit is set when software fails to read the SCDR before the receive shift register receives the next character. The OR bit generates an ESCI error CPU interrupt request if the ORIE bit in SCC3 is also set. The data in the shift register is lost, but the data already in the SCDR is not affected. Clear the OR bit by reading SCS1 with OR set and then reading the SCDR. Reset clears the OR bit. 1 = Receive shift register full and SCRF = 1 0 = No receiver overrun Software latency may allow an overrun to occur between reads of SCS1 and SCDR in the flag-clearing sequence. Figure 14-14 shows the normal flag-clearing sequence and an example of an overrun caused by a delayed flag-clearing sequence. The delayed read of SCDR does not clear the OR bit because OR was not set when SCS1 was read. Byte 2 caused the overrun and is lost. The next flag-clearing sequence reads byte 3 in the SCDR instead of byte 2. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 166 Freescale Semiconductor I/O Registers In applications that are subject to software latency or in which it is important to know which byte is lost due to an overrun, the flag-clearing routine can check the OR bit in a second read of SCS1 after reading the data register. NORMAL FLAG CLEARING SEQUENCE SCRF = 1 SCRF = 0 BYTE 4 READ SCS1 SCRF = 1 OR = 0 READ SCDR BYTE 3 BYTE 4 READ SCS1 SCRF = 1 OR = 1 READ SCDR BYTE 3 SCRF = 0 OR = 0 SCRF = 1 SCRF = 0 SCRF = 1 SCRF = 0 BYTE 3 READ SCS1 SCRF = 1 OR = 0 READ SCDR BYTE 2 SCRF = 0 OR = 1 BYTE 3 BYTE 1 READ SCS1 SCRF = 1 OR = 0 READ SCDR BYTE 1 BYTE 2 DELAYED FLAG CLEARING SEQUENCE SCRF = 1 SCRF = 1 OR = 1 SCRF = 1 OR = 1 BYTE 1 BYTE 2 READ SCS1 SCRF = 1 OR = 0 READ SCDR BYTE 1 Figure 14-14. Flag Clearing Sequence NF — Receiver Noise Flag Bit This clearable, read-only bit is set when the ESCI detects noise on the RxD pin. NF generates an NF CPU interrupt request if the NEIE bit in SCC3 is also set. Clear the NF bit by reading SCS1 and then reading the SCDR. Reset clears the NF bit. 1 = Noise detected 0 = No noise detected FE — Receiver Framing Error Bit This clearable, read-only bit is set when a 0 is accepted as the stop bit. FE generates an ESCI error CPU interrupt request if the FEIE bit in SCC3 also is set. Clear the FE bit by reading SCS1 with FE set and then reading the SCDR. Reset clears the FE bit. 1 = Framing error detected 0 = No framing error detected PE — Receiver Parity Error Bit This clearable, read-only bit is set when the ESCI detects a parity error in incoming data. PE generates a PE CPU interrupt request if the PEIE bit in SCC3 is also set. Clear the PE bit by reading SCS1 with PE set and then reading the SCDR. Reset clears the PE bit. 1 = Parity error detected 0 = No parity error detected MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 167 Enhanced Serial Communications Interface (ESCI) Module 14.8.5 ESCI Status Register 2 ESCI status register 2 (SCS2) contains flags to signal these conditions: • Break character detected • Incoming data Address: Read: Write: Reset: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Unimplemented $0017 Bit 7 0 6 0 5 0 4 0 3 0 2 0 1 BKF Bit 0 RPF Figure 14-15. ESCI Status Register 2 (SCS2) BKF — Break Flag Bit This clearable, read-only bit is set when the ESCI detects a break character on the RxD pin. In SCS1, the FE and SCRF bits are also set. In 9-bit character transmissions, the R8 bit in SCC3 is cleared. BKF does not generate a CPU interrupt request. Clear BKF by reading SCS2 with BKF set and then reading the SCDR. Once cleared, BKF can become set again only after 1s again appear on the RxD pin followed by another break character. Reset clears the BKF bit. 1 = Break character detected 0 = No break character detected RPF — Reception in Progress Flag Bit This read-only bit is set when the receiver detects a 0 during the RT1 time period of the start bit search. RPF does not generate an interrupt request. RPF is reset after the receiver detects false start bits (usually from noise or a baud rate mismatch), or when the receiver detects an idle character. Polling RPF before disabling the ESCI module or entering stop mode can show whether a reception is in progress. 1 = Reception in progress 0 = No reception in progress 14.8.6 ESCI Data Register The ESCI data register (SCDR) is the buffer between the internal data bus and the receive and transmit shift registers. Reset has no effect on data in the ESCI data register. Address: Read: Write: Reset: $0018 Bit 7 R7 T7 6 R6 T6 5 R5 T5 4 R4 T4 3 R3 T3 2 R2 T2 1 R1 T1 Bit 0 R0 T0 Unaffected by reset Figure 14-16. ESCI Data Register (SCDR) R7/T7:R0/T0 — Receive/Transmit Data Bits Reading address $0018 accesses the read-only received data bits, R7:R0. Writing to address $0018 writes the data to be transmitted, T7:T0. Reset has no effect on the ESCI data register. NOTE Do not use read-modify-write instructions on the ESCI data register. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 168 Freescale Semiconductor I/O Registers 14.8.7 ESCI Baud Rate Register The ESCI baud rate register (SCBR) together with the ESCI prescaler register selects the baud rate for both the receiver and the transmitter. NOTE There are two prescalers available to adjust the baud rate. One in the ESCI baud rate register and one in the ESCI prescaler register. Address: Read: Write: Reset: $0019 Bit 7 LINT 0 6 LINR 0 5 SCP1 0 4 SCP0 0 R 3 R 0 = Reserved 2 SCR2 0 1 SCR1 0 Bit 0 SCR0 0 = Unimplemented Figure 14-17. ESCI Baud Rate Register (SCBR) LINT — LIN Transmit Enable This read/write bit selects the enhanced ESCI features for the local interconnect network (LIN) protocol as shown in Table 14-6. LINR — LIN Receiver Bits This read/write bit selects the enhanced ESCI features for the local interconnect network (LIN) protocol as shown in Table 14-6. In LIN (version 1.2 and later) systems, the master node transmits a break character which will appear as 11.05–14.95 dominant bits to the slave node. A data character of 0x00 sent from the master might appear as 7.65–10.35 dominant bit times. This is due to the oscillator tolerance requirement that the slave node must be within ±15% of the master node's oscillator. Because a slave node cannot know if it is running faster or slower than the master node (prior to synchronization), the LINR bit allows the slave node to differentiate between a 0x00 character of 10.35 bits and a break character of 11.05 bits. The break symbol length must be verified in software in any case, but the LINR bit serves as a filter, preventing false detections of break characters that are really 0x00 data characters. Table 14-6. ESCI LIN Control Bits LINT 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 LINR 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 M X 0 1 0 1 0 1 Functionality Normal ESCI functionality 11-bit break detect enabled for LIN receiver 12-bit break detect enabled for LIN receiver 13-bit generation enabled for LIN transmitter 14-bit generation enabled for LIN transmitter 11-bit break detect/13-bit generation enabled for LIN 12-bit break detect/14-bit generation enabled for LIN MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 169 Enhanced Serial Communications Interface (ESCI) Module SCP1 and SCP0 — ESCI Baud Rate Register Prescaler Bits These read/write bits select the baud rate register prescaler divisor as shown in Table 14-7. Reset clears SCP1 and SCP0. Table 14-7. ESCI Baud Rate Prescaling SCP[1:0] 00 01 10 11 Baud Rate Register Prescaler Divisor (BPD) 1 3 4 13 SCR2–SCR0 — ESCI Baud Rate Select Bits These read/write bits select the ESCI baud rate divisor as shown in Table 14-8. Reset clears SCR2–SCR0. Table 14-8. ESCI Baud Rate Selection SCR[2:1:0] 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 Baud Rate Divisor (BD) 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 14.8.8 ESCI Prescaler Register The ESCI prescaler register (SCPSC) together with the ESCI baud rate register selects the baud rate for both the receiver and the transmitter. NOTE There are two prescalers available to adjust the baud rate. One in the ESCI baud rate register and one in the ESCI prescaler register. Address: Read: Write: Reset: $0009 Bit 7 PDS2 0 6 PDS1 0 5 PDS0 0 4 PSSB4 0 3 PSSB3 0 2 PSSB2 0 1 PSSB1 0 Bit 0 PSSB0 0 Figure 14-18. ESCI Prescaler Register (SCPSC) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 170 Freescale Semiconductor I/O Registers PDS2–PDS0 — Prescaler Divisor Select Bits These read/write bits select the prescaler divisor as shown in Table 14-9. Reset clears PDS2–PDS0. NOTE The setting of ‘000’ will bypass not only this prescaler but also the prescaler divisor fine adjust (PDFA). It is not recommended to bypass the prescaler while ENSCI is set, because the switching is not glitch free. Table 14-9. ESCI Prescaler Division Ratio PS[2:1:0] 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 Prescaler Divisor (PD) Bypass this prescaler 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 PSSB4–PSSB0 — Clock Insertion Select Bits These read/write bits select the number of clocks inserted in each 32 output cycle frame to achieve more timing resolution on the average prescaler frequency as shown in Table 14-10. Reset clears PSSB4–PSSB0. Use the following formula to calculate the ESCI baud rate: Baud rate = Frequency of the SCI clock source 64 x BPD x BD x (PD + PDFA) where: Frequency of the SCI clock source = fBus or CGMXCLK (selected by ESCIBDSRC in the CONFIG2 register) BPD = Baud rate register prescaler divisor BD = Baud rate divisor PD = Prescaler divisor PDFA = Prescaler divisor fine adjust Table 14-11 shows the ESCI baud rates that can be generated with a 4.9152-MHz bus frequency. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 171 Enhanced Serial Communications Interface (ESCI) Module Table 14-10. ESCI Prescaler Divisor Fine Adjust PSSB[4:3:2:1:0] 00000 00001 00010 00011 00100 00101 00110 00111 01000 01001 01010 01011 01100 01101 01110 01111 10000 10001 10010 10011 10100 10101 10110 10111 11000 11001 11010 11011 11100 11101 11110 11111 Prescaler Divisor Fine Adjust (PDFA) 0/32 = 0 1/32 = 0.03125 2/32 = 0.0625 3/32 = 0.09375 4/32 = 0.125 5/32 = 0.15625 6/32 = 0.1875 7/32 = 0.21875 8/32 = 0.25 9/32 = 0.28125 10/32 = 0.3125 11/32 = 0.34375 12/32 = 0.375 13/32 = 0.40625 14/32 = 0.4375 15/32 = 0.46875 16/32 = 0.5 17/32 = 0.53125 18/32 = 0.5625 19/32 = 0.59375 20/32 = 0.625 21/32 = 0.65625 22/32 = 0.6875 23/32 = 0.71875 24/32 = 0.75 25/32 = 0.78125 26/32 = 0.8125 27/32 = 0.84375 28/32 = 0.875 29/32 = 0.90625 30/32 = 0.9375 31/32 = 0.96875 MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 172 Freescale Semiconductor I/O Registers Table 14-11. ESCI Baud Rate Selection Examples PS[2:1:0] 000 111 111 111 111 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 PSSB[4:3:2:1:0] XXXXX 00000 00001 00010 11111 XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX SCP[1:0] 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 Prescaler Divisor (BPD) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 SCR[2:1:0] 000 000 000 000 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 Baud Rate Divisor (BD) 1 1 1 1 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 Baud Rate (fBus= 4.9152 MHz) 76,800 9600 9562.65 9525.58 8563.07 38,400 19,200 9600 4800 2400 1200 600 25,600 12,800 6400 3200 1600 800 400 200 19,200 9600 4800 2400 1200 600 300 150 5908 2954 1477 739 369 185 92 46 MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 173 Enhanced Serial Communications Interface (ESCI) Module 14.9 ESCI Arbiter The ESCI module comprises an arbiter module designed to support software for communication tasks as bus arbitration, baud rate recovery and break time detection. The arbiter module consists of an 9-bit counter with 1-bit overflow and control logic. The CPU can control operation mode via the ESCI arbiter control register (SCIACTL). 14.9.1 ESCI Arbiter Control Register Address: Read: Write: Reset: $000A Bit 7 AM1 0 6 ALOST 0 5 AM0 0 4 ACLK 0 3 AFIN 0 2 ARUN 0 1 AROVFL 0 Bit 0 ARD8 0 = Unimplemented Figure 14-19. ESCI Arbiter Control Register (SCIACTL) AM1 and AM0 — Arbiter Mode Select Bits These read/write bits select the mode of the arbiter module as shown in Table 14-12. Reset clears AM1 and AM0. Table 14-12. ESCI Arbiter Selectable Modes AM[1:0] 00 01 10 11 ESCI Arbiter Mode Idle / counter reset Bit time measurement Bus arbitration Reserved / do not use ALOST — Arbitration Lost Flag This read-only bit indicates loss of arbitration. Clear ALOST by writing a 0 to AM1. Reset clears ALOST. ACLK — Arbiter Counter Clock Select Bit This read/write bit selects the arbiter counter clock source. Reset clears ACLK. 1 = Arbiter counter is clocked with one half of the ESCI input clock generated by the ESCI prescaler 0 = Arbiter counter is clocked with the bus clock divided by four NOTE For ACLK = 1, the arbiter input clock is driven from the ESCI prescaler. The prescaler can be clocked by either the bus clock or CGMXCLK depending on the state of the ESCIBDSRC bit in CONFIG2. AFIN— Arbiter Bit Time Measurement Finish Flag This read-only bit indicates bit time measurement has finished. Clear AFIN by writing any value to SCIACTL. Reset clears AFIN. 1 = Bit time measurement has finished 0 = Bit time measurement not yet finished MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 174 Freescale Semiconductor ESCI Arbiter ARUN— Arbiter Counter Running Flag This read-only bit indicates the arbiter counter is running. Reset clears ARUN. 1 = Arbiter counter running 0 = Arbiter counter stopped AROVFL— Arbiter Counter Overflow Bit This read-only bit indicates an arbiter counter overflow. Clear AROVFL by writing any value to SCIACTL. Writing 0s to AM1 and AM0 resets the counter keeps it in this idle state. Reset clears AROVFL. 1 = Arbiter counter overflow has occurred 0 = No arbiter counter overflow has occurred ARD8— Arbiter Counter MSB This read-only bit is the MSB of the 9-bit arbiter counter. Clear ARD8 by writing any value to SCIACTL. Reset clears ARD8. 14.9.2 ESCI Arbiter Data Register Address: $000B Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = Unimplemented ARD7 6 ARD6 5 ARD5 4 ARD4 3 ARD3 2 ARD2 1 ARD1 Bit 0 ARD0 Figure 14-20. ESCI Arbiter Data Register (SCIADAT) ARD7–ARD0 — Arbiter Least Significant Counter Bits These read-only bits are the eight LSBs of the 9-bit arbiter counter. Clear ARD7–ARD0 by writing any value to SCIACTL. Writing 0s to AM1 and AM0 permanently resets the counter and keeps it in this idle state. Reset clears ARD7–ARD0. 14.9.3 Bit Time Measurement Two bit time measurement modes, described here, are available according to the state of ACLK. 1. ACLK = 0 — The counter is clocked with one quarter of the bus clock. The counter is started when a falling edge on the RxD pin is detected. The counter will be stopped on the next falling edge. ARUN is set while the counter is running, AFIN is set on the second falling edge on RxD (for instance, the counter is stopped). This mode is used to recover the received baud rate. See Figure 14-21. 2. ACLK = 1 — The counter is clocked with one half of the ESCI input clock generated by the ESCI prescaler. The counter is started when a 0 is detected on RxD (see Figure 14-22). A 0 on RxD on enabling the bit time measurement with ACLK = 1 leads to immediate start of the counter (see Figure 14-23). The counter will be stopped on the next rising edge of RxD. This mode is used to measure the length of a received break. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 175 Enhanced Serial Communications Interface (ESCI) Module MEASURED TIME RXD CPU WRITES SCIACTL WITH $20 Figure 14-21. Bit Time Measurement with ACLK = 0 MEASURED TIME RXD CPU WRITES SCIACTL WITH $30 COUNTER STARTS, ARUN = 1 Figure 14-22. Bit Time Measurement with ACLK = 1, Scenario A MEASURED TIME RXD COUNTER STOPS, AFIN = 1 Figure 14-23. Bit Time Measurement with ACLK = 1, Scenario B 14.9.4 Arbitration Mode If AM[1:0] is set to 10, the arbiter module operates in arbitration mode. On every rising edge of SCI_TxD (output of the ESCI module, internal chip signal), the counter is started. When the counter reaches $38 (ACLK = 0) or $08 (ACLK = 1), RxD is statically sensed. If in this case, RxD is sensed low (for example, another bus is driving the bus dominant) ALOST is set. As long as ALOST is set, the TxD pin is forced to 1, resulting in a seized transmission. If SCI_TxD is sensed 0 without having sensed a 0 before on RxD, the counter will be reset, arbitration operation will be restarted after the next rising edge of SCI_TxD. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 176 Freescale Semiconductor CPU WRITES SCIACTL WITH $30 CPU READS RESULT OUT OF SCIADAT COUNTER STARTS, ARUN = 1 COUNTER STOPS, AFIN = 1 CPU READS RESULT OUT OF SCIADAT CPU READS RESULT OUT OF SCIADAT COUNTER STARTS, ARUN = 1 COUNTER STOPS, AFIN = 1 Chapter 15 System Integration Module (SIM) 15.1 Introduction This section describes the system integration module (SIM). Together with the central processor unit (CPU), the SIM controls all microcontroller unit (MCU) activities. A block diagram of the SIM is shown in Figure 15-2. Table 15-1 is a summary of the SIM input/output (I/O) registers. The SIM is a system state controller that coordinates CPU and exception timing. The SIM is responsible for: • Bus clock generation and control for CPU and peripherals: – Stop/wait/reset/break entry and recovery – Internal clock control • Master reset control, including power-on reset (POR) and computer operating properly (COP) timeout • Interrupt control: – Acknowledge timing – Arbitration control timing – Vector address generation • CPU enable/disable timing • Modular architecture expandable to 128 interrupt sources Table 15-1 shows the internal signal names used in this section. Table 15-1. Signal Name Conventions Signal Name CGMXCLK CGMVCLK CGMOUT IAB IDB PORRST IRST R/W PLL output PLL-based or OSC1-based clock output from CGM module (Bus clock = CGMOUT divided by two) Internal address bus Internal data bus Signal from the power-on reset module to the SIM Internal reset signal Read/write signal Description Buffered version of OSC1 from clock generator module (CGM) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 177 System Integration Module (SIM) INTERNAL BUS M68HC08 CPU PORTA CPU REGISTERS ARITHMETIC/LOGIC UNIT (ALU) PROGRAMMABLE TIMEBASE MODULE SINGLE BREAKPOINT BREAK MODULE DUAL VOLTAGE LOW-VOLTAGE INHIBIT MODULE 8-BIT KEYBOARD INTERRUPT MODULE 2-CHANNEL TIMER INTERFACE MODULE 1 2-CHANNEL TIMER INTERFACE MODULE 2 ENHANCED SERIAL COMUNICATIONS INTERFACE MODULE PORTD DDRD COMPUTER OPERATING PROPERLY MODULE RST(3) IRQ(3) VDDAD/VREFH VSSAD/VREFL SYSTEM INTEGRATION MODULE SINGLE EXTERNAL INTERRUPT MODULE 10-BIT ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERTER MODULE POWER-ON RESET MODULE VDD VSS VDDA VSSA MEMORY MAP MODULE CONFIGURATION REGISTER 1–2 MODULE SECURITY MODULE SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE MODULE PORTE MONITOR MODULE PORTB DDRB PTA7/KBD7– PTA0/KBD0(1) PTB7/AD7 PTB6/AD6 PTB5/AD5 PTB4/AD4 PTB3/AD3 PTB2/AD2 PTB1/AD1 PTB0/AD0 PTC6(1) PTC5(1) PTC4(1), (2) PTC3(1), (2) PTC2(1), (2) PTC1(1), (2) PTC0(1), (2) PTD7/T2CH1(1) PTD6/T2CH0(1) PTD5/T1CH1(1) PTD4/T1CH0(1) PTD3/SPSCK(1) PTD2/MOSI(1) PTD1/MISO(1) PTD0/SS(1) PTE5–PTE2 PTE1/RxD PTE0/TxD DDRA DDRE DDRC CONTROL AND STATUS REGISTERS — 64 BYTES USER FLASH — 15,872 BYTES USER RAM — 1024 BYTES MONITOR ROM — 350 BYTES FLASH PROGRAMMING ROUTINES ROM — 406 BYTES USER FLASH VECTOR SPACE — 36 BYTES CLOCK GENERATOR MODULE OSC1 OSC2 CGMXFC 32–100 kHz OSCILLATOR PHASE LOCKED LOOP POWER MONITOR MODE ENTRY MODULE 1. Ports are software configurable with pullup device if input port. 2. Higher current drive port pins 3. Pin contains integrated pullup device Figure 15-1. Block Diagram Highlight SIM Block and Pins MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 178 Freescale Semiconductor PORTC SIM Bus Clock Control and Generation MODULE STOP MODULE WAIT STOP/WAIT CONTROL CPU STOP (FROM CPU) CPU WAIT (FROM CPU) SIMOSCEN (TO CGM) SIM COUNTER CGMXCLK (FROM CGM) CGMOUT (FROM CGM) ÷2 VDD INTERNAL PULLUP DEVICE RESET PIN LOGIC CLOCK CONTROL CLOCK GENERATORS INTERNAL CLOCKS FORCED MONITOR MODE ENTRY POR CONTROL RESET PIN CONTROL SIM RESET STATUS REGISTER LVI (FROM LVI MODULE) MASTER RESET CONTROL ILLEGAL OPCODE (FROM CPU) ILLEGAL ADDRESS (FROM ADDRESS MAP DECODERS) COP (FROM COP MODULE) RESET INTERRUPT CONTROL AND PRIORITY DECODE INTERRUPT SOURCES CPU INTERFACE Figure 15-2. SIM Block Diagram 15.2 SIM Bus Clock Control and Generation The bus clock generator provides system clock signals for the CPU and peripherals on the MCU. The system clocks are generated from an incoming clock, CGMOUT, as shown in Figure 15-4. This clock originates from either an external oscillator or from the on-chip PLL. 15.2.1 Bus Timing In user mode, the internal bus frequency is either the crystal oscillator output (CGMXCLK) divided by four or the PLL output (CGMVCLK) divided by four. 15.2.2 Clock Startup from POR or LVI Reset When the power-on reset module or the low-voltage inhibit module generates a reset, the clocks to the CPU and peripherals are inactive and held in an inactive phase until after the 4096 CGMXCLK cycle POR timeout has completed. The RST pin is driven low by the SIM during this entire period. The IBUS clocks start upon completion of the timeout. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 179 System Integration Module (SIM) Addr. $FE00 Register Name Break Status Register Read: (BSR) Write: See page 192. Reset: Bit 7 R 0 6 R 0 5 R 0 4 R 0 3 R 0 2 R 0 1 SBSW Note(1) 0 Bit 0 R 0 1. Writing a a 0 clears SBSW. SIM Reset Status Register Read: (SRSR) Write: See page 193. POR: Break Flag Control Register Read: (BFCR) Write: See page 194. Reset: Interrupt Status Register 1 Read: (INT1) Write: See page 188. Reset: Interrupt Status Register 2 Read: (INT2) Write: See page 189. Reset: Interrupt Status Register 3 Read: (INT3) Write: See page 189. Reset: POR 1 BCFE 0 IF6 R 0 IF14 R 0 0 R 0 IF5 R 0 IF13 R 0 0 R 0 = Unimplemented IF4 R 0 IF12 R 0 IF20 R 0 IF3 R 0 IF11 R 0 IF19 R 0 R IF2 R 0 IF10 R 0 IF18 R 0 = Reserved IF1 R 0 IF9 R 0 IF17 R 0 0 R 0 IF8 R 0 IF16 R 0 0 R 0 IF7 R 0 IF15 R 0 PIN 0 R COP 0 R ILOP 0 R ILAD 0 R MODRST 0 R LVI 0 R 0 0 R $FE01 $FE03 $FE04 $FE05 $FE06 Figure 15-3. SIM I/O Register Summary OSC2 OSCILLATOR (OSC) CGMXCLK OSC1 TO TBM,TIM1,TIM2, ADC SIM OSCENINSTOP FROM CONFIG SIMOSCEN IT12 TO REST OF CHIP IT23 TO REST OF CHIP CGMRCLK SIM COUNTER BUS CLOCK GENERATORS ÷2 PHASE-LOCKED LOOP (PLL) Figure 15-4. System Clock Signals MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 180 Freescale Semiconductor Reset and System Initialization 15.2.3 Clocks in Stop Mode and Wait Mode Upon exit from stop mode by an interrupt or reset, the SIM allows CGMXCLK to clock the SIM counter. The CPU and peripheral clocks do not become active until after the stop delay timeout. This timeout is selectable as 4096 or 32 CGMXCLK cycles. See 15.6.2 Stop Mode. In wait mode, the CPU clocks are inactive. The SIM also produces two sets of clocks for other modules. Refer to the wait mode subsection of each module to see if the module is active or inactive in wait mode. Some modules can be programmed to be active in wait mode. 15.3 Reset and System Initialization The MCU has these reset sources: • Power-on reset module (POR) • External reset pin (RST) • Computer operating properly module (COP) • Low-voltage inhibit module (LVI) • Illegal opcode • Illegal address • Forced monitor mode entry reset (MODRST) All of these resets produce the vector $FFFE:$FFFF ($FEFE:$FEFF in monitor mode) and assert the internal reset signal (IRST). IRST causes all registers to be returned to their default values and all modules to be returned to their reset states. An internal reset clears the SIM counter (see 15.4 SIM Counter), but an external reset does not. Each of the resets sets a corresponding bit in the SIM reset status register (SRSR). See 15.7 SIM Registers. 15.3.1 External Pin Reset The RST pin circuit includes an internal pullup device. Pulling the asynchronous RST pin low halts all processing. The PIN bit of the SIM reset status register (SRSR) is set as long as RST is held low for a minimum of 67 CGMXCLK cycles, assuming that neither the POR nor the LVI was the source of the reset. See Table 15-2 for details. Figure 15-5 shows the relative timing. Table 15-2. PIN Bit Set Timing Reset Type POR/LVI All others Number of Cycles Required to Set PIN 4163 (4096 + 64 + 3) 67 (64 + 3) CGMOUT RST IAB PC VECT H VECT L Figure 15-5. External Reset Timing MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 181 System Integration Module (SIM) 15.3.2 Active Resets from Internal Sources All internal reset sources actively pull the RST pin low for 32 CGMXCLK cycles to allow resetting of external peripherals. The internal reset signal IRST continues to be asserted for an additional 32 cycles. See Figure 15-6. An internal reset can be caused by an illegal address, illegal opcode, COP timeout, LVI, or POR. See Figure 15-7. NOTE For LVI or POR resets, the SIM cycles through 4096 + 32 CGMXCLK cycles during which the SIM forces the RST pin low. The internal reset signal then follows the sequence from the falling edge of RST shown in Figure 15-6. IRST RST RST PULLED LOW BY MCU 32 CYCLES CGMXCLK IAB VECTOR HIGH 32 CYCLES Figure 15-6. Internal Reset Timing ILLEGAL ADDRESS RST ILLEGAL OPCODE RST COPRST LVI POR MODRST INTERNAL RESET Figure 15-7. Sources of Internal Reset The COP reset is asynchronous to the bus clock. The active reset feature allows the part to issue a reset to peripherals and other chips within a system built around the MCU. 15.3.2.1 Power-On Reset When power is first applied to the MCU, the power-on reset module (POR) generates a pulse to indicate that power-on has occurred. The external reset pin (RST) is held low while the SIM counter counts out 4096 + 32 CGMXCLK cycles. Thirty-two CGMXCLK cycles later, the CPU and memories are released from reset to allow the reset vector sequence to occur. At power-on, these events occur: • A POR pulse is generated. • The internal reset signal is asserted. • The SIM enables CGMOUT. • Internal clocks to the CPU and modules are held inactive for 4096 CGMXCLK cycles to allow stabilization of the oscillator. • The RST pin is driven low during the oscillator stabilization time. • The POR bit of the SIM reset status register (SRSR) is set and all other bits in the register are cleared. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 182 Freescale Semiconductor Reset and System Initialization OSC1 PORRST 4096 CYCLES CGMXCLK 32 CYCLES CGMOUT RST IAB $FFFE $FFFF Figure 15-8. POR Recovery 15.3.2.2 Computer Operating Properly (COP) Reset An input to the SIM is reserved for the COP reset signal. The overflow of the COP counter causes an internal reset and sets the COP bit in the SIM reset status register (SRSR). The SIM actively pulls down the RST pin for all internal reset sources. The COP module is disabled if the RST pin or the IRQ pin is held at VTST while the MCU is in monitor mode. The COP module can be disabled only through combinational logic conditioned with the high voltage signal on the RST or the IRQ pin. This prevents the COP from becoming disabled as a result of external noise. During a break state, VTST on the RST pin disables the COP module. 15.3.2.3 Illegal Opcode Reset The SIM decodes signals from the CPU to detect illegal instructions. An illegal instruction sets the ILOP bit in the SIM reset status register (SRSR) and causes a reset. If the stop enable bit, STOP, in the mask option register is 0, the SIM treats the STOP instruction as an illegal opcode and causes an illegal opcode reset. The SIM actively pulls down the RST pin for all internal reset sources. 15.3.2.4 Illegal Address Reset An opcode fetch from an unmapped address generates an illegal address reset. The SIM verifies that the CPU is fetching an opcode prior to asserting the ILAD bit in the SIM reset status register (SRSR) and resetting the MCU. A data fetch from an unmapped address does not generate a reset. The SIM actively pulls down the RST pin for all internal reset sources. 15.3.2.5 Low-Voltage Inhibit (LVI) Reset The low-voltage inhibit module (LVI) asserts its output to the SIM when the VDD voltage falls to the LVITRIPF voltage. The LVI bit in the SIM reset status register (SRSR) is set, and the external reset pin (RST) is held low while the SIM counter counts out 4096 + 32 CGMXCLK cycles. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 183 System Integration Module (SIM) Thirty-two CGMXCLK cycles later, the CPU is released from reset to allow the reset vector sequence to occur. The SIM actively pulls down the RST pin for all internal reset sources. 15.3.2.6 Monitor Mode Entry Module Reset (MODRST) The monitor mode entry module reset (MODRST) asserts its output to the SIM when monitor mode is entered in the condition where the reset vectors are erased ($FF) (see 19.3.1.1 Normal Monitor Mode). When MODRST gets asserted, an internal reset occurs. The SIM actively pulls down the RST pin for all internal reset sources. 15.4 SIM Counter The SIM counter is used by the power-on reset module (POR) and in stop mode recovery to allow the oscillator time to stabilize before enabling the internal bus (IBUS) clocks. The SIM counter is 13 bits long. 15.4.1 SIM Counter During Power-On Reset The power-on reset module (POR) detects power applied to the MCU. At power-on, the POR circuit asserts the signal PORRST. Once the SIM is initialized, it enables the clock generation module (CGM) to drive the bus clock state machine. 15.4.2 SIM Counter During Stop Mode Recovery The SIM counter also is used for stop mode recovery. The STOP instruction clears the SIM counter. After an interrupt, break, or reset, the SIM senses the state of the short stop recovery bit, SSREC, in the mask option register. If the SSREC bit is a 1, then the stop recovery is reduced from the normal delay of 4096 CGMXCLK cycles down to 32 CGMXCLK cycles. This is ideal for applications using canned oscillators that do not require long startup times from stop mode. External crystal applications should use the full stop recovery time, that is, with SSREC cleared. 15.4.3 SIM Counter and Reset States External reset has no effect on the SIM counter. See 15.6.2 Stop Mode for details. The SIM counter is free-running after all reset states. See 15.3.2 Active Resets from Internal Sources for counter control and internal reset recovery sequences. 15.5 Exception Control Normal, sequential program execution can be changed in three different ways: • Interrupts: – Maskable hardware CPU interrupts – Non-maskable software interrupt instruction (SWI) • Reset • Break interrupts MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 184 Freescale Semiconductor Exception Control 15.5.1 Interrupts At the beginning of an interrupt, the CPU saves the CPU register contents on the stack and sets the interrupt mask (I bit) to prevent additional interrupts. At the end of an interrupt, the RTI instruction recovers the CPU register contents from the stack so that normal processing can resume. Figure 15-9 shows interrupt entry timing. Figure 15-10 shows interrupt recovery timing. Interrupts are latched, and arbitration is performed in the SIM at the start of interrupt processing. The arbitration result is a constant that the CPU uses to determine which vector to fetch. Once an interrupt is latched by the SIM, no other interrupt can take precedence, regardless of priority, until the latched interrupt is serviced (or the I bit is cleared). See Figure 15-11. MODULE INTERRUPT I BIT IAB IDB R/W DUMMY DUMMY SP SP – 1 SP – 2 X SP – 3 A SP – 4 CCR VECT H VECT L START ADDR OPCODE PC – 1[7:0] PC – 1[15:8] V DATA H V DATA L Figure 15-9. Interrupt Entry Timing MODULE INTERRUPT I BIT IAB IDB R/W SP – 4 CCR SP – 3 A SP – 2 X SP – 1 SP PC PC + 1 OPERAND PC – 1 [7:0] PC – 1 [15:8] OPCODE Figure 15-10. Interrupt Recovery Timing MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 185 System Integration Module (SIM) FROM RESET BREAK I BIT SET? INTERRUPT? NO YES YES I BIT SET? NO IRQ INTERRUPT? NO YES AS MANY INTERRUPTS AS EXIST ON CHIP STACK CPU REGISTERS SET I BIT LOAD PC WITH INTERRUPT VECTOR FETCH NEXT INSTRUCTION SWI INSTRUCTION? NO RTI INSTRUCTION? NO YES YES UNSTACK CPU REGISTERS EXECUTE INSTRUCTION Figure 15-11. Interrupt Processing 15.5.1.1 Hardware Interrupts A hardware interrupt does not stop the current instruction. Processing of a hardware interrupt begins after completion of the current instruction. When the current instruction is complete, the SIM checks all pending hardware interrupts. If interrupts are not masked (I bit clear in the condition code register) and if the corresponding interrupt enable bit is set, the SIM proceeds with interrupt processing; otherwise, the next instruction is fetched and executed. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 186 Freescale Semiconductor Exception Control If more than one interrupt is pending at the end of an instruction execution, the highest priority interrupt is serviced first. Figure 15-12 demonstrates what happens when two interrupts are pending. If an interrupt is pending upon exit from the original interrupt service routine, the pending interrupt is serviced before the LDA instruction is executed. CLI LDA #$FF BACKGROUND ROUTINE INT1 PSHH INT1 INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINE PULH RTI INT2 PSHH INT2 INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINE PULH RTI Figure 15-12. Interrupt Recognition Example The LDA opcode is prefetched by both the INT1 and INT2 RTI instructions. However, in the case of the INT1 RTI prefetch, this is a redundant operation. NOTE To maintain compatibility with the M6805 Family, the H register is not pushed on the stack during interrupt entry. If the interrupt service routine modifies the H register or uses the indexed addressing mode, software should save the H register and then restore it prior to exiting the routine. 15.5.1.2 SWI Instruction The SWI instruction is a non-maskable instruction that causes an interrupt regardless of the state of the interrupt mask (I bit) in the condition code register. NOTE A software interrupt pushes PC onto the stack. A software interrupt does not push PC – 1, as a hardware interrupt does. 15.5.1.3 Interrupt Status Registers The flags in the interrupt status registers identify maskable interrupt sources. Table 15-3 summarizes the interrupt sources and the interrupt status register flags that they set. The interrupt status registers can be useful for debugging. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 187 System Integration Module (SIM) Table 15-3. Interrupt Sources Priority Highest Interrupt Source Reset SWI instruction IRQ pin CGM clock monitor TIM1 channel 0 TIM1 channel 1 TIM1 overflow TIM2 channel 0 TIM2 channel 1 TIM2 overflow SPI receiver full SPI transmitter empty SCI receive error SCI receive SCI transmit Keyboard ADC conversion complete Lowest Timebase module Interrupt Status Register Flag — — I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 I16 Interrupt Status Register 1 Address: Read: Write: Reset: $FE04 Bit 7 I6 R 0 R 6 I5 R 0 = Reserved 5 I4 R 0 4 I3 R 0 3 I2 R 0 2 I1 R 0 1 0 R 0 Bit 0 0 R 0 Figure 15-13. Interrupt Status Register 1 (INT1) I6–I1 — Interrupt Flags 1–6 These flags indicate the presence of interrupt requests from the sources shown in Table 15-3. 1 = Interrupt request present 0 = No interrupt request present Bit 0 and Bit 1 — Always read 0 MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 188 Freescale Semiconductor Exception Control Interrupt Status Register 2 Address: Read: Write: Reset: $FE05 Bit 7 I14 R 0 R 6 I13 R 0 = Reserved 5 I12 R 0 4 I11 R 0 3 I10 R 0 2 I9 R 0 1 I8 R 0 Bit 0 I7 R 0 Figure 15-14. Interrupt Status Register 2 (INT2) I14–I7 — Interrupt Flags 14–7 These flags indicate the presence of interrupt requests from the sources shown in Table 15-3. 1 = Interrupt request present 0 = No interrupt request present Interrupt Status Register 3 Address: Read: Write: Reset: $FE06 Bit 7 0 R 0 R 6 0 R 0 = Reserved 5 I20 R 0 4 I19 R 0 3 I18 R 0 2 I17 R 0 1 I16 R 0 Bit 0 I15 R 0 Figure 15-15. Interrupt Status Register 3 (INT3) Bits 7–6 — Always read 0 I20–I15 — Interrupt Flags 20–15 These flags indicate the presence of an interrupt request from the source shown in Table 15-3. 1 = Interrupt request present 0 = No interrupt request present 15.5.2 Reset All reset sources always have equal and highest priority and cannot be arbitrated. 15.5.3 Break Interrupts The break module can stop normal program flow at a software-programmable break point by asserting its break interrupt output (see Chapter 18 Timer Interface Module (TIM)). The SIM puts the CPU into the break state by forcing it to the SWI vector location. Refer to the break interrupt subsection of each module to see how each module is affected by the break state. 15.5.4 Status Flag Protection in Break Mode The SIM controls whether status flags contained in other modules can be cleared during break mode. The user can select whether flags are protected from being cleared by properly initializing the break clear flag enable bit (BCFE) in the SIM break flag control register (SBFCR). Protecting flags in break mode ensures that set flags will not be cleared while in break mode. This protection allows registers to be freely read and written during break mode without losing status flag information. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 189 System Integration Module (SIM) Setting the BCFE bit enables the clearing mechanisms. Once cleared in break mode, a flag remains cleared even when break mode is exited. Status flags with a 2-step clearing mechanism — for example, a read of one register followed by the read or write of another — are protected, even when the first step is accomplished prior to entering break mode. Upon leaving break mode, execution of the second step will clear the flag as normal. 15.6 Low-Power Modes Executing the WAIT or STOP instruction puts the MCU in a low power-consumption mode for standby situations. The SIM holds the CPU in a non-clocked state. The operation of each of these modes is described in the following subsections. Both STOP and WAIT clear the interrupt mask (I) in the condition code register, allowing interrupts to occur. 15.6.1 Wait Mode In wait mode, the CPU clocks are inactive while the peripheral clocks continue to run. Figure 15-16 shows the timing for wait mode entry. A module that is active during wait mode can wakeup the CPU with an interrupt if the interrupt is enabled. Stacking for the interrupt begins one cycle after the WAIT instruction during which the interrupt occurred. In wait mode, the CPU clocks are inactive. Refer to the wait mode subsection of each module to see if the module is active or inactive in wait mode. Some modules can be programmed to be active in wait mode. Wait mode also can be exited by a reset (or break in emulation mode). A break interrupt during wait mode sets the SIM break stop/wait bit, SBSW, in the SIM break status register (SBSR). If the COP disable bit, COPD, in the mask option register is 0, then the computer operating properly module (COP) is enabled and remains active in wait mode. IAB IDB R/W WAIT ADDR WAIT ADDR + 1 NEXT OPCODE SAME SAME SAME SAME PREVIOUS DATA Note: Previous data can be operand data or the WAIT opcode, depending on the last instruction. Figure 15-16. Wait Mode Entry Timing Figure 15-17 and Figure 15-18 show the timing for WAIT recovery. IAB IDB EXITSTOPWAIT $A6 $6E0B $A6 $A6 $6E0C $01 $00FF $0B $00FE $6E $00FD $00FC Note: EXITSTOPWAIT = RST pin or CPU interrupt Figure 15-17. Wait Recovery from Interrupt MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 190 Freescale Semiconductor Low-Power Modes 32 CYCLES IAB IDB RST CGMXCLK $A6 $6E0B $A6 $A6 32 CYCLES RSTVCT H RSTVCTL Figure 15-18. Wait Recovery from Internal Reset 15.6.2 Stop Mode In stop mode, the SIM counter is reset and the system clocks are disabled. An interrupt request from a module can cause an exit from stop mode. Stacking for interrupts begins after the selected stop recovery time has elapsed. Reset also causes an exit from stop mode. The SIM disables the clock generator module outputs (CGMOUT and CGMXCLK) in stop mode, stopping the CPU and peripherals. Stop recovery time is selectable using the SSREC bit in the mask option register (MOR). If SSREC is set, stop recovery is reduced from the normal delay of 4096 CGMXCLK cycles down to 32. This is ideal for applications using canned oscillators that do not require long startup times from stop mode. NOTE External crystal applications should use the full stop recovery time by clearing the SSREC bit. The SIM counter is held in reset from the execution of the STOP instruction until the beginning of stop recovery. It is then used to time the recovery period. Figure 15-19 shows stop mode entry timing. Figure 15-20 shows stop mode recovery time from interrupt. NOTE To minimize stop current, all pins configured as inputs should be driven to a 1 or 0. CPUSTOP IAB IDB R/W Note: Previous data can be operand data or the STOP opcode, depending on the last instruction. STOP ADDR STOP ADDR + 1 NEXT OPCODE SAME SAME SAME SAME PREVIOUS DATA Figure 15-19. Stop Mode Entry Timing MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 191 System Integration Module (SIM) STOP RECOVERY PERIOD CGMXCLK INT/BREAK IAB STOP +1 STOP + 2 STOP + 2 SP SP – 1 SP – 2 SP – 3 Figure 15-20. Stop Mode Recovery from Interrupt 15.7 SIM Registers The SIM has three memory-mapped registers. Table 15-4 shows the mapping of these registers. Table 15-4. SIM Registers Address $FE00 $FE01 $FE03 Register BSR SRSR BFCR Access Mode User User User 15.7.1 Break Status Register The break status register (BSR) contains a flag to indicate that a break caused an exit from wait mode. This register is only used in emulation mode. Address: Read: Write: Reset: $FE00 Bit 7 R 0 R 6 R 0 = Reserved 5 R 0 4 R 0 3 R 0 2 R 0 1 SBSW Note(1) 0 Bit 0 R 0 1. Writing a 0 clears SBSW. Figure 15-21. Break Status Register (BSR) SBSW — SIM Break Stop/Wait SBSW can be read within the break state SWI routine. The user can modify the return address on the stack by subtracting one from it. 1 = Wait mode was exited by break interrupt. 0 = Wait mode was not exited by break interrupt. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 192 Freescale Semiconductor SIM Registers 15.7.2 SIM Reset Status Register This register contains seven flags that show the source of the last reset provided all previous reset status bits have been cleared. Clear the SIM reset status register by reading it. A power-on reset sets the POR bit and clears all other bits in the register. Address: Read: Write: Reset: 1 0 = Unimplemented 0 0 0 0 0 0 $FE01 Bit 7 POR 6 PIN 5 COP 4 ILOP 3 ILAD 2 MODRST 1 LVI Bit 0 0 Figure 15-22. SIM Reset Status Register (SRSR) POR — Power-On Reset Bit 1 = Last reset caused by POR circuit 0 = Read of SRSR PIN — External Reset Bit 1 = Last reset caused by external reset pin (RST) 0 = POR or read of SRSR COP — Computer Operating Properly Reset Bit 1 = Last reset caused by COP counter 0 = POR or read of SRSR ILOP — Illegal Opcode Reset Bit 1 = Last reset caused by an illegal opcode 0 = POR or read of SRSR ILAD — Illegal Address Reset Bit (opcode fetches only) 1 = Last reset caused by an opcode fetch from an illegal address 0 = POR or read of SRSR MODRST — Monitor Mode Entry Module Reset Bit 1 = Last reset caused by monitor mode entry when vector locations $FFFE and $FFFF are $FF after POR while IRQ = VDD 0 = POR or read of SRSR LVI — Low-Voltage Inhibit Reset Bit 1 = Last reset caused by the LVI circuit 0 = POR or read of SRSR MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 193 System Integration Module (SIM) 15.7.3 Break Flag Control Register The break control register (BFCR) contains a bit that enables software to clear status bits while the MCU is in a break state. Address: Read: Write: Reset: $FE03 Bit 7 BCFE 0 R = Reserved 6 R 5 R 4 R 3 R 2 R 1 R Bit 0 R Figure 15-23. Break Flag Control Register (BFCR) BCFE — Break Clear Flag Enable Bit This read/write bit enables software to clear status bits by accessing status registers while the MCU is in a break state. To clear status bits during the break state, the BCFE bit must be set. 1 = Status bits clearable during break 0 = Status bits not clearable during break MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 194 Freescale Semiconductor Chapter 16 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Module 16.1 Introduction This section describes the serial peripheral interface (SPI) module, which allows full-duplex, synchronous, serial communications with peripheral devices. 16.2 Features Features of the SPI module include: • Full-duplex operation • Master and slave modes • Double-buffered operation with separate transmit and receive registers • Four master mode frequencies (maximum = bus frequency ÷ 2) • Maximum slave mode frequency = bus frequency • Serial clock with programmable polarity and phase • Two separately enabled interrupts: – SPRF (SPI receiver full) – SPTE (SPI transmitter empty) • Mode fault error flag with CPU interrupt capability • Overflow error flag with CPU interrupt capability • Programmable wired-OR mode • I2C (inter-integrated circuit) compatibility • I/O (input/output) port bit(s) software configurable with pullup device(s) if configured as input port bit(s) 16.3 Pin Name Conventions The text that follows describes the SPI. The SPI I/O pin names are SS (slave select), SPSCK (SPI serial clock), CGND (clock ground), MOSI (master out slave in), and MISO (master in/slave out). The SPI shares four I/O pins with four parallel I/O ports. The full names of the SPI I/O pins are shown in Table 16-1. The generic pin names appear in the text that follows. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 195 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Module INTERNAL BUS M68HC08 CPU PORTA CPU REGISTERS ARITHMETIC/LOGIC UNIT (ALU) PROGRAMMABLE TIMEBASE MODULE SINGLE BREAKPOINT BREAK MODULE DUAL VOLTAGE LOW-VOLTAGE INHIBIT MODULE 8-BIT KEYBOARD INTERRUPT MODULE 2-CHANNEL TIMER INTERFACE MODULE 1 2-CHANNEL TIMER INTERFACE MODULE 2 ENHANCED SERIAL COMUNICATIONS INTERFACE MODULE PORTD DDRD COMPUTER OPERATING PROPERLY MODULE RST(3) IRQ(3) VDDAD/VREFH VSSAD/VREFL SYSTEM INTEGRATION MODULE SINGLE EXTERNAL INTERRUPT MODULE 10-BIT ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERTER MODULE POWER-ON RESET MODULE VDD VSS VDDA VSSA MEMORY MAP MODULE CONFIGURATION REGISTER 1–2 MODULE SECURITY MODULE SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE MODULE PORTE MONITOR MODULE PORTB DDRB PTA7/KBD7– PTA0/KBD0(1) PTB7/AD7 PTB6/AD6 PTB5/AD5 PTB4/AD4 PTB3/AD3 PTB2/AD2 PTB1/AD1 PTB0/AD0 PTC6(1) PTC5(1) PTC4(1), (2) PTC3(1), (2) PTC2(1), (2) PTC1(1), (2) PTC0(1), (2) PTD7/T2CH1(1) PTD6/T2CH0(1) PTD5/T1CH1(1) PTD4/T1CH0(1) PTD3/SPSCK(1) PTD2/MOSI(1) PTD1/MISO(1) PTD0/SS(1) PTE5–PTE2 PTE1/RxD PTE0/TxD DDRA DDRE DDRC CONTROL AND STATUS REGISTERS — 64 BYTES USER FLASH — 15,872 BYTES USER RAM — 1024 BYTES MONITOR ROM — 350 BYTES FLASH PROGRAMMING ROUTINES ROM — 406 BYTES USER FLASH VECTOR SPACE — 36 BYTES CLOCK GENERATOR MODULE OSC1 OSC2 CGMXFC 32–100 kHz OSCILLATOR PHASE LOCKED LOOP POWER MONITOR MODE ENTRY MODULE 1. Ports are software configurable with pullup device if input port. 2. Higher current drive port pins 3. Pin contains integrated pullup device Figure 16-1. Block Diagram Highlighting SPI Block and Pins . Table 16-1. Pin Name Conventions SPI Generic Pin Names: Full SPI Pin Names: SPI MISO PTD1/MISO MOSI PTD2/MOSI SS PTD0/SS SPSCK PTD3/SPSCK CGND VSS MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 196 Freescale Semiconductor PORTC Functional Description 16.4 Functional Description Figure 16-2 summarizes the SPI I/O registers and Figure 16-3 shows the structure of the SPI module. The SPI module allows full-duplex, synchronous, serial communication between the MCU and peripheral devices, including other MCUs. Software can poll the SPI status flags or SPI operation can be interrupt driven. If a port bit is configured for input, then an internal pullup device may be enabled for that port bit. See 12.4.3 Port C Input Pullup Enable Register. The following paragraphs describe the operation of the SPI module. Addr. $0010 Register Name SPI Control Register Read: (SPCR) Write: See page 212. Reset: SPI Status and Control Read: Register (SPSCR) Write: See page 213. Reset: SPI Data Register Read: (SPDR) Write: See page 215. Reset: Bit 7 SPRIE 0 SPRF 0 R7 T7 R 6 R 0 ERRIE 0 R6 T6 = Reserved 5 SPMSTR 1 OVRF 0 R5 T5 4 CPOL 0 MODF 0 R4 T4 3 CPHA 1 SPTE 1 R3 T3 2 SPWOM 0 MODFEN 0 R2 T2 1 SPE 0 SPR1 0 R1 T1 Bit 0 SPTIE 0 SPR0 0 R0 T0 $0011 $0012 Unaffected by reset = Unimplemented Figure 16-2. SPI I/O Register Summary 16.4.1 Master Mode The SPI operates in master mode when the SPI master bit, SPMSTR, is set. NOTE Configure the SPI modules as master or slave before enabling them. Enable the master SPI before enabling the slave SPI. Disable the slave SPI before disabling the master SPI. See 16.13.1 SPI Control Register. Only a master SPI module can initiate transmissions. Software begins the transmission from a master SPI module by writing to the transmit data register. If the shift register is empty, the byte immediately transfers to the shift register, setting the SPI transmitter empty bit, SPTE. The byte begins shifting out on the MOSI pin under the control of the serial clock. See Figure 16-4. The SPR1 and SPR0 bits control the baud rate generator and determine the speed of the shift register. (See 16.13.2 SPI Status and Control Register.) Through the SPSCK pin, the baud rate generator of the master also controls the shift register of the slave peripheral. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 197 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Module INTERNAL BUS TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER CGMOUT ÷ 2 FROM SIM SHIFT REGISTER 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 MISO ÷2 CLOCK DIVIDER ÷8 ÷ 32 ÷ 128 CLOCK SELECT RECEIVE DATA REGISTER PIN CONTROL LOGIC MOSI SPMSTR SPE SPSCK CLOCK LOGIC M S SS SPR1 SPR0 SPMSTR CPHA CPOL RESERVED TRANSMITTER CPU INTERRUPT REQUEST RESERVED RECEIVER/ERROR CPU INTERRUPT REQUEST SPRF SPTE OVRF MODF SPI CONTROL MODFEN ERRIE SPTIE SPRIE SPE SPWOM Figure 16-3. SPI Module Block Diagram MASTER MCU SLAVE MCU SHIFT REGISTER MISO MOSI SPSCK MISO MOSI SPSCK SS SHIFT REGISTER BAUD RATE GENERATOR SS VDD Figure 16-4. Full-Duplex Master-Slave Connections MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 198 Freescale Semiconductor Transmission Formats As the byte shifts out on the MOSI pin of the master, another byte shifts in from the slave on the master’s MISO pin. The transmission ends when the receiver full bit, SPRF, becomes set. At the same time that SPRF becomes set, the byte from the slave transfers to the receive data register. In normal operation, SPRF signals the end of a transmission. Software clears SPRF by reading the SPI status and control register with SPRF set and then reading the SPI data register. Writing to the SPI data register clears the SPTE bit. 16.4.2 Slave Mode The SPI operates in slave mode when the SPMSTR bit is clear. In slave mode, the SPSCK pin is the input for the serial clock from the master MCU. Before a data transmission occurs, the SS pin of the slave SPI must be at 0. SS must remain low until the transmission is complete. See 16.7.2 Mode Fault Error. In a slave SPI module, data enters the shift register under the control of the serial clock from the master SPI module. After a byte enters the shift register of a slave SPI, it transfers to the receive data register, and the SPRF bit is set. To prevent an overflow condition, slave software then must read the receive data register before another full byte enters the shift register. The maximum frequency of the SPSCK for an SPI configured as a slave is the bus clock speed (which is twice as fast as the fastest master SPSCK clock that can be generated). The frequency of the SPSCK for an SPI configured as a slave does not have to correspond to any SPI baud rate. The baud rate only controls the speed of the SPSCK generated by an SPI configured as a master. Therefore, the frequency of the SPSCK for an SPI configured as a slave can be any frequency less than or equal to the bus speed. When the master SPI starts a transmission, the data in the slave shift register begins shifting out on the MISO pin. The slave can load its shift register with a new byte for the next transmission by writing to its transmit data register. The slave must write to its transmit data register at least one bus cycle before the master starts the next transmission. Otherwise, the byte already in the slave shift register shifts out on the MISO pin. Data written to the slave shift register during a transmission remains in a buffer until the end of the transmission. When the clock phase bit (CPHA) is set, the first edge of SPSCK starts a transmission. When CPHA is clear, the falling edge of SS starts a transmission. See 16.5 Transmission Formats. NOTE SPSCK must be in the proper idle state before the slave is enabled to prevent SPSCK from appearing as a clock edge. 16.5 Transmission Formats During an SPI transmission, data is simultaneously transmitted (shifted out serially) and received (shifted in serially). A serial clock synchronizes shifting and sampling on the two serial data lines. A slave select line allows selection of an individual slave SPI device; slave devices that are not selected do not interfere with SPI bus activities. On a master SPI device, the slave select line can optionally be used to indicate multiple-master bus contention. 16.5.1 Clock Phase and Polarity Controls Software can select any of four combinations of serial clock (SPSCK) phase and polarity using two bits in the SPI control register (SPCR). The clock polarity is specified by the CPOL control bit, which selects an active high or low clock and has no significant effect on the transmission format. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 199 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Module The clock phase (CPHA) control bit selects one of two fundamentally different transmission formats. The clock phase and polarity should be identical for the master SPI device and the communicating slave device. In some cases, the phase and polarity are changed between transmissions to allow a master device to communicate with peripheral slaves having different requirements. NOTE Before writing to the CPOL bit or the CPHA bit, disable the SPI by clearing the SPI enable bit (SPE). 16.5.2 Transmission Format When CPHA = 0 Figure 16-5 shows an SPI transmission in which CPHA is 0. The figure should not be used as a replacement for data sheet parametric information. Two waveforms are shown for SPSCK: one for CPOL = 0 and another for CPOL = 1. The diagram may be interpreted as a master or slave timing diagram since the serial clock (SPSCK), master in/slave out (MISO), and master out/slave in (MOSI) pins are directly connected between the master and the slave. The MISO signal is the output from the slave, and the MOSI signal is the output from the master. The SS line is the slave select input to the slave. The slave SPI drives its MISO output only when its slave select input (SS) is at 0, so that only the selected slave drives to the master. The SS pin of the master is not shown but is assumed to be inactive. The SS pin of the master must be high or must be reconfigured as general-purpose I/O not affecting the SPI. (See 16.7.2 Mode Fault Error.) When CPHA = 0, the first SPSCK edge is the MSB capture strobe. Therefore, the slave must begin driving its data before the first SPSCK edge, and a falling edge on the SS pin is used to start the slave data transmission. The slave’s SS pin must be toggled back to high and then low again between each byte transmitted as shown in Figure 16-6. When CPHA = 0 for a slave, the falling edge of SS indicates the beginning of the transmission. This causes the SPI to leave its idle state and begin driving the MISO pin with the MSB of its data. Once the transmission begins, no new data is allowed into the shift register from the transmit data register. Therefore, the SPI data register of the slave must be loaded with transmit data before the falling edge of SS. Any data written after the falling edge is stored in the transmit data register and transferred to the shift register after the current transmission. SPSCK CYCLE # FOR REFERENCE SPSCK; CPOL = 0 SPSCK; CPOL =1 MOSI FROM MASTER MISO FROM SLAVE SS; TO SLAVE CAPTURE STROBE MSB MSB BIT 6 BIT 6 BIT 5 BIT 5 BIT 4 BIT 4 BIT 3 BIT 3 BIT 2 BIT 2 BIT 1 BIT 1 LSB LSB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Figure 16-5. Transmission Format (CPHA = 0) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 200 Freescale Semiconductor Transmission Formats MISO/MOSI MASTER SS SLAVE SS CPHA = 0 SLAVE SS CPHA = 1 BYTE 1 BYTE 2 BYTE 3 Figure 16-6. CPHA/SS Timing 16.5.3 Transmission Format When CPHA = 1 Figure 16-7 shows an SPI transmission in which CPHA is 1. The figure should not be used as a replacement for data sheet parametric information. Two waveforms are shown for SPSCK: one for CPOL = 0 and another for CPOL = 1. The diagram may be interpreted as a master or slave timing diagram since the serial clock (SPSCK), master in/slave out (MISO), and master out/slave in (MOSI) pins are directly connected between the master and the slave. The MISO signal is the output from the slave, and the MOSI signal is the output from the master. The SS line is the slave select input to the slave. The slave SPI drives its MISO output only when its slave select input (SS) is at 0, so that only the selected slave drives to the master. The SS pin of the master is not shown but is assumed to be inactive. The SS pin of the master must be high or must be reconfigured as general-purpose I/O not affecting the SPI. (See 16.7.2 Mode Fault Error.) When CPHA = 1, the master begins driving its MOSI pin on the first SPSCK edge. Therefore, the slave uses the first SPSCK edge as a start transmission signal. The SS pin can remain low between transmissions. This format may be preferable in systems having only one master and only one slave driving the MISO data line. When CPHA = 1 for a slave, the first edge of the SPSCK indicates the beginning of the transmission. This causes the SPI to leave its idle state and begin driving the MISO pin with the MSB of its data. Once the transmission begins, no new data is allowed into the shift register from the transmit data register. Therefore, the SPI data register of the slave must be loaded with transmit data before the first edge of SPSCK. Any data written after the first edge is stored in the transmit data register and transferred to the shift register after the current transmission. SPSCK CYCLE # FOR REFERENCE SPSCK; CPOL = 0 SPSCK; CPOL =1 MOSI FROM MASTER MISO FROM SLAVE SS; TO SLAVE CAPTURE STROBE MSB MSB BIT 6 BIT 6 BIT 5 BIT 5 BIT 4 BIT 4 BIT 3 BIT 3 BIT 2 BIT 2 BIT 1 BIT 1 LSB LSB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Figure 16-7. Transmission Format (CPHA = 1) 16.5.4 Transmission Initiation Latency When the SPI is configured as a master (SPMSTR = 1), writing to the SPDR starts a transmission. CPHA has no effect on the delay to the start of the transmission, but it does affect the initial state of the SPSCK MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 201 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Module signal. When CPHA = 0, the SPSCK signal remains inactive for the first half of the first SPSCK cycle. When CPHA = 1, the first SPSCK cycle begins with an edge on the SPSCK line from its inactive to its active level. The SPI clock rate (selected by SPR1:SPR0) affects the delay from the write to SPDR and the start of the SPI transmission. (See Figure 16-8.) The internal SPI clock in the master is a free-running derivative of the internal MCU clock. To conserve power, it is enabled only when both the SPE and SPMSTR bits are set. SPSCK edges occur halfway through the low time of the internal MCU clock. Since the SPI clock is free-running, it is uncertain where the write to the SPDR occurs relative to the slower SPSCK. This uncertainty causes the variation in the initiation delay shown in Figure 16-8. This delay is no longer than a single SPI bit time. That is, the maximum delay is two MCU bus cycles for DIV2, eight MCU bus cycles for DIV8, 32 MCU bus cycles for DIV32, and 128 MCU bus cycles for DIV128. WRITE TO SPDR BUS CLOCK MOSI SPSCK CPHA = 1 SPSCK CPHA = 0 SPSCK CYCLE NUMBER 1 2 3 MSB BIT 6 BIT 5 INITIATION DELAY INITIATION DELAY FROM WRITE SPDR TO TRANSFER BEGIN WRITE TO SPDR BUS CLOCK EARLIEST WRITE TO SPDR LATEST SPSCK = INTERNAL CLOCK ÷ 2; 2 POSSIBLE START POINTS BUS CLOCK EARLIEST WRITE TO SPDR SPSCK = INTERNAL CLOCK ÷ 8; 8 POSSIBLE START POINTS LATEST BUS CLOCK EARLIEST WRITE TO SPDR SPSCK = INTERNAL CLOCK ÷ 32; 32 POSSIBLE START POINTS LATEST BUS CLOCK EARLIEST SPSCK = INTERNAL CLOCK ÷ 128; 128 POSSIBLE START POINTS LATEST Figure 16-8. Transmission Start Delay (Master) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 202 Freescale Semiconductor Queuing Transmission Data 16.6 Queuing Transmission Data The double-buffered transmit data register allows a data byte to be queued and transmitted. For an SPI configured as a master, a queued data byte is transmitted immediately after the previous transmission has completed. The SPI transmitter empty flag (SPTE) indicates when the transmit data buffer is ready to accept new data. Write to the transmit data register only when the SPTE bit is high. Figure 16-9 shows the timing associated with doing back-to-back transmissions with the SPI (SPSCK has CPHA: CPOL = 1:0). WRITE TO SPDR SPTE SPSCK CPHA:CPOL = 1:0 MOSI SPRF READ SPSCR READ SPDR 1 CPU WRITES BYTE 1 TO SPDR, CLEARING SPTE BIT. 2 BYTE 1 TRANSFERS FROM TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER TO SHIFT REGISTER, SETTING SPTE BIT. 3 CPU WRITES BYTE 2 TO SPDR, QUEUEING BYTE 2 AND CLEARING SPTE BIT. 4 FIRST INCOMING BYTE TRANSFERS FROM SHIFT REGISTER TO RECEIVE DATA REGISTER, SETTING SPRF BIT. 5 BYTE 2 TRANSFERS FROM TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER TO SHIFT REGISTER, SETTING SPTE BIT. 6 CPU READS SPSCR WITH SPRF BIT SET. MSB BIT BIT BIT BIT BIT BIT LSB MSB BIT BIT BIT BIT BIT BIT LSBMSB BIT BIT BIT 654 654321 654321 BYTE 1 BYTE 2 BYTE 3 4 6 7 7 CPU READS SPDR, CLEARING SPRF BIT. 8 CPU WRITES BYTE 3 TO SPDR, QUEUEING BYTE 3 AND CLEARING SPTE BIT. 9 SECOND INCOMING BYTE TRANSFERS FROM SHIFT REGISTER TO RECEIVE DATA REGISTER, SETTING SPRF BIT. 10 BYTE 3 TRANSFERS FROM TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER TO SHIFT REGISTER, SETTING SPTE BIT. 11 CPU READS SPSCR WITH SPRF BIT SET. 12 CPU READS SPDR, CLEARING SPRF BIT. 9 11 12 1 2 3 5 8 10 Figure 16-9. SPRF/SPTE CPU Interrupt Timing The transmit data buffer allows back-to-back transmissions without the slave precisely timing its writes between transmissions as in a system with a single data buffer. Also, if no new data is written to the data buffer, the last value contained in the shift register is the next data word to be transmitted. For an idle master or idle slave that has no data loaded into its transmit buffer, the SPTE is set again no more than two bus cycles after the transmit buffer empties into the shift register. This allows the user to queue up a 16-bit value to send. For an already active slave, the load of the shift register cannot occur until the transmission is completed. This implies that a back-to-back write to the transmit data register is not possible. The SPTE indicates when the next write can occur. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 203 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Module 16.7 Error Conditions The following flags signal SPI error conditions: • Overflow (OVRF) — Failing to read the SPI data register before the next full byte enters the shift register sets the OVRF bit. The new byte does not transfer to the receive data register, and the unread byte still can be read. OVRF is in the SPI status and control register. • Mode fault error (MODF) — The MODF bit indicates that the voltage on the slave select pin (SS) is inconsistent with the mode of the SPI. MODF is in the SPI status and control register. 16.7.1 Overflow Error The overflow flag (OVRF) becomes set if the receive data register still has unread data from a previous transmission when the capture strobe of bit 1 of the next transmission occurs. The bit 1 capture strobe occurs in the middle of SPSCK cycle 7 (see Figure 16-5 and Figure 16-7.) If an overflow occurs, all data received after the overflow and before the OVRF bit is cleared does not transfer to the receive data register and does not set the SPI receiver full bit (SPRF). The unread data that transferred to the receive data register before the overflow occurred can still be read. Therefore, an overflow error always indicates the loss of data. Clear the overflow flag by reading the SPI status and control register and then reading the SPI data register. OVRF generates a receiver/error CPU interrupt request if the error interrupt enable bit (ERRIE) is also set. The SPRF, MODF, and OVRF interrupts share the same CPU interrupt vector (see Figure 16-12.) It is not possible to enable MODF or OVRF individually to generate a receiver/error CPU interrupt request. However, leaving MODFEN low prevents MODF from being set. If the CPU SPRF interrupt is enabled and the OVRF interrupt is not, watch for an overflow condition. Figure 16-10 shows how it is possible to miss an overflow. The first part of Figure 16-10 shows how it is possible to read the SPSCR and SPDR to clear the SPRF without problems. However, as illustrated by the second transmission example, the OVRF bit can be set in between the time that SPSCR and SPDR are read. In this case, an overflow can be missed easily. Since no more SPRF interrupts can be generated until this OVRF is serviced, it is not obvious that bytes are being lost as more transmissions are completed. To prevent this, either enable the OVRF interrupt or do another read of the SPSCR following the read of the SPDR. This ensures that the OVRF was not set before the SPRF was cleared and that future transmissions can set the SPRF bit. Figure 16-11 illustrates this process. Generally, to avoid this second SPSCR read, enable the OVRF to the CPU by setting the ERRIE bit. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 204 Freescale Semiconductor Error Conditions BYTE 1 1 BYTE 2 4 BYTE 3 6 BYTE 4 8 SPRF OVRF READ SPSCR READ SPDR 1 2 3 4 2 5 3 BYTE 1 SETS SPRF BIT. CPU READS SPSCR WITH SPRF BIT SET AND OVRF BIT CLEAR. CPU READS BYTE 1 IN SPDR, CLEARING SPRF BIT. BYTE 2 SETS SPRF BIT. 5 6 7 8 7 CPU READS SPSCR WITH SPRF BIT SET AND OVRF BIT CLEAR. BYTE 3 SETS OVRF BIT. BYTE 3 IS LOST. CPU READS BYTE 2 IN SPDR, CLEARING SPRF BIT, BUT NOT OVRF BIT. BYTE 4 FAILS TO SET SPRF BIT BECAUSE OVRF BIT IS NOT CLEARED. BYTE 4 IS LOST. Figure 16-10. Missed Read of Overflow Condition BYTE 1 SPI RECEIVE COMPLETE SPRF OVRF READ SPSCR READ SPDR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 BYTE 1 SETS SPRF BIT. CPU READS SPSCR WITH SPRF BIT SET AND OVRF BIT CLEAR. CPU READS BYTE 1 IN SPDR, CLEARING SPRF BIT. CPU READS SPSCR AGAIN TO CHECK OVRF BIT. BYTE 2 SETS SPRF BIT. CPU READS SPSCR WITH SPRF BIT SET AND OVRF BIT CLEAR. BYTE 3 SETS OVRF BIT. BYTE 3 IS LOST. 4 6 8 8 9 9 10 12 13 14 1 BYTE 2 5 BYTE 3 7 BYTE 4 11 CPU READS BYTE 2 IN SPDR, CLEARING SPRF BIT. CPU READS SPSCR AGAIN TO CHECK OVRF BIT. 10 CPU READS BYTE 2 SPDR, CLEARING OVRF BIT. 11 BYTE 4 SETS SPRF BIT. 12 CPU READS SPSCR. 13 CPU READS BYTE 4 IN SPDR, CLEARING SPRF BIT. 14 CPU READS SPSCR AGAIN TO CHECK OVRF BIT. Figure 16-11. Clearing SPRF When OVRF Interrupt Is Not Enabled MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 205 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Module 16.7.2 Mode Fault Error Setting the SPMSTR bit selects master mode and configures the SPSCK and MOSI pins as outputs and the MISO pin as an input. Clearing SPMSTR selects slave mode and configures the SPSCK and MOSI pins as inputs and the MISO pin as an output. The mode fault bit, MODF, becomes set any time the state of the slave select pin, SS, is inconsistent with the mode selected by SPMSTR. To prevent SPI pin contention and damage to the MCU, a mode fault error occurs if: • The SS pin of a slave SPI goes high during a transmission • The SS pin of a master SPI goes low at any time For the MODF flag to be set, the mode fault error enable bit (MODFEN) must be set. Clearing the MODFEN bit does not clear the MODF flag but does prevent MODF from being set again after MODF is cleared. MODF generates a receiver/error CPU interrupt request if the error interrupt enable bit (ERRIE) is also set. The SPRF, MODF, and OVRF interrupts share the same CPU interrupt vector. (See Figure 16-12.) It is not possible to enable MODF or OVRF individually to generate a receiver/error CPU interrupt request. However, leaving MODFEN low prevents MODF from being set. In a master SPI with the mode fault enable bit (MODFEN) set, the mode fault flag (MODF) is set if SS goes to 0. A mode fault in a master SPI causes the following events to occur: • If ERRIE = 1, the SPI generates an SPI receiver/error CPU interrupt request. • The SPE bit is cleared. • The SPTE bit is set. • The SPI state counter is cleared. • The data direction register of the shared I/O port regains control of port drivers. NOTE To prevent bus contention with another master SPI after a mode fault error, clear all SPI bits of the data direction register of the shared I/O port before enabling the SPI. When configured as a slave (SPMSTR = 0), the MODF flag is set if SS goes high during a transmission. When CPHA = 0, a transmission begins when SS goes low and ends once the incoming SPSCK goes back to its idle level following the shift of the eighth data bit. When CPHA = 1, the transmission begins when the SPSCK leaves its idle level and SS is already low. The transmission continues until the SPSCK returns to its idle level following the shift of the last data bit. See 16.5 Transmission Formats. NOTE Setting the MODF flag does not clear the SPMSTR bit. The SPMSTR bit has no function when SPE = 0. Reading SPMSTR when MODF = 1 shows the difference between a MODF occurring when the SPI is a master and when it is a slave. When CPHA = 0, a MODF occurs if a slave is selected (SS is at 0) and later unselected (SS is at 1) even if no SPSCK is sent to that slave. This happens because SS at 0 indicates the start of the transmission (MISO driven out with the value of MSB) for CPHA = 0. When CPHA = 1, a slave can be selected and then later unselected with no transmission occurring. Therefore, MODF does not occur since a transmission was never begun. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 206 Freescale Semiconductor Interrupts In a slave SPI (MSTR = 0), the MODF bit generates an SPI receiver/error CPU interrupt request if the ERRIE bit is set. The MODF bit does not clear the SPE bit or reset the SPI in any way. Software can abort the SPI transmission by clearing the SPE bit of the slave. NOTE A 1 voltage on the SS pin of a slave SPI puts the MISO pin in a high impedance state. Also, the slave SPI ignores all incoming SPSCK clocks, even if it was already in the middle of a transmission. To clear the MODF flag, read the SPSCR with the MODF bit set and then write to the SPCR register. This entire clearing mechanism must occur with no MODF condition existing or else the flag is not cleared. 16.8 Interrupts Four SPI status flags can be enabled to generate CPU interrupt requests. See Table 16-2. Table 16-2. SPI Interrupts Flag SPTE Transmitter empty SPRF Receiver full OVRF Overflow MODF Mode fault Request SPI transmitter CPU interrupt request (SPTIE = 1, SPE = 1) SPI receiver CPU interrupt request (SPRIE = 1) SPI receiver/error interrupt request (ERRIE = 1) SPI receiver/error interrupt request (ERRIE = 1) Reading the SPI status and control register with SPRF set and then reading the receive data register clears SPRF. The clearing mechanism for the SPTE flag is always just a write to the transmit data register. The SPI transmitter interrupt enable bit (SPTIE) enables the SPTE flag to generate transmitter CPU interrupt requests, provided that the SPI is enabled (SPE = 1). The SPI receiver interrupt enable bit (SPRIE) enables the SPRF bit to generate receiver CPU interrupt requests, regardless of the state of the SPE bit. See Figure 16-12. The error interrupt enable bit (ERRIE) enables both the MODF and OVRF bits to generate a receiver/error CPU interrupt request. The mode fault enable bit (MODFEN) can prevent the MODF flag from being set so that only the OVRF bit is enabled by the ERRIE bit to generate receiver/error CPU interrupt requests. The following sources in the SPI status and control register can generate CPU interrupt requests: • SPI receiver full bit (SPRF) — The SPRF bit becomes set every time a byte transfers from the shift register to the receive data register. If the SPI receiver interrupt enable bit, SPRIE, is also set, SPRF generates an SPI receiver/error CPU interrupt request. • SPI transmitter empty (SPTE) — The SPTE bit becomes set every time a byte transfers from the transmit data register to the shift register. If the SPI transmit interrupt enable bit, SPTIE, is also set, SPTE generates an SPTE CPU interrupt request. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 207 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Module NOT AVAILABLE SPTE SPTIE SPE SPI TRANSMITTER CPU INTERRUPT REQUEST NOT AVAILABLE SPRIE SPRF SPI RECEIVER/ERROR ERRIE MODF OVRF CPU INTERRUPT REQUEST Figure 16-12. SPI Interrupt Request Generation 16.9 Resetting the SPI Any system reset completely resets the SPI. Partial resets occur whenever the SPI enable bit (SPE) is low. Whenever SPE is low, the following occurs: • The SPTE flag is set. • Any transmission currently in progress is aborted. • The shift register is cleared. • The SPI state counter is cleared, making it ready for a new complete transmission. • All the SPI port logic is defaulted back to being general-purpose I/O. These items are reset only by a system reset: • All control bits in the SPCR register • All control bits in the SPSCR register (MODFEN, ERRIE, SPR1, and SPR0) • The status flags SPRF, OVRF, and MODF By not resetting the control bits when SPE is low, the user can clear SPE between transmissions without having to set all control bits again when SPE is set back high for the next transmission. By not resetting the SPRF, OVRF, and MODF flags, the user can still service these interrupts after the SPI has been disabled. The user can disable the SPI by writing 0 to the SPE bit. The SPI can also be disabled by a mode fault occurring in an SPI that was configured as a master with the MODFEN bit set. 16.10 Low-Power Modes The WAIT and STOP instructions put the MCU in low power-consumption standby modes. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 208 Freescale Semiconductor SPI During Break Interrupts 16.10.1 Wait Mode The SPI module remains active after the execution of a WAIT instruction. In wait mode the SPI module registers are not accessible by the CPU. Any enabled CPU interrupt request from the SPI module can bring the MCU out of wait mode. If SPI module functions are not required during wait mode, reduce power consumption by disabling the SPI module before executing the WAIT instruction. To exit wait mode when an overflow condition occurs, enable the OVRF bit to generate CPU interrupt requests by setting the error interrupt enable bit (ERRIE). See 16.8 Interrupts. 16.10.2 Stop Mode The SPI module is inactive after the execution of a STOP instruction. The STOP instruction does not affect register conditions. SPI operation resumes after an external interrupt. If stop mode is exited by reset, any transfer in progress is aborted, and the SPI is reset. 16.11 SPI During Break Interrupts The system integration module (SIM) controls whether status bits in other modules can be cleared during the break state. The BCFE bit in the SIM break flag control register (SBFCR) enables software to clear status bits during the break state. See Chapter 15 System Integration Module (SIM). To allow software to clear status bits during a break interrupt, write a 1 to the BCFE bit. If a status bit is cleared during the break state, it remains cleared when the MCU exits the break state. To protect status bits during the break state, write a 0 to the BCFE bit. With BCFE at 0 (its default state), software can read and write I/O registers during the break state without affecting status bits. Some status bits have a 2-step read/write clearing procedure. If software does the first step on such a bit before the break, the bit cannot change during the break state as long as BCFE is at logic 0. After the break, doing the second step clears the status bit. Since the SPTE bit cannot be cleared during a break with the BCFE bit cleared, a write to the transmit data register in break mode does not initiate a transmission nor is this data transferred into the shift register. Therefore, a write to the SPDR in break mode with the BCFE bit cleared has no effect. 16.12 I/O Signals The SPI module has five I/O pins and shares four of them with a parallel I/O port. They are: • MISO — Data received • MOSI — Data transmitted • SPSCK — Serial clock • SS — Slave select • CGND — Clock ground (internally connected to VSS) The SPI has limited inter-integrated circuit (I2C) capability (requiring software support) as a master in a single-master environment. To communicate with I2C peripherals, MOSI becomes an open-drain output when the SPWOM bit in the SPI control register is set. In I2C communication, the MOSI and MISO pins are connected to a bidirectional pin from the I2C peripheral and through a pullup resistor to VDD. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 209 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Module 16.12.1 MISO (Master In/Slave Out) MISO is one of the two SPI module pins that transmits serial data. In full duplex operation, the MISO pin of the master SPI module is connected to the MISO pin of the slave SPI module. The master SPI simultaneously receives data on its MISO pin and transmits data from its MOSI pin. Slave output data on the MISO pin is enabled only when the SPI is configured as a slave. The SPI is configured as a slave when its SPMSTR bit is 0 and its SS pin is at 0. To support a multiple-slave system, a 1 on the SS pin puts the MISO pin in a high-impedance state. When enabled, the SPI controls data direction of the MISO pin regardless of the state of the data direction register of the shared I/O port. 16.12.2 MOSI (Master Out/Slave In) MOSI is one of the two SPI module pins that transmits serial data. In full-duplex operation, the MOSI pin of the master SPI module is connected to the MOSI pin of the slave SPI module. The master SPI simultaneously transmits data from its MOSI pin and receives data on its MISO pin. When enabled, the SPI controls data direction of the MOSI pin regardless of the state of the data direction register of the shared I/O port. 16.12.3 SPSCK (Serial Clock) The serial clock synchronizes data transmission between master and slave devices. In a master MCU, the SPSCK pin is the clock output. In a slave MCU, the SPSCK pin is the clock input. In full-duplex operation, the master and slave MCUs exchange a byte of data in eight serial clock cycles. When enabled, the SPI controls data direction of the SPSCK pin regardless of the state of the data direction register of the shared I/O port. 16.12.4 SS (Slave Select) The SS pin has various functions depending on the current state of the SPI. For an SPI configured as a slave, the SS is used to select a slave. For CPHA = 0, the SS is used to define the start of a transmission. (See 16.5 Transmission Formats.) Since it is used to indicate the start of a transmission, the SS must be toggled high and low between each byte transmitted for the CPHA = 0 format. However, it can remain low between transmissions for the CPHA = 1 format. See Figure 16-13. MISO/MOSI MASTER SS SLAVE SS CPHA = 0 SLAVE SS CPHA = 1 BYTE 1 BYTE 2 BYTE 3 Figure 16-13. CPHA/SS Timing When an SPI is configured as a slave, the SS pin is always configured as an input. It cannot be used as a general-purpose I/O regardless of the state of the MODFEN control bit. However, the MODFEN bit can still prevent the state of the SS from creating a MODF error. See 16.13.2 SPI Status and Control Register. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 210 Freescale Semiconductor I/O Registers NOTE A 1 voltage on the SS pin of a slave SPI puts the MISO pin in a high-impedance state. The slave SPI ignores all incoming SPSCK clocks, even if it was already in the middle of a transmission. When an SPI is configured as a master, the SS input can be used in conjunction with the MODF flag to prevent multiple masters from driving MOSI and SPSCK. (See 16.7.2 Mode Fault Error.) For the state of the SS pin to set the MODF flag, the MODFEN bit in the SPSCK register must be set. If the MODFEN bit is low for an SPI master, the SS pin can be used as a general-purpose I/O under the control of the data direction register of the shared I/O port. With MODFEN high, it is an input-only pin to the SPI regardless of the state of the data direction register of the shared I/O port. The CPU can always read the state of the SS pin by configuring the appropriate pin as an input and reading the port data register. See Table 16-3. Table 16-3. SPI Configuration SPE 0 1 1 1 SPMSTR X(1)) 0 1 1 MODFEN X X 0 1 SPI Configuration Not enabled Slave Master without MODF Master with MODF State of SS Logic General-purpose I/O; SS ignored by SPI Input-only to SPI General-purpose I/O; SS ignored by SPI Input-only to SPI 1. X = Don’t care 16.12.5 CGND (Clock Ground) CGND is the ground return for the serial clock pin, SPSCK, and the ground for the port output buffers. It is internally connected to VSS as shown in Table 16-1. 16.13 I/O Registers Three registers control and monitor SPI operation: • SPI control register (SPCR) • SPI status and control register (SPSCR) • SPI data register (SPDR) 16.13.1 SPI Control Register The SPI control register: • Enables SPI module interrupt requests • Configures the SPI module as master or slave • Selects serial clock polarity and phase • Configures the SPSCK, MOSI, and MISO pins as open-drain outputs • Enables the SPI module MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 211 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Module Address: $0010 Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: SPRIE 0 R 6 R 0 = Reserved 5 SPMSTR 1 4 CPOL 0 3 CPHA 1 2 SPWOM 0 = Unimplemented 1 SPE 0 Bit 0 SPTIE 0 Figure 16-14. SPI Control Register (SPCR) SPRIE — SPI Receiver Interrupt Enable Bit This read/write bit enables CPU interrupt requests generated by the SPRF bit. The SPRF bit is set when a byte transfers from the shift register to the receive data register. Reset clears the SPRIE bit. 1 = SPRF CPU interrupt requests enabled 0 = SPRF CPU interrupt requests disabled SPMSTR — SPI Master Bit This read/write bit selects master mode operation or slave mode operation. Reset sets the SPMSTR bit. 1 = Master mode 0 = Slave mode CPOL — Clock Polarity Bit This read/write bit determines the logic state of the SPSCK pin between transmissions. (See Figure 16-5 and Figure 16-7.) To transmit data between SPI modules, the SPI modules must have identical CPOL values. Reset clears the CPOL bit. CPHA — Clock Phase Bit This read/write bit controls the timing relationship between the serial clock and SPI data. (See Figure 16-5 and Figure 16-7.) To transmit data between SPI modules, the SPI modules must have identical CPHA values. When CPHA = 0, the SS pin of the slave SPI module must be set to 1 between bytes. (See Figure 16-13.) Reset sets the CPHA bit. SPWOM — SPI Wired-OR Mode Bit This read/write bit disables the pullup devices on pins SPSCK, MOSI, and MISO so that those pins become open-drain outputs. 1 = Wired-OR SPSCK, MOSI, and MISO pins 0 = Normal push-pull SPSCK, MOSI, and MISO pins SPE — SPI Enable This read/write bit enables the SPI module. Clearing SPE causes a partial reset of the SPI. (See 16.9 Resetting the SPI.) Reset clears the SPE bit. 1 = SPI module enabled 0 = SPI module disabled SPTIE— SPI Transmit Interrupt Enable This read/write bit enables CPU interrupt requests generated by the SPTE bit. SPTE is set when a byte transfers from the transmit data register to the shift register. Reset clears the SPTIE bit. 1 = SPTE CPU interrupt requests enabled 0 = SPTE CPU interrupt requests disabled MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 212 Freescale Semiconductor I/O Registers 16.13.2 SPI Status and Control Register The SPI status and control register contains flags to signal these conditions: • Receive data register full • Failure to clear SPRF bit before next byte is received (overflow error) • Inconsistent logic level on SS pin (mode fault error) • Transmit data register empty The SPI status and control register also contains bits that perform these functions: • Enable error interrupts • Enable mode fault error detection • Select master SPI baud rate Address: $0011 Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: 0 SPRF 6 ERRIE 0 5 OVRF 0 4 MODF 0 3 SPTE 1 2 MODFEN 0 1 SPR1 0 Bit 0 SPR0 0 = Unimplemented Figure 16-15. SPI Status and Control Register (SPSCR) SPRF — SPI Receiver Full Bit This clearable, read-only flag is set each time a byte transfers from the shift register to the receive data register. SPRF generates a CPU interrupt request if the SPRIE bit in the SPI control register is set also. During an SPRF CPU interrupt, the CPU clears SPRF by reading the SPI status and control register with SPRF set and then reading the SPI data register. Reset clears the SPRF bit. 1 = Receive data register full 0 = Receive data register not full ERRIE — Error Interrupt Enable Bit This read/write bit enables the MODF and OVRF bits to generate CPU interrupt requests. Reset clears the ERRIE bit. 1 = MODF and OVRF can generate CPU interrupt requests 0 = MODF and OVRF cannot generate CPU interrupt requests OVRF — Overflow Bit This clearable, read-only flag is set if software does not read the byte in the receive data register before the next full byte enters the shift register. In an overflow condition, the byte already in the receive data register is unaffected, and the byte that shifted in last is lost. Clear the OVRF bit by reading the SPI status and control register with OVRF set and then reading the receive data register. Reset clears the OVRF bit. 1 = Overflow 0 = No overflow MODF — Mode Fault Bit This clearable, read-only flag is set in a slave SPI if the SS pin goes high during a transmission with the MODFEN bit set. In a master SPI, the MODF flag is set if the SS pin goes low at any time with the MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 213 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Module MODFEN bit set. Clear the MODF bit by reading the SPI status and control register (SPSCR) with MODF set and then writing to the SPI control register (SPCR). Reset clears the MODF bit. 1 = SS pin at inappropriate logic level 0 = SS pin at appropriate logic level SPTE — SPI Transmitter Empty Bit This clearable, read-only flag is set each time the transmit data register transfers a byte into the shift register. SPTE generates an SPTE CPU interrupt request or an SPTE DMA service request if the SPTIE bit in the SPI control register is set also. NOTE Do not write to the SPI data register unless the SPTE bit is high. During an SPTE CPU interrupt, the CPU clears the SPTE bit by writing to the transmit data register. Reset sets the SPTE bit. 1 = Transmit data register empty 0 = Transmit data register not empty MODFEN — Mode Fault Enable Bit This read/write bit, when set to 1, allows the MODF flag to be set. If the MODF flag is set, clearing the MODFEN does not clear the MODF flag. If the SPI is enabled as a master and the MODFEN bit is low, then the SS pin is available as a general-purpose I/O. If the MODFEN bit is set, then this pin is not available as a general-purpose I/O. When the SPI is enabled as a slave, the SS pin is not available as a general-purpose I/O regardless of the value of MODFEN. See 16.12.4 SS (Slave Select). If the MODFEN bit is low, the level of the SS pin does not affect the operation of an enabled SPI configured as a master. For an enabled SPI configured as a slave, having MODFEN low only prevents the MODF flag from being set. It does not affect any other part of SPI operation. See 16.7.2 Mode Fault Error. SPR1 and SPR0 — SPI Baud Rate Select Bits In master mode, these read/write bits select one of four baud rates as shown in Table 16-4. SPR1 and SPR0 have no effect in slave mode. Reset clears SPR1 and SPR0. Table 16-4. SPI Master Baud Rate Selection SPR1 and SPR0 00 01 10 11 Baud Rate Divisor (BD) 2 8 32 128 Use this formula to calculate the SPI baud rate: CGMOUT Baud rate = ------------------------2 × BD where: CGMOUT = base clock output of the clock generator module (CGM) BD = baud rate divisor MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 214 Freescale Semiconductor I/O Registers 16.13.3 SPI Data Register The SPI data register consists of the read-only receive data register and the write-only transmit data register. Writing to the SPI data register writes data into the transmit data register. Reading the SPI data register reads data from the receive data register. The transmit data and receive data registers are separate registers that can contain different values. See Figure 16-3. Address: $0012 Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: R7 T7 6 R6 T6 5 R5 T5 4 R4 T4 3 R3 T3 2 R2 T2 1 R1 T1 Bit 0 R0 T0 Unaffected by reset Figure 16-16. SPI Data Register (SPDR) R7–R0/T7–T0 — Receive/Transmit Data Bits NOTE Do not use read-modify-write instructions on the SPI data register since the register read is not the same as the register written. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 215 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Module MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 216 Freescale Semiconductor Chapter 17 Timebase Module (TBM) 17.1 Introduction This section describes the timebase module (TBM). The TBM will generate periodic interrupts at user selectable rates using a counter clocked by the external clock source. This TBM version uses 15 divider stages, eight of which are user selectable. A configuration option bit to select an additional 128 divide of the external clock source can be selected. See Chapter 5 Configuration Register (CONFIG) 17.2 Features Features of the TBM module include: • External clock or an additional divide-by-128 selected by configuration option bit as clock source • Software configurable periodic interrupts with divide-by: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 2048, 8192, and 32768 taps of the selected clock source • Configurable for operation during stop mode to allow periodic wakeup from stop 17.3 Functional Description This module can generate a periodic interrupt by dividing the clock source supplied from the clock generator module, CGMXCLK. The counter is initialized to all 0s when TBON bit is cleared. The counter, shown in Figure 17-1, starts counting when the TBON bit is set. When the counter overflows at the tap selected by TBR2–TBR0, the TBIF bit gets set. If the TBIE bit is set, an interrupt request is sent to the CPU. The TBIF flag is cleared by writing a 1 to the TACK bit. The first time the TBIF flag is set after enabling the timebase module, the interrupt is generated at approximately half of the overflow period. Subsequent events occur at the exact period. The timebase module may remain active after execution of the STOP instruction if the crystal oscillator has been enabled to operate during stop mode through the OSCENINSTOP bit in the configuration register. The timebase module can be used in this mode to generate a periodic wakeup from stop mode. 17.4 Interrupts The timebase module can periodically interrupt the CPU with a rate defined by the selected TBMCLK and the select bits TBR2–TBR0. When the timebase counter chain rolls over, the TBIF flag is set. If the TBIE bit is set, enabling the timebase interrupt, the counter chain overflow will generate a CPU interrupt request. NOTE Interrupts must be acknowledged by writing a 1 to the TACK bit. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 217 Timebase Module (TBM) TMBCLKSEL FROM CONFIG2 CGMXCLK FROM CGM MODULE DIVIDE BY 128 PRESCALER 0 1 TBMCLK TBON ÷2 ÷2 ÷2 ÷2 ÷2 ÷2 ÷2 TBMINT ÷2 ÷2 ÷2 ÷2 ÷2 ÷2 ÷2 ÷2 TACK TBR2 TBR1 TBR0 TBIF 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 SEL R TBIE Figure 17-1. Timebase Block Diagram 17.5 TBM Interrupt Rate The interrupt rate is determined by the equation: t TBMRATE Divider 1 = ------------------------------- = --------------------------f f TBMCLK TBMRATE where: fTBMCLK = Frequency supplied from the clock generator (CGM) module Divider = Divider value as determined by TBR2–TBR0 settings, see Table 17-1 MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 218 Freescale Semiconductor Low-Power Modes Table 17-1. Timebase Divider Selection Divider Tap TBR2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 TBR1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 TBR0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 32,768 8192 2048 128 64 32 16 8 TMBCLKSEL 1 4,194,304 1,048,576 262144 16,384 8192 4096 2048 1024 As an example, a clock source of 4.9152 MHz, with the TMBCLKSEL set for divide-by-128 and the TBR2–TBR0 set to {011}, the divider tap is1 and the interrupt rate calculates to: 1/(4.9152 x 106/128) = 26 μs NOTE Do not change TBR2–TBR0 bits while the timebase is enabled (TBON = 1). 17.6 Low-Power Modes The WAIT and STOP instructions put the MCU in low power-consumption standby modes. 17.6.1 Wait Mode The timebase module remains active after execution of the WAIT instruction. In wait mode the timebase register is not accessible by the CPU. If the timebase functions are not required during wait mode, reduce the power consumption by stopping the timebase before executing the WAIT instruction. 17.6.2 Stop Mode The timebase module may remain active after execution of the STOP instruction if the internal clock generator has been enabled to operate during stop mode through the OSCENINSTOP bit in the configuration register. The timebase module can be used in this mode to generate a periodic wakeup from stop mode. If the internal clock generator has not been enabled to operate in stop mode, the timebase module will not be active during stop mode. In stop mode, the timebase register is not accessible by the CPU. If the timebase functions are not required during stop mode, reduce power consumption by disabling the timebase module before executing the STOP instruction. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 219 Timebase Module (TBM) 17.7 Timebase Control Register The timebase has one register, the timebase control register (TBCR), which is used to enable the timebase interrupts and set the rate. Address: $001C Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: 0 TBIF 6 TBR2 0 5 TBR1 0 4 TBR0 0 3 0 TACK 0 R 2 TBIE 0 = Reserved 1 TBON 0 Bit 0 R 0 = Unimplemented Figure 17-2. Timebase Control Register (TBCR) TBIF — Timebase Interrupt Flag This read-only flag bit is set when the timebase counter has rolled over. 1 = Timebase interrupt pending 0 = Timebase interrupt not pending TBR2–TBR0 — Timebase Divider Selection Bits These read/write bits select the tap in the counter to be used for timebase interrupts as shown in Table 17-1. NOTE Do not change TBR2–TBR0 bits while the timebase is enabled (TBON = 1). TACK— Timebase Acknowledge Bit The TACK bit is a write-only bit and always reads as 0. Writing a 1 to this bit clears TBIF, the timebase interrupt flag bit. Writing a 0 to this bit has no effect. 1 = Clear timebase interrupt flag 0 = No effect TBIE — Timebase Interrupt Enabled Bit This read/write bit enables the timebase interrupt when the TBIF bit becomes set. Reset clears the TBIE bit. 1 = Timebase interrupt is enabled. 0 = Timebase interrupt is disabled. TBON — Timebase Enabled Bit This read/write bit enables the timebase. Timebase may be turned off to reduce power consumption when its function is not necessary. The counter can be initialized by clearing and then setting this bit. Reset clears the TBON bit. 1 = Timebase is enabled. 0 = Timebase is disabled and the counter initialized to 0s. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 220 Freescale Semiconductor Chapter 18 Timer Interface Module (TIM) 18.1 Introduction This section describes the timer interface (TIM) module. The TIM is a two-channel timer that provides a timing reference with input capture, output compare, and pulse-width-modulation functions. Figure 18-1 is a block diagram of the TIM. This particular MCU has two timer interface modules which are denoted as TIM1 and TIM2. INTERNAL BUS CLOCK TSTOP TRST PRESCALER SELECT PRESCALER PS2 PS1 PS0 16-BIT COUNTER 16-BIT COMPARATOR TMODH:TMODL TOF TOIE INTERRUPT LOGIC TOV0 CHANNEL 0 16-BIT COMPARATOR TCH0H:TCH0L 16-BIT LATCH MS0A MS0B TOV1 INTERNAL BUS CHANNEL 1 16-BIT COMPARATOR TCH1H:TCH1L 16-BIT LATCH MS1A CH1IE CH1F INTERRUPT LOGIC ELS1B ELS1A CH1MAX PORT LOGIC T[1,2]CH1 CH0F CH0IE INTERRUPT LOGIC ELS0B ELS0A CH0MAX PORT LOGIC T[1,2]CH0 Figure 18-1. TIM Block Diagram MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 221 Timer Interface Module (TIM) INTERNAL BUS M68HC08 CPU PORTA CPU REGISTERS ARITHMETIC/LOGIC UNIT (ALU) PROGRAMMABLE TIMEBASE MODULE SINGLE BREAKPOINT BREAK MODULE DUAL VOLTAGE LOW-VOLTAGE INHIBIT MODULE 8-BIT KEYBOARD INTERRUPT MODULE 2-CHANNEL TIMER INTERFACE MODULE 1 2-CHANNEL TIMER INTERFACE MODULE 2 ENHANCED SERIAL COMUNICATIONS INTERFACE MODULE PORTD DDRD COMPUTER OPERATING PROPERLY MODULE RST(3) IRQ(3) VDDAD/VREFH VSSAD/VREFL SYSTEM INTEGRATION MODULE SINGLE EXTERNAL INTERRUPT MODULE 10-BIT ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERTER MODULE POWER-ON RESET MODULE VDD VSS VDDA VSSA MEMORY MAP MODULE CONFIGURATION REGISTER 1–2 MODULE SECURITY MODULE SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE MODULE PORTE MONITOR MODULE PORTB DDRB PTA7/KBD7– PTA0/KBD0(1) PTB7/AD7 PTB6/AD6 PTB5/AD5 PTB4/AD4 PTB3/AD3 PTB2/AD2 PTB1/AD1 PTB0/AD0 PTC6(1) PTC5(1) PTC4(1), (2) PTC3(1), (2) PTC2(1), (2) PTC1(1), (2) PTC0(1), (2) PTD7/T2CH1(1) PTD6/T2CH0(1) PTD5/T1CH1(1) PTD4/T1CH0(1) PTD3/SPSCK(1) PTD2/MOSI(1) PTD1/MISO(1) PTD0/SS(1) PTE5–PTE2 PTE1/RxD PTE0/TxD DDRA DDRE DDRC CONTROL AND STATUS REGISTERS — 64 BYTES USER FLASH — 15,872 BYTES USER RAM — 1024 BYTES MONITOR ROM — 350 BYTES FLASH PROGRAMMING ROUTINES ROM — 406 BYTES USER FLASH VECTOR SPACE — 36 BYTES CLOCK GENERATOR MODULE OSC1 OSC2 CGMXFC 32–100 kHz OSCILLATOR PHASE LOCKED LOOP POWER MONITOR MODE ENTRY MODULE 1. Ports are software configurable with pullup device if input port. 2. Higher current drive port pins 3. Pin contains integrated pullup device Figure 18-2. Block Diagram Highlighting TIM Blocks and Pins MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 222 Freescale Semiconductor PORTC Features 18.2 Features Features of the TIM include: • Two input capture/output compare channels: – Rising-edge, falling-edge, or any-edge input capture trigger – Set, clear, or toggle output compare action • Buffered and unbuffered pulse-width-modulation (PWM) signal generation • Programmable TIM clock input with 7-frequency internal bus clock prescaler selection • Free-running or modulo up-count operation • Toggle any channel pin on overflow • TIM counter stop and reset bits 18.3 Pin Name Conventions The text that follows describes both timers, TIM1 and TIM2. The TIM input/output (I/O) pin names are T[1,2]CH0 (timer channel 0) and T[1,2]CH1 (timer channel 1), where “1” is used to indicate TIM1 and “2” is used to indicate TIM2. The two TIMs share four I/O pins with four port D I/O port pins. The full names of the TIM I/O pins are listed in Table 18-1. The generic pin names appear in the text that follows. Table 18-1. Pin Name Conventions TIM Generic Pin Names: TIM1 Full TIM Pin Names: TIM2 PTD6/T2CH0 PTD7/T2CH1 T[1,2]CH0 PTD4/T1CH0 T[1,2]CH1 PTD5/T1CH1 NOTE References to either timer 1 or timer 2 may be made in the following text by omitting the timer number. For example, TCH0 may refer generically to T1CH0 and T2CH0, and TCH1 may refer to T1CH1 and T2CH1. 18.4 Functional Description Figure 18-1 shows the structure of the TIM. The central component of the TIM is the 16-bit TIM counter that can operate as a free-running counter or a modulo up-counter. The TIM counter provides the timing reference for the input capture and output compare functions. The TIM counter modulo registers, TMODH:TMODL, control the modulo value of the TIM counter. Software can read the TIM counter value at any time without affecting the counting sequence. The two TIM channels (per timer) are programmable independently as input capture or output compare channels. If a channel is configured as input capture, then an internal pullup device may be enabled for that channel. See 12.5.3 Port D Input Pullup Enable Register. Figure 18-3 summarizes the timer registers. NOTE References to either timer 1 or timer 2 may be made in the following text by omitting the timer number. For example, TSC may generically refer to both T1SC and T2SC. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 223 Timer Interface Module (TIM) Addr. $0020 Register Name Timer 1 Status and Control Read: Register (T1SC) Write: See page 231. Reset: Timer 1 Counter Read: Register High (T1CNTH) Write: See page 232. Reset: Timer 1 Counter Read: Register Low (T1CNTL) Write: See page 232. Reset: Bit 7 TOF 0 0 Bit 15 0 Bit 7 0 Bit 15 1 Bit 7 1 CH0F 0 0 Bit 15 6 TOIE 0 14 0 6 0 14 1 6 1 CH0IE 0 14 5 TSTOP 1 13 0 5 0 13 1 5 1 MS0B 0 13 4 0 TRST 0 12 0 4 0 12 1 4 1 MS0A 0 12 0 11 0 3 0 11 1 3 1 ELS0B 0 11 3 0 2 PS2 0 10 0 2 0 10 1 2 1 ELS0A 0 10 1 PS1 0 9 0 1 0 9 1 1 1 TOV0 0 9 Bit 0 PS0 0 Bit 8 0 Bit 0 0 Bit 8 1 Bit 0 1 CH0MAX 0 Bit 8 $0021 $0022 Timer 1 Counter Modulo Reg- Read: $0023 ister High (T1MODH) Write: See page 233. Reset: $0024 Timer 1 Counter Modulo Read: Register Low (T1MODL) Write: See page 233. Reset: Timer 1 Channel 0 Status and Read: Control Register (T1SC0) Write: See page 233. Reset: Timer 1 Channel 0 Read: Register High (T1CH0H) Write: See page 236. Reset: Timer 1 Channel 0 Read: Register Low (T1CH0L) Write: See page 236. Reset: $0025 $0026 Indeterminate after reset Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Bit 0 $0027 Indeterminate after reset CH1F 0 0 Bit 15 CH1IE 0 14 0 0 13 MS1A 0 12 ELS1B 0 11 ELS1A 0 10 TOV1 0 9 CH1MAX 0 Bit 8 Timer 1 Channel 1 Status and Read: $0028 Control Register (T1SC1) Write: See page 234. Reset: $0029 Timer 1 Channel 1 Read: Register High (T1CH1H) Write: See page 236. Reset: Timer 1 Channel 1 Read: Register Low (T1CH1L) Write: See page 236. Reset: Timer 2 Status and Control Read: Register (T2SC) Write: See page 231. Reset: Indeterminate after reset Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Bit 0 $002A Indeterminate after reset TOF 0 0 TOIE 0 = Unimplemented TSTOP 1 0 TRST 0 0 0 PS2 0 PS1 0 PS0 0 $002B Figure 18-3. TIM I/O Register Summary (Sheet 1 of 2) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 224 Freescale Semiconductor Functional Description Addr. $002C Register Name Timer 2 Counter Read: Register High (T2CNTH) Write: See page 232. Reset: Timer 2 Counter Read: Register Low (T2CNTL) Write: See page 232. Reset: Bit 7 Bit 15 0 Bit 7 0 Bit 15 1 Bit 7 1 CH0F 0 0 Bit 15 6 14 0 6 0 14 1 6 1 CH0IE 0 14 5 13 0 5 0 13 1 5 1 MS0B 0 13 4 12 0 4 0 12 1 4 1 MS0A 0 12 3 11 0 3 0 11 1 3 1 ELS0B 0 11 2 10 0 2 0 10 1 2 1 ELS0A 0 10 1 9 0 1 0 9 1 1 1 TOV0 0 9 Bit 0 Bit 8 0 Bit 0 0 Bit 8 1 Bit 0 1 CH0MAX 0 Bit 8 $002D Timer 2 Counter Modulo Reg- Read: $002E ister High (T2MODH) Write: See page 233. Reset: $002F Timer 2 Counter Modulo Read: Register Low (T2MODL) Write: See page 233. Reset: Timer 2 Channel 0 Status and Read: $0030 Control Register (T2SC0) Write: See page 233. Reset: $0031 Timer 2 Channel 0 Read: Register High (T2CH0H) Write: See page 236. Reset: Timer 2 Channel 0 Read: Register Low (T2CH0L) Write: See page 236. Reset: Indeterminate after reset Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Bit 0 $0032 Indeterminate after reset CH1F 0 0 Bit 15 CH1IE 0 14 0 0 13 MS1A 0 12 ELS1B 0 11 ELS1A 0 10 TOV1 0 9 CH1MAX 0 Bit 8 Timer 2 Channel 1 Status and Read: $0033 Control Register (T2SC1) Write: See page 234. Reset: $0034 Timer 2 Channel 1 Read: Register High (T2CH1H) Write: See page 236. Reset: Timer 2 Channel 1 Read: Register Low (T2CH1L) Write: See page 236. Reset: Indeterminate after reset Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Bit 0 $0035 Indeterminate after reset = Unimplemented Figure 18-3. TIM I/O Register Summary (Sheet 2 of 2) 18.4.1 TIM Counter Prescaler The TIM clock source can be one of the seven prescaler outputs. The prescaler generates seven clock rates from the internal bus clock. The prescaler select bits, PS[2:0], in the TIM status and control register select the TIM clock source. 18.4.2 Input Capture With the input capture function, the TIM can capture the time at which an external event occurs. When an active edge occurs on the pin of an input capture channel, the TIM latches the contents of the TIM counter MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 225 Timer Interface Module (TIM) into the TIM channel registers, TCHxH:TCHxL. The polarity of the active edge is programmable. Input captures can generate TIM CPU interrupt requests. 18.4.3 Output Compare With the output compare function, the TIM can generate a periodic pulse with a programmable polarity, duration, and frequency. When the counter reaches the value in the registers of an output compare channel, the TIM can set, clear, or toggle the channel pin. Output compares can generate TIM CPU interrupt requests. 18.4.3.1 Unbuffered Output Compare Any output compare channel can generate unbuffered output compare pulses as described in 18.4.3 Output Compare. The pulses are unbuffered because changing the output compare value requires writing the new value over the old value currently in the TIM channel registers. An unsynchronized write to the TIM channel registers to change an output compare value could cause incorrect operation for up to two counter overflow periods. For example, writing a new value before the counter reaches the old value but after the counter reaches the new value prevents any compare during that counter overflow period. Also, using a TIM overflow interrupt routine to write a new, smaller output compare value may cause the compare to be missed. The TIM may pass the new value before it is written. Use the following methods to synchronize unbuffered changes in the output compare value on channel x: • When changing to a smaller value, enable channel x output compare interrupts and write the new value in the output compare interrupt routine. The output compare interrupt occurs at the end of the current output compare pulse. The interrupt routine has until the end of the counter overflow period to write the new value. • When changing to a larger output compare value, enable TIM overflow interrupts and write the new value in the TIM overflow interrupt routine. The TIM overflow interrupt occurs at the end of the current counter overflow period. Writing a larger value in an output compare interrupt routine (at the end of the current pulse) could cause two output compares to occur in the same counter overflow period. 18.4.3.2 Buffered Output Compare Channels 0 and 1 can be linked to form a buffered output compare channel whose output appears on the TCH0 pin. The TIM channel registers of the linked pair alternately control the output. Setting the MS0B bit in TIM channel 0 status and control register (TSC0) links channel 0 and channel 1. The output compare value in the TIM channel 0 registers initially controls the output on the TCH0 pin. Writing to the TIM channel 1 registers enables the TIM channel 1 registers to synchronously control the output after the TIM overflows. At each subsequent overflow, the TIM channel registers (0 or 1) that control the output are the ones written to last. TSC0 controls and monitors the buffered output compare function, and TIM channel 1 status and control register (TSC1) is unused. While the MS0B bit is set, the channel 1 pin, TCH1, is available as a general-purpose I/O pin. NOTE In buffered output compare operation, do not write new output compare values to the currently active channel registers. User software should track the currently active channel to prevent writing a new value to the active channel. Writing to the active channel registers is the same as generating unbuffered output compares. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 226 Freescale Semiconductor Functional Description 18.4.4 Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) By using the toggle-on-overflow feature with an output compare channel, the TIM can generate a PWM signal. The value in the TIM counter modulo registers determines the period of the PWM signal. The channel pin toggles when the counter reaches the value in the TIM counter modulo registers. The time between overflows is the period of the PWM signal. As Figure 18-4 shows, the output compare value in the TIM channel registers determines the pulse width of the PWM signal. The time between overflow and output compare is the pulse width. Program the TIM to clear the channel pin on output compare if the state of the PWM pulse is 1. Program the TIM to set the pin if the state of the PWM pulse is 0. The value in the TIM counter modulo registers and the selected prescaler output determines the frequency of the PWM output. The frequency of an 8-bit PWM signal is variable in 256 increments. Writing $00FF (255) to the TIM counter modulo registers produces a PWM period of 256 times the internal bus clock period if the prescaler select value is $000. See 18.9.1 TIM Status and Control Register. OVERFLOW OVERFLOW OVERFLOW PERIOD PULSE WIDTH TCHx OUTPUT COMPARE OUTPUT COMPARE OUTPUT COMPARE Figure 18-4. PWM Period and Pulse Width The value in the TIM channel registers determines the pulse width of the PWM output. The pulse width of an 8-bit PWM signal is variable in 256 increments. Writing $0080 (128) to the TIM channel registers produces a duty cycle of 128/256 or 50%. 18.4.4.1 Unbuffered PWM Signal Generation Any output compare channel can generate unbuffered PWM pulses as described in 18.4.4 Pulse Width Modulation (PWM). The pulses are unbuffered because changing the pulse width requires writing the new pulse width value over the old value currently in the TIM channel registers. An unsynchronized write to the TIM channel registers to change a pulse width value could cause incorrect operation for up to two PWM periods. For example, writing a new value before the counter reaches the old value but after the counter reaches the new value prevents any compare during that PWM period. Also, using a TIM overflow interrupt routine to write a new, smaller pulse width value may cause the compare to be missed. The TIM may pass the new value before it is written. Use the following methods to synchronize unbuffered changes in the PWM pulse width on channel x: • When changing to a shorter pulse width, enable channel x output compare interrupts and write the new value in the output compare interrupt routine. The output compare interrupt occurs at the end of the current pulse. The interrupt routine has until the end of the PWM period to write the new value. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 227 Timer Interface Module (TIM) • When changing to a longer pulse width, enable TIM overflow interrupts and write the new value in the TIM overflow interrupt routine. The TIM overflow interrupt occurs at the end of the current PWM period. Writing a larger value in an output compare interrupt routine (at the end of the current pulse) could cause two output compares to occur in the same PWM period. NOTE In PWM signal generation, do not program the PWM channel to toggle on output compare. Toggling on output compare prevents reliable 0% duty cycle generation and removes the ability of the channel to self-correct in the event of software error or noise. Toggling on output compare also can cause incorrect PWM signal generation when changing the PWM pulse width to a new, much larger value. 18.4.4.2 Buffered PWM Signal Generation Channels 0 and 1 can be linked to form a buffered PWM channel whose output appears on the TCH0 pin. The TIM channel registers of the linked pair alternately control the pulse width of the output. Setting the MS0B bit in TIM channel 0 status and control register (TSC0) links channel 0 and channel 1. The TIM channel 0 registers initially control the pulse width on the TCH0 pin. Writing to the TIM channel 1 registers enables the TIM channel 1 registers to synchronously control the pulse width at the beginning of the next PWM period. At each subsequent overflow, the TIM channel registers (0 or 1) that control the pulse width are the ones written to last. TSC0 controls and monitors the buffered PWM function, and TIM channel 1 status and control register (TSC1) is unused. While the MS0B bit is set, the channel 1 pin, TCH1, is available as a general-purpose I/O pin. NOTE In buffered PWM signal generation, do not write new pulse width values to the currently active channel registers. User software should track the currently active channel to prevent writing a new value to the active channel. Writing to the active channel registers is the same as generating unbuffered PWM signals. 18.4.4.3 PWM Initialization To ensure correct operation when generating unbuffered or buffered PWM signals, use the following initialization procedure: 1. In the TIM status and control register (TSC): a. Stop the TIM counter by setting the TIM stop bit, TSTOP. b. Reset the TIM counter and prescaler by setting the TIM reset bit, TRST. 2. In the TIM counter modulo registers (TMODH:TMODL), write the value for the required PWM period. 3. In the TIM channel x registers (TCHxH:TCHxL), write the value for the required pulse width. 4. In TIM channel x status and control register (TSCx): a. Write 0:1 (for unbuffered output compare or PWM signals) or 1:0 (for buffered output compare or PWM signals) to the mode select bits, MSxB:MSxA. See Table 18-3. b. Write 1 to the toggle-on-overflow bit, TOVx. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 228 Freescale Semiconductor Interrupts c. Write 1:0 (to clear output on compare) or 1:1 (to set output on compare) to the edge/level select bits, ELSxB:ELSxA. The output action on compare must force the output to the complement of the pulse width level. See Table 18-3. NOTE In PWM signal generation, do not program the PWM channel to toggle on output compare. Toggling on output compare prevents reliable 0% duty cycle generation and removes the ability of the channel to self-correct in the event of software error or noise. Toggling on output compare can also cause incorrect PWM signal generation when changing the PWM pulse width to a new, much larger value. 5. In the TIM status control register (TSC), clear the TIM stop bit, TSTOP. Setting MS0B links channels 0 and 1 and configures them for buffered PWM operation. The TIM channel 0 registers (TCH0H:TCH0L) initially control the buffered PWM output. TIM status control register 0 (TSCR0) controls and monitors the PWM signal from the linked channels. Clearing the toggle-on-overflow bit, TOVx, inhibits output toggles on TIM overflows. Subsequent output compares try to force the output to a state it is already in and have no effect. The result is a 0% duty cycle output. Setting the channel x maximum duty cycle bit (CHxMAX) and setting the TOVx bit generates a 100% duty cycle output. See 18.9.4 TIM Channel Status and Control Registers. 18.5 Interrupts The following TIM sources can generate interrupt requests: • TIM overflow flag (TOF) — The TOF bit is set when the TIM counter reaches the modulo value programmed in the TIM counter modulo registers. The TIM overflow interrupt enable bit, TOIE, enables TIM overflow CPU interrupt requests. TOF and TOIE are in the TIM status and control register. • TIM channel flags (CH1F:CH0F) — The CHxF bit is set when an input capture or output compare occurs on channel x. Channel x TIM CPU interrupt requests are controlled by the channel x interrupt enable bit, CHxIE. Channel x TIM CPU interrupt requests are enabled when CHxIE = 1. CHxF and CHxIE are in the TIM channel x status and control register. 18.6 Low-Power Modes The WAIT and STOP instructions put the MCU in low power-consumption standby modes. 18.6.1 Wait Mode The TIM remains active after the execution of a WAIT instruction. In wait mode, the TIM registers are not accessible by the CPU. Any enabled CPU interrupt request from the TIM can bring the MCU out of wait mode. If TIM functions are not required during wait mode, reduce power consumption by stopping the TIM before executing the WAIT instruction. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 229 Timer Interface Module (TIM) 18.6.2 Stop Mode The TIM is inactive after the execution of a STOP instruction. The STOP instruction does not affect register conditions or the state of the TIM counter. TIM operation resumes when the MCU exits stop mode after an external interrupt. 18.7 TIM During Break Interrupts A break interrupt stops the TIM counter. The system integration module (SIM) controls whether status bits in other modules can be cleared during the break state. The BCFE bit in the SIM break flag control register (SBFCR) enables software to clear status bits during the break state. See 15.7.3 Break Flag Control Register. To allow software to clear status bits during a break interrupt, write a 1 to the BCFE bit. If a status bit is cleared during the break state, it remains cleared when the MCU exits the break state. To protect status bits during the break state, write a 0 to the BCFE bit. With BCFE at 0 (its default state), software can read and write I/O registers during the break state without affecting status bits. Some status bits have a 2-step read/write clearing procedure. If software does the first step on such a bit before the break, the bit cannot change during the break state as long as BCFE is at 0. After the break, doing the second step clears the status bit. 18.8 I/O Signals Port D shares four of its pins with the TIM. The four TIM channel I/O pins are T1CH0, T1CH1, T2CH0, and T2CH1 as described in 18.3 Pin Name Conventions. Each channel I/O pin is programmable independently as an input capture pin or an output compare pin. T1CH0 and T2CH0 can be configured as buffered output compare or buffered PWM pins. 18.9 I/O Registers NOTE References to either timer 1 or timer 2 may be made in the following text by omitting the timer number. For example, TSC may generically refer to both T1SC AND T2SC. These I/O registers control and monitor operation of the TIM: • TIM status and control register (TSC) • TIM counter registers (TCNTH:TCNTL) • TIM counter modulo registers (TMODH:TMODL) • TIM channel status and control registers (TSC0 and TSC1) • TIM channel registers (TCH0H:TCH0L, TCH1H:TCH1L) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 230 Freescale Semiconductor I/O Registers 18.9.1 TIM Status and Control Register The TIM status and control register (TSC): • Enables TIM overflow interrupts • Flags TIM overflows • Stops the TIM counter • Resets the TIM counter • Prescales the TIM counter clock Address: T1SC, $0020 and T2SC, $002B Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: TOF 0 0 6 TOIE 0 = Unimplemented 5 TSTOP 1 4 0 TRST 0 0 3 0 2 PS2 0 1 PS1 0 Bit 0 PS0 0 Figure 18-5. TIM Status and Control Register (TSC) TOF — TIM Overflow Flag Bit This read/write flag is set when the TIM counter reaches the modulo value programmed in the TIM counter modulo registers. Clear TOF by reading the TIM status and control register when TOF is set and then writing a 0 to TOF. If another TIM overflow occurs before the clearing sequence is complete, then writing 0 to TOF has no effect. Therefore, a TOF interrupt request cannot be lost due to inadvertent clearing of TOF. Reset clears the TOF bit. Writing a logic 1 to TOF has no effect. 1 = TIM counter has reached modulo value 0 = TIM counter has not reached modulo value TOIE — TIM Overflow Interrupt Enable Bit This read/write bit enables TIM overflow interrupts when the TOF bit becomes set. Reset clears the TOIE bit. 1 = TIM overflow interrupts enabled 0 = TIM overflow interrupts disabled TSTOP — TIM Stop Bit This read/write bit stops the TIM counter. Counting resumes when TSTOP is cleared. Reset sets the TSTOP bit, stopping the TIM counter until software clears the TSTOP bit. 1 = TIM counter stopped 0 = TIM counter active NOTE Do not set the TSTOP bit before entering wait mode if the TIM is required to exit wait mode. TRST — TIM Reset Bit Setting this write-only bit resets the TIM counter and the TIM prescaler. Setting TRST has no effect on any other registers. Counting resumes from $0000. TRST is cleared automatically after the TIM counter is reset and always reads as 0. Reset clears the TRST bit. 1 = Prescaler and TIM counter cleared 0 = No effect MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 231 Timer Interface Module (TIM) NOTE Setting the TSTOP and TRST bits simultaneously stops the TIM counter at a value of $0000. PS[2:0] — Prescaler Select Bits These read/write bits select one of the seven prescaler outputs as the input to the TIM counter as Table 18-2 shows. Reset clears the PS[2:0] bits. Table 18-2. Prescaler Selection PS2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 PS1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 PS0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 TIM Clock Source Internal bus clock ÷ 1 Internal bus clock ÷ 2 Internal bus clock ÷ 4 Internal bus clock ÷ 8 Internal bus clock ÷ 16 Internal bus clock ÷ 32 Internal bus clock ÷ 64 Not available 18.9.2 TIM Counter Registers The two read-only TIM counter registers contain the high and low bytes of the value in the TIM counter. Reading the high byte (TCNTH) latches the contents of the low byte (TCNTL) into a buffer. Subsequent reads of TCNTH do not affect the latched TCNTL value until TCNTL is read. Reset clears the TIM counter registers. Setting the TIM reset bit (TRST) also clears the TIM counter registers. NOTE If you read TCNTH during a break interrupt, be sure to unlatch TCNTL by reading TCNTL before exiting the break interrupt. Otherwise, TCNTL retains the value latched during the break. Address: T1CNTH, $0021 and T2CNTH, $002C Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: 0 0 = Unimplemented 0 0 0 0 0 0 Bit 15 6 14 5 13 4 12 3 11 2 10 1 9 Bit 0 Bit 8 Figure 18-6. TIM Counter Registers High (TCNTH) Address: T1CNTL, $0022 and T2CNTL, $002D Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: 0 0 = Unimplemented 0 0 0 0 0 0 Bit 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 Figure 18-7. TIM Counter Registers Low (TCNTL) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 232 Freescale Semiconductor I/O Registers 18.9.3 TIM Counter Modulo Registers The read/write TIM modulo registers contain the modulo value for the TIM counter. When the TIM counter reaches the modulo value, the overflow flag (TOF) becomes set, and the TIM counter resumes counting from $0000 at the next timer clock. Writing to the high byte (TMODH) inhibits the TOF bit and overflow interrupts until the low byte (TMODL) is written. Reset sets the TIM counter modulo registers. Address: T1MODH, $0023 and T2MODH, $002E Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: Bit 15 1 6 14 1 5 13 1 4 12 1 3 11 1 2 10 1 1 9 1 Bit 0 Bit 8 1 Figure 18-8. TIM Counter Modulo Register High (TMODH) Address: T1MODL, $0024 and T2MODL, $002F Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: Bit 7 1 6 6 1 5 5 1 4 4 1 3 3 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 1 Figure 18-9. TIM Counter Modulo Register Low (TMODL) NOTE Reset the TIM counter before writing to the TIM counter modulo registers. 18.9.4 TIM Channel Status and Control Registers Each of the TIM channel status and control registers: • Flags input captures and output compares • Enables input capture and output compare interrupts • Selects input capture, output compare, or PWM operation • Selects high, low, or toggling output on output compare • Selects rising edge, falling edge, or any edge as the active input capture trigger • Selects output toggling on TIM overflow • Selects 0% and 100% PWM duty cycle • Selects buffered or unbuffered output compare/PWM operation Address: T1SC0, $0025 and T2SC0, $0030 Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: CH0F 0 0 6 CH0IE 0 5 MS0B 0 4 MS0A 0 3 ELS0B 0 2 ELS0A 0 1 TOV0 0 Bit 0 CH0MAX 0 Figure 18-10. TIM Channel 0 Status and Control Register (TSC0) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 233 Timer Interface Module (TIM) Address: T1SC1, $0028 and T2SC1, $0033 Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: CH1F 0 0 6 CH1IE 0 5 0 0 4 MS1A 0 3 ELS1B 0 2 ELS1A 0 1 TOV1 0 Bit 0 CH1MAX 0 Figure 18-11. TIM Channel 1 Status and Control Register (TSC1) CHxF — Channel x Flag Bit When channel x is an input capture channel, this read/write bit is set when an active edge occurs on the channel x pin. When channel x is an output compare channel, CHxF is set when the value in the TIM counter registers matches the value in the TIM channel x registers. When TIM CPU interrupt requests are enabled (CHxIE = 1), clear CHxF by reading TIM channel x status and control register with CHxF set and then writing a 0 to CHxF. If another interrupt request occurs before the clearing sequence is complete, then writing 0 to CHxF has no effect. Therefore, an interrupt request cannot be lost due to inadvertent clearing of CHxF. Reset clears the CHxF bit. Writing a 1 to CHxF has no effect. 1 = Input capture or output compare on channel x 0 = No input capture or output compare on channel x CHxIE — Channel x Interrupt Enable Bit This read/write bit enables TIM CPU interrupt service requests on channel x. Reset clears the CHxIE bit. 1 = Channel x CPU interrupt requests enabled 0 = Channel x CPU interrupt requests disabled MSxB — Mode Select Bit B This read/write bit selects buffered output compare/PWM operation. MSxB exists only in the TIM1 channel 0 and TIM2 channel 0 status and control registers. Setting MS0B disables the channel 1 status and control register and reverts TCH1 to general-purpose I/O. Reset clears the MSxB bit. 1 = Buffered output compare/PWM operation enabled 0 = Buffered output compare/PWM operation disabled MSxA — Mode Select Bit A When ELSxB:A ≠ 00, this read/write bit selects either input capture operation or unbuffered output compare/PWM operation. See Table 18-3. 1 = Unbuffered output compare/PWM operation 0 = Input capture operation When ELSxB:A = 00, this read/write bit selects the initial output level of the TCHx pin. See Table 18-3. Reset clears the MSxA bit. 1 = Initial output level low 0 = Initial output level high NOTE Before changing a channel function by writing to the MSxB or MSxA bit, set the TSTOP and TRST bits in the TIM status and control register (TSC). MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 234 Freescale Semiconductor I/O Registers ELSxB and ELSxA — Edge/Level Select Bits When channel x is an input capture channel, these read/write bits control the active edge-sensing logic on channel x. When channel x is an output compare channel, ELSxB and ELSxA control the channel x output behavior when an output compare occurs. When ELSxB and ELSxA are both clear, channel x is not connected to port D, and pin PTDx/TCHx is available as a general-purpose I/O pin. Table 18-3 shows how ELSxB and ELSxA work. Reset clears the ELSxB and ELSxA bits. Table 18-3. Mode, Edge, and Level Selection MSxB:MSxA X0 X1 00 00 00 01 01 01 1X 1X 1X ELSxB:ELSxA 00 00 01 10 11 01 10 11 01 10 11 Input capture Mode Output preset Configuration Pin under port control; initial output level high Pin under port control; initial output level low Capture on rising edge only Capture on falling edge only Capture on rising or falling edge Toggle output on compare Output compare Clear output on compare or PWM Set output on compare Buffered output compare or buffered PWM Toggle output on compare Clear output on compare Set output on compare NOTE Before enabling a TIM channel register for input capture operation, make sure that the PTD/TCHx pin is stable for at least two bus clocks. TOVx — Toggle On Overflow Bit When channel x is an output compare channel, this read/write bit controls the behavior of the channel x output when the TIM counter overflows. When channel x is an input capture channel, TOVx has no effect. Reset clears the TOVx bit. 1 = Channel x pin toggles on TIM counter overflow. 0 = Channel x pin does not toggle on TIM counter overflow. NOTE When TOVx is set, a TIM counter overflow takes precedence over a channel x output compare if both occur at the same time. CHxMAX — Channel x Maximum Duty Cycle Bit When the TOVx bit is at 1, setting the CHxMAX bit forces the duty cycle of buffered and unbuffered PWM signals to 100%. As Figure 18-12 shows, the CHxMAX bit takes effect in the cycle after it is set or cleared. The output stays at the 100% duty cycle level until the cycle after CHxMAX is cleared. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 235 Timer Interface Module (TIM) OVERFLOW PERIOD TCHx OVERFLOW OVERFLOW OVERFLOW OVERFLOW OUTPUT COMPARE CHxMAX OUTPUT COMPARE OUTPUT COMPARE OUTPUT COMPARE Figure 18-12. CHxMAX Latency 18.9.5 TIM Channel Registers These read/write registers contain the captured TIM counter value of the input capture function or the output compare value of the output compare function. The state of the TIM channel registers after reset is unknown. In input capture mode (MSxB:MSxA = 0:0), reading the high byte of the TIM channel x registers (TCHxH) inhibits input captures until the low byte (TCHxL) is read. In output compare mode (MSxB:MSxA ≠ 0:0), writing to the high byte of the TIM channel x registers (TCHxH) inhibits output compares until the low byte (TCHxL) is written. Address: T1CH0H, $0026 and T2CH0H, $0031 Bit 7 6 5 4 3 Read: Bit 15 14 13 12 11 Write: Reset: Indeterminate after reset 2 10 1 9 Bit 0 Bit 8 Figure 18-13. TIM Channel 0 Register High (TCH0H) Address: T1CH0L, $0027 and T2CH0L $0032 Bit 7 6 5 Read: Bit 7 6 5 Write: Reset: 4 4 3 3 2 2 1 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 Indeterminate after reset Figure 18-14. TIM Channel 0 Register Low (TCH0L) Address: T1CH1H, $0029 and T2CH1H, $0034 Bit 7 6 5 4 3 Read: Bit 15 14 13 12 11 Write: Reset: Indeterminate after reset 2 10 1 9 Bit 0 Bit 8 Figure 18-15. TIM Channel 1 Register High (TCH1H) Address: T1CH1L, $002A and T2CH1L, $0035 Bit 7 6 5 4 3 Read: Bit 7 6 5 4 3 Write: Reset: Indeterminate after reset 2 2 1 1 Bit 0 Bit 0 Figure 18-16. TIM Channel 1 Register Low (TCH1L) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 236 Freescale Semiconductor Chapter 19 Development Support 19.1 Introduction This section describes the break module, the monitor read-only memory (MON), and the monitor mode entry methods. 19.2 Break Module (BRK) This subsection describes the break module. The break module can generate a break interrupt that stops normal program flow at a defined address to enter a background program. Features of the break module include: • Accessible input/output (I/O) registers during the break Interrupt • Central processor unit (CPU) generated break interrupts • Software-generated break interrupts • Computer operating properly (COP) disabling during break interrupts 19.2.1 Functional Description When the internal address bus matches the value written in the break address registers, the break module issues a breakpoint signal (BKPT) to the system integration module (SIM). The SIM then causes the CPU to load the instruction register with a software interrupt instruction (SWI) after completion of the current CPU instruction. The program counter vectors to $FFFC and $FFFD ($FEFC and $FEFD in monitor mode). The following events can cause a break interrupt to occur: • A CPU generated address (the address in the program counter) matches the contents of the break address registers. • Software writes a 1 to the BRKA bit in the break status and control register. When a CPU generated address matches the contents of the break address registers, the break interrupt begins after the CPU completes its current instruction. A return-from-interrupt instruction (RTI) in the break routine ends the break interrupt and returns the microcontroller unit (MCU) to normal operation. Figure 19-1 shows the structure of the break module. Figure 19-2 provides a summary of the I/O registers. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 237 Development Support ADDRESS BUS[15:8] BREAK ADDRESS REGISTER HIGH 8-BIT COMPARATOR CONTROL 8-BIT COMPARATOR BREAK ADDRESS REGISTER LOW BKPT (TO SIM) ADDRESS BUS[15:0] ADDRESS BUS[7:0] Figure 19-1. Break Module Block Diagram Addr. $FE00 Register Name Break Status Register Read: (BSR) Write: See page 241. Reset: Break Auxiliary Register Read: (BRKAR) Write: See page 240. Reset: Break Flag Control Read: Register (BFCR) Write: See page 241. Reset: Break Address High Read: Register (BRKH) Write: See page 240. Reset: Break Address Low Read: Register (BRKL) Write: See page 240. Reset: Break Status and Control Read: Register (BRKSCR) Write: See page 239. Reset: Bit 7 R 6 R 5 R 4 R 3 R 2 R 1 SBSW Note(1) 0 Bit 7 0 BCFE 0 Bit15 0 Bit 7 0 BRKE 0 Bit14 0 Bit 6 0 BRKA 0 = Unimplemented Bit13 0 Bit 5 0 0 0 Bit12 0 Bit 4 0 0 0 R Bit11 0 Bit 3 0 0 0 = Reserved Bit10 0 Bit 2 0 0 0 Bit9 0 Bit 1 0 0 0 Bit8 0 Bit 0 0 0 0 Bit 6 0 R Bit 5 0 R Bit 4 0 R Bit 3 0 R Bit 2 0 R Bit 1 0 R Bit 0 0 R Bit 0 R $FE02 $FE03 $FE09 $FE0A $FE0B 1. Writing a 0 clears SBSW. Figure 19-2. Break I/O Register Summary 19.2.1.1 Flag Protection During Break Interrupts The system integration module (SIM) controls whether or not module status bits can be cleared during the break state. The BCFE bit in the break flag control register (BFCR) enables software to clear status bits during the break state. See 15.7.3 Break Flag Control Register and the Break Interrupts subsection for each module. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 238 Freescale Semiconductor Break Module (BRK) 19.2.1.2 CPU During Break Interrupts The CPU starts a break interrupt by: • Loading the instruction register with the SWI instruction • Loading the program counter with $FFFC:$FFFD ($FEFC:$FEFD in monitor mode) The break interrupt begins after completion of the CPU instruction in progress. If the break address register match occurs on the last cycle of a CPU instruction, the break interrupt begins immediately. 19.2.1.3 TIM During Break Interrupts A break interrupt stops the timer counter. 19.2.1.4 COP During Break Interrupts The COP is disabled during a break interrupt with monitor mode when BDCOP bit is set in break auxiliary register (BRKAR). 19.2.2 Break Module Registers These registers control and monitor operation of the break module: • Break status and control register (BRKSCR) • Break address register high (BRKH) • Break address register low (BRKL) • Break status register (BSR) • Break flag control register (BFCR) 19.2.2.1 Break Status and Control Register The break status and control register (BRKSCR) contains break module enable and status bits. Address: $FE0B Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: BRKE 0 6 BRKA 0 5 0 0 4 0 0 3 0 0 2 0 0 1 0 0 Bit 0 0 0 = Unimplemented Figure 19-3. Break Status and Control Register (BRKSCR) BRKE — Break Enable Bit This read/write bit enables breaks on break address register matches. Clear BRKE by writing a 0 to bit 7. Reset clears the BRKE bit. 1 = Breaks enabled on 16-bit address match 0 = Breaks disabled BRKA — Break Active Bit This read/write status and control bit is set when a break address match occurs. Writing a 1 to BRKA generates a break interrupt. Clear BRKA by writing a 0 to it before exiting the break routine. Reset clears the BRKA bit. 1 = Break address match 0 = No break address match MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 239 Development Support 19.2.2.2 Break Address Registers The break address registers (BRKH and BRKL) contain the high and low bytes of the desired breakpoint address. Reset clears the break address registers. Address: $FE09 Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: Bit 15 0 6 Bit 14 0 5 Bit 13 0 4 Bit 12 0 3 Bit 11 0 2 Bit 10 0 1 Bit 9 0 Bit 0 Bit 8 0 Figure 19-4. Break Address Register High (BRKH) Address: $FE0A Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: Bit 7 0 6 Bit 6 0 5 Bit 5 0 4 Bit 4 0 3 Bit 3 0 2 Bit 2 0 1 Bit 1 0 Bit 0 Bit 0 0 Figure 19-5. Break Address Register Low (BRKL) 19.2.2.3 Break Auxiliary Register The break auxiliary register (BRKAR) contains a bit that enables software to disable the COP while the MCU is in a state of break interrupt with monitor mode. Address: $FE02 Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: 0 0 = Unimplemented 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 5 0 4 0 3 0 2 0 1 0 Bit 0 BDCOP 0 Figure 19-6. Break Auxiliary Register (BRKAR) BDCOP — Break Disable COP Bit This read/write bit disables the COP during a break interrupt. Reset clears the BDCOP bit. 1 = COP disabled during break interrupt 0 = COP enabled during break interrupt. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 240 Freescale Semiconductor Break Module (BRK) 19.2.2.4 Break Status Register The break status register (BSR) contains a flag to indicate that a break caused an exit from wait mode. This register is only used in emulation mode. Address: $FE00 Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: R = Reserved 1. Writing a 0 clears SBSW. R 6 R 5 R 4 R 3 R 2 R 1 SBSW Note(1) 0 Bit 0 R Figure 19-7. Break Status Register (BSR) SBSW — SIM Break Stop/Wait SBSW can be read within the break state SWI routine. The user can modify the return address on the stack by subtracting one from it. 1 = Wait mode was exited by break interrupt 0 = Wait mode was not exited by break interrupt 19.2.2.5 Break Flag Control Register The break control register (BFCR) contains a bit that enables software to clear status bits while the MCU is in a break state. Address: $FE03 Bit 7 Read: Write: Reset: BCFE 0 R = Reserved 6 R 5 R 4 R 3 R 2 R 1 R Bit 0 R Figure 19-8. Break Flag Control Register (BFCR) BCFE — Break Clear Flag Enable Bit This read/write bit enables software to clear status bits by accessing status registers while the MCU is in a break state. To clear status bits during the break state, the BCFE bit must be set. 1 = Status bits clearable during break 0 = Status bits not clearable during break 19.2.3 Low-Power Modes The WAIT and STOP instructions put the MCU in low power- consumption standby modes. If enabled, the break module will remain enabled in wait and stop modes. However, since the internal address bus does not increment in these modes, a break interrupt will never be triggered. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 241 Development Support 19.3 Monitor ROM (MON) This section describes the monitor ROM (MON) and the monitor mode entry methods. The monitor ROM allows complete testing of the microcontroller unit (MCU) through a single-wire interface with a host computer. Monitor mode entry can be achieved without use of the higher test voltage, VTST, as long as vector addresses $FFFE and $FFFF are blank, thus reducing the hardware requirements for in-circuit programming. Features of the monitor ROM include: • Normal user-mode pin functionality • One pin dedicated to serial communication between monitor read-only memory (ROM) and host computer • Standard mark/space non-return-to-zero (NRZ) communication with host computer • Standard communication baud rate (9,600 @ 2.4576-MHz bus frequency) • Execution of code in random-access memory (RAM) or FLASH • FLASH memory security feature(1) • FLASH memory programming interface • 350 bytes monitor ROM code size ($FE20 to $FF6A) • Monitor mode entry without high voltage, VTST, if reset vector is blank ($FFFE and $FFFF contain $FF) • Normal monitor mode entry if high voltage is applied to IRQ 19.3.1 Functional Description Figure 19-9 shows a simplified diagram of the monitor mode. The monitor ROM receives and executes commands from a host computer. Figure 19-10 and Figure 19-11 show example circuits used to enter monitor mode and communicate with a host computer via a standard RS-232 interface. Simple monitor commands can access any memory address. In monitor mode, the MCU can execute code downloaded into RAM by a host computer while most MCU pins retain normal operating mode functions. All communication between the host computer and the MCU is through the PTA0 pin. A level-shifting and multiplexing interface is required between PTA0 and the host computer. PTA0 is used in a wired-OR configuration and requires a pullup resistor. Table 19-1 shows the pin conditions for entering monitor mode. As specified in the table, monitor mode may be entered after a power-on reset (POR) and will allow communication at 14,400 baud provided one of the following sets of conditions is met: • If $FFFE and $FFFF does not contain $FF (programmed state): – The external clock is 4.9152 MHz – PTB4 = low – IRQ = VTST • If $FFFE and $FFFF do not contain $FF (programmed state): – The external clock is 9.8304 MHz – PTB4 = high – IRQ = VTST 1. No security feature is absolutely secure. However, Freescale’s strategy is to make reading or copying the FLASH difficult for unauthorized users. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 242 Freescale Semiconductor Monitor ROM (MON) • If $FFFE and $FFFF contain $FF (erased state): – The external clock is 32.768 kHz – IRQ = VSS The last two conditions are the forced monitor mode. POR RESET NO IRQ = VTST? YES CONDITIONS FROM Table 19-1 PTA0 = 1, PTA1 = 0, RESET BLANK? YES FORCED MONITOR MODE NO PTA0 = 1, PTA1 = 0, PTB0 = 1, AND PTB1 = 0? YES NORMAL USER MODE NORMAL MONITOR MODE NO FACTORY USE ONLY SEND 8 BYTES SECURITY IS RESET POR? NO YES YES ARE ALL SECURITY BYTES CORRECT? NO ENABLE FLASH DISABLE FLASH MONITOR MODE ENTRY DEBUGGING AND FLASH PROGRAMMING (IF FLASH IS ENABLED) EXECUTE MONITOR CODE YES DOES RESET OCCUR? NO Figure 19-9. Simplified Monitor Mode Entry Flowchart MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 243 Development Support MC68HC908GR16 N.C. 47 pF MAX232 1 1 μF + 3 4 1 μF + C1+ C1– C2+ VCC 16 + C5 + C3 VTST VDD + 7 8 10 9 74HC125 3 2 1 C4 74HC125 5 6 4 10 kΩ PTA0 1 kΩ IRQ PTB1 PTA1 VSSA VSS OSC2 VDD 27 pF 9.8304 MHz 10 MΩ OSC1 10 k PTB4 PTB0 10 k 10 k 10 k RST VDD VDDA 0.1 μF VDD VDD GND 15 V+ 2 V– 6 5 C2– DB9 2 3 5 Figure 19-10. Normal Monitor Mode Circuit MC68HC908GR16 N.C. 47 pF MAX232 1 1 μF + 3 4 1 μF + C1+ C1– C2+ VCC 16 + C5 + C3 PTB4 VDD + 7 8 10 9 74HC125 3 2 1 C4 74HC125 5 6 4 10 kΩ PTA0 N.C. IRQ PTB0 PTB1 10 k PTA1 VSSA VSS N.C. N.C. N.C. OSC2 VDD 27 pF 9.8304 MHz 10 MΩ OSC1 RST VDD VDDA 0.1 μF VDD GND 15 V+ 2 V– 6 5 C2– DB9 2 3 5 Figure 19-11. Forced Monitor Mode Circuit (IRQ = VDD) MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 244 Freescale Semiconductor Monitor ROM (MON) MC68HC908GR16 N.C. 33 pF MAX232 1 1 μF + 3 4 1 μF + C1+ C1– C2+ VCC 16 + C5 + C3 IRQ VDD + 7 8 10 9 74HC125 3 2 1 C4 74HC125 5 6 4 10 kΩ PTA0 4.7 k PTB4 PTB0 PTB1 10 k PTA1 VSSA VSS N.C. N.C. N.C. VDD 15 pF 32.768 kHz 10 k OSC2 10 MΩ OSC1 RST VDD VDDA 0.1 μF VDD GND 15 V+ 2 V– 6 5 C2– DB9 2 3 5 Figure 19-12. Forced Monitor Mode Circuit (IRQ = GND) Enter monitor mode with pin configuration shown in Table 19-1 by pulling RST low and then high. The rising edge of RST latches monitor mode. Once monitor mode is latched, the values on the specified pins can change. Once out of reset, the MCU waits for the host to send eight security bytes (see 19.3.2 Security). After the security bytes, the MCU sends a break signal (10 consecutive 0s) to the host, indicating that it is ready to receive a command. 19.3.1.1 Normal Monitor Mode Table 19-1 shows the pin conditions for entering monitor mode. If VTST is applied to IRQ and PTB4 is low upon monitor mode entry, the bus frequency is a divide-by-two of the input clock. If PTB4 is high with VTST applied to IRQ upon monitor mode entry, the bus frequency will be a divide-by-four of the input clock. Holding the PTB4 pin low when entering monitor mode causes a bypass of a divide-by-two stage at the oscillator only if VTST is applied to IRQ. In this event, the CGMOUT frequency is equal to the CGMXCLK frequency, and the OSC1 input directly generates internal bus clocks. In this case, the OSC1 signal must have a 50% duty cycle at maximum bus frequency. When monitor mode was entered with VTST on IRQ, the computer operating properly (COP) is disabled as long as VTST is applied to either IRQ or RST. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 245 246 Mode — IRQ X RST Reset Vector X X Normal Monitor GND VDD VTST or VTST VTST VDD VDD or VTST VDD X Forced Monitor User $FF (blank) $FF GND VDD (blank) VDD VDD $FF or or (blank) GND VTST VDD VDD or or GND VTST Not $FF MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor NC NC NC NC NC NC OSC1 VDD 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 Development Support Table 19-1. Monitor Mode Signal Requirements and Options Serial Communication PTA0 X 1 PTA1 X 0 Mode Selection PTB0 X 1 PTB1 X 0 Divider PLL PTB4 X 0 X X COP Communication Speed Comments External Bus Baud Clock Frequency Rate X X X Reset condition 4.9152 MHz 9.8304 MHz 16 MHz 32.768 kHz X 2.4576 MHz 2.4576 MHz 4 MHz 2.4576 MHz X 9600 OFF Disabled 1 0 1 0 1 OFF Disabled 9600 1 1 0 0 X X X X X X OFF Disabled ON Disabled 9600 9600 User mode — illegal address reset X X X X X OFF Enabled X X X X X X X Enabled X X X MON08 VTST RST COM SSEL MOD0 MOD1 DIV4 OSC1 — — — — — Function [5] [8] [10] [12] [14] [16] [13] [6] [Pin No.] 1. PTA0 must have a pullup resistor to VDD in monitor mode. 2. Communication speed in the table is an example to obtain a baud rate of 9600. Baud rate using external oscillator is bus frequency / 256. 3. External clock is an 32.768 kHz crystal on OSC1 and OSC2 or a 32.768 kHz, 4.9152 MHz, or 9.8304 MHz canned oscillator on OSC1. 4. X = don’t care 5. MON08 pin refers to P&E Microcomputer Systems’ MON08-Cyclone 2 by 8-pin connector. 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 GND RST IRQ PTA0 PTA1 PTB0 PTB1 PTB4 Monitor ROM (MON) This condition states that as long as VTST is maintained on the IRQ pin after entering monitor mode, or if VTST is applied to RST after the initial reset to get into monitor mode (when VTST was applied to IRQ), then the COP will be disabled. In the latter situation, after VTST is applied to the RST pin, VTST can be removed from the IRQ pin in the interest of freeing the IRQ for normal functionality in monitor mode. 19.3.1.2 Forced Monitor Mode If entering monitor mode without high voltage on IRQ, then all port B pin requirements and conditions, including the PTB4 frequency divisor selection, are not in effect. This is to reduce circuit requirements when performing in-circuit programming. NOTE Once the reset vector has been programmed, the traditional method of applying a voltage, VTST, to IRQ must be used to enter monitor mode. An external oscillator of 9.8304 MHz is required for a baud rate of 9600, as the internal bus frequency is automatically set to the external frequency divided by four. When the forced monitor mode is entered the COP is always disabled regardless of the state of IRQ or RST. 19.3.1.3 Monitor Vectors In monitor mode, the MCU uses different vectors for reset, SWI (software interrupt), and break interrupt than those for user mode. The alternate vectors are in the $FE page instead of the $FF page and allow code execution from the internal monitor firmware instead of user code. Table 19-2 summarizes the differences between user mode and monitor mode. Table 19-2. Mode Differences Functions Modes Reset Vector High $FFFE $FEFE Reset Vector Low $FFFF $FEFF Break Vector High $FFFC $FEFC Break Vector Low $FFFD $FEFD SWI Vector High $FFFC $FEFC SWI Vector Low $FFFD $FEFD User Monitor 19.3.1.4 Data Format Communication with the monitor ROM is in standard non-return-to-zero (NRZ) mark/space data format. Transmit and receive baud rates must be identical. START BIT BIT 0 BIT 1 BIT 2 BIT 3 BIT 4 BIT 5 BIT 6 BIT 7 STOP BIT NEXT START BIT Figure 19-13. Monitor Data Format MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 247 Development Support 19.3.1.5 Break Signal A start bit (0) followed by nine 0 bits is a break signal. When the monitor receives a break signal, it drives the PTA0 pin high for the duration of two bits and then echoes back the break signal. MISSING STOP BIT 2-STOP BIT DELAY BEFORE ZERO ECHO 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Figure 19-14. Break Transaction 19.3.1.6 Baud Rate The communication baud rate is controlled by the crystal frequency or external clock and the state of the PTB4 pin (when IRQ is set to VTST) upon entry into monitor mode. If monitor mode was entered with VDD on IRQ and the reset vector blank, then the baud rate is independent of PTB4. Table 19-1 also lists external frequencies required to achieve a standard baud rate of 9600 bps. The effective baud rate is the bus frequency divided by 256. If using a crystal as the clock source, be aware of the upper frequency limit that the internal clock module can handle. See 20.7 5.0-Volt Control Timing or 20.8 3.3-Volt Control Timing for this limit. 19.3.1.7 Commands The monitor ROM firmware uses these commands: • READ (read memory) • WRITE (write memory) • IREAD (indexed read) • IWRITE (indexed write) • READSP (read stack pointer) • RUN (run user program) The monitor ROM firmware echoes each received byte back to the PTA0 pin for error checking. An 11-bit delay at the end of each command allows the host to send a break character to cancel the command. A delay of two bit times occurs before each echo and before READ, IREAD, or READSP data is returned. The data returned by a read command appears after the echo of the last byte of the command. NOTE Wait one bit time after each echo before sending the next byte. FROM HOST READ READ ADDRESS HIGH ADDRESS HIGH ADDRESS LOW ADDRESS LOW DATA 4 ECHO 1 4 1 4 1 3, 2 4 RETURN Notes: 1 = Echo delay, 2 bit times 2 = Data return delay, 2 bit times 3 = Cancel command delay, 11 bit times 4 = Wait 1 bit time before sending next byte. Figure 19-15. Read Transaction MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 248 Freescale Semiconductor Monitor ROM (MON) FROM HOST WRITE 3 ECHO 1 WRITE 3 ADDRESS HIGH ADDRESS HIGH ADDRESS LOW ADDRESS LOW DATA DATA 1 3 1 3 1 2, 3 Notes: 1 = Echo delay, 2 bit times 2 = Cancel command delay, 11 bit times 3 = Wait 1 bit time before sending next byte. Figure 19-16. Write Transaction A brief description of each monitor mode command is given in Table 19-3 through Table 19-8. Table 19-3. READ (Read Memory) Command Description Operand Data Returned Opcode SENT TO MONITOR Read byte from memory 2-byte address in high-byte:low-byte order Returns contents of specified address $4A Command Sequence READ READ ADDRESS HIGH ADDRESS HIGH ADDRESS LOW ADDRESS LOW DATA ECHO RETURN Table 19-4. WRITE (Write Memory) Command Description Operand Data Returned Opcode FROM HOST Write byte to memory 2-byte address in high-byte:low-byte order; low byte followed by data byte None $49 Command Sequence WRITE WRITE ADDRESS HIGH ADDRESS HIGH ADDRESS LOW ADDRESS LOW DATA DATA ECHO MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 249 Development Support Table 19-5. IREAD (Indexed Read) Command Description Operand Data Returned Opcode Read next 2 bytes in memory from last address accessed 2-byte address in high byte:low byte order Returns contents of next two addresses $1A Command Sequence FROM HOST IREAD IREAD DATA DATA ECHO RETURN Table 19-6. IWRITE (Indexed Write) Command Description Operand Data Returned Opcode Write to last address accessed + 1 Single data byte None $19 Command Sequence FROM HOST IWRITE IWRITE DATA DATA ECHO A sequence of IREAD or IWRITE commands can access a block of memory sequentially over the full 64-Kbyte memory map. Table 19-7. READSP (Read Stack Pointer) Command Description Operand Data Returned Opcode Reads stack pointer None Returns incremented stack pointer value (SP + 1) in high-byte:low-byte order $0C Command Sequence FROM HOST READSP READSP SP HIGH SP LOW ECHO RETURN MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 250 Freescale Semiconductor Monitor ROM (MON) Table 19-8. RUN (Run User Program) Command Description Operand Data Returned Opcode Executes PULH and RTI instructions None None $28 Command Sequence FROM HOST RUN RUN ECHO The MCU executes the SWI and PSHH instructions when it enters monitor mode. The RUN command tells the MCU to execute the PULH and RTI instructions. Before sending the RUN command, the host can modify the stacked CPU registers to prepare to run the host program. The READSP command returns the incremented stack pointer value, SP + 1. The high and low bytes of the program counter are at addresses SP + 5 and SP + 6. SP HIGH BYTE OF INDEX REGISTER CONDITION CODE REGISTER ACCUMULATOR LOW BYTE OF INDEX REGISTER HIGH BYTE OF PROGRAM COUNTER LOW BYTE OF PROGRAM COUNTER SP + 1 SP + 2 SP + 3 SP + 4 SP + 5 SP + 6 SP + 7 Figure 19-17. Stack Pointer at Monitor Mode Entry 19.3.2 Security A security feature discourages unauthorized reading of FLASH locations while in monitor mode. The host can bypass the security feature at monitor mode entry by sending eight security bytes that match the bytes at locations $FFF6–$FFFD. Locations $FFF6–$FFFD contain user-defined data. NOTE Do not leave locations $FFF6–$FFFD blank. For security reasons, program locations $FFF6–$FFFD even if they are not used for vectors. During monitor mode entry, the MCU waits after the power-on reset for the host to send the eight security bytes on pin PTA0. If the received bytes match those at locations $FFF6–$FFFD, the host bypasses the security feature and can read all FLASH locations and execute code from FLASH. Security remains bypassed until a power-on reset occurs. If the reset was not a power-on reset, security remains bypassed and security code entry is not required. See Figure 19-18. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 251 Development Support Upon power-on reset, if the received bytes of the security code do not match the data at locations $FFF6–$FFFD, the host fails to bypass the security feature. The MCU remains in monitor mode, but reading a FLASH location returns an invalid value and trying to execute code from FLASH causes an illegal address reset. After receiving the eight security bytes from the host, the MCU transmits a break character, signifying that it is ready to receive a command. NOTE The MCU does not transmit a break character until after the host sends the eight security bytes. VDD 4096 + 32 CGMXCLK CYCLES RST COMMAND 1 BYTE 2 ECHO BYTE 8 ECHO 2 BREAK 4 1 COMMAND ECHO BYTE 1 BYTE 2 FROM HOST PA0 5 FROM MCU 1 BYTE 1 ECHO 4 1 Notes: 1 = Echo delay, 2 bit times 2 = Data return delay, 2 bit times 4 = Wait 1 bit time before sending next byte 5 = Wait until a clock is stable (if PLL is enabled) and the monitor ROM runs Figure 19-18. Monitor Mode Entry Timing To determine whether the security code entered is correct, check to see if bit 6 of RAM address $40 is set. If it is, then the correct security code has been entered and FLASH can be accessed. If the security sequence fails, the device should be reset by a power-on reset and brought up in monitor mode to attempt another entry. After failing the security sequence, the FLASH module can also be mass erased by executing an erase routine that was downloaded into internal RAM. The mass erase operation clears the security code locations so that all eight security bytes become $FF (blank). MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 252 Freescale Semiconductor BYTE 8 Chapter 20 Electrical Specifications 20.1 Introduction This section contains electrical and timing specifications. 20.2 Absolute Maximum Ratings Maximum ratings are the extreme limits to which the MCU can be exposed without permanently damaging it. NOTE This device is not guaranteed to operate properly at the maximum ratings. Refer to 20.5 5.0-Vdc Electrical Characteristics and 20.6 3.3-Vdc Electrical Characteristics for guaranteed operating conditions. Characteristic(1) Supply voltage Input voltage Maximum current per pin excluding those specified below Maximum current for pins PTC0–PTC4 Maximum current into VDD Maximum current out of VSS Storage temperature 1. Voltages referenced to VSS Symbol VDD VIn I IPTC0–PTC4 Imvdd Imvss Tstg Value –0.3 to + 6.0 VSS – 0.3 to VDD + 0.3 ± 15 ± 25 150 150 –55 to +150 Unit V V mA mA mA mA °C NOTE This device contains circuitry to protect the inputs against damage due to high static voltages or electric fields; however, it is advised that normal precautions be taken to avoid application of any voltage higher than maximum-rated voltages to this high-impedance circuit. For proper operation, it is recommended that VIn and VOut be constrained to the range VSS ≤ (VIn or VOut) ≤ VDD. Reliability of operation is enhanced if unused inputs are connected to an appropriate logic voltage level (for example, either VSS or VDD). MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 253 Electrical Specifications 20.3 Functional Operating Range Characteristic Operating temperature range Operating voltage range Symbol TA VDD Value –40 to +125 5.0 ±10% 3.3 ±10% Unit °C V 20.4 Thermal Characteristics Characteristic Thermal resistance 32-pin LQFP 48-pin LQFP I/O pin power dissipation Power dissipation(1) Constant(2) Average junction temperature Maximum junction temperature Symbol θJA PI/O PD Value 95 95 User determined PD = (IDD × VDD) + PI/O = K/(TJ + 273 °C) PD × (TA + 273 °C) + PD2 × θJA TA + (PD × θJA) 125 Unit °C/W W W W/°C °C °C K TJ TJM 1. Power dissipation is a function of temperature. 2. K is a constant unique to the device. K can be determined for a known TA and measured PD. With this value of K, PD and TJ can be determined for any value of TA. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 254 Freescale Semiconductor 5.0-Vdc Electrical Characteristics 20.5 5.0-Vdc Electrical Characteristics Characteristic(1) Output high voltage (ILoad = –2.0 mA) all I/O pins (ILoad = –10.0 mA) all I/O pins (ILoad = –20.0 mA) pins PTC0–PTC4 only Maximum combined IOH for port PTA7–PTA3, port PTC0–PTC1, port E, port PTD0–PTD3 Maximum combined IOH for port PTA2–PTA0, port B, port PTC2–PTC6, port PTD4–PTD7 Maximum total IOH for all port pins Output low voltage (ILoad = 1.6 mA) all I/O pins (ILoad = 10 mA) all I/O pins (ILoad = 20 mA) pins PTC0–PTC4 only Maximum combined IOH for port PTA7–PTA3, port PTC0–PTC1, port E, port PTD0–PTD3 Maximum combined IOH for port PTA2–PTA0, port B, port PTC2–PTC6, port PTD4–PTD7 Maximum total IOL for all port pins Input high voltage All ports, IRQ, RST, OSC1 Input low voltage All ports, IRQ, RST, OSC1 VDD supply current Run(3) Wait(4) Stop(5) 25°C 25°C with TBM enabled(6) 25°C with LVI and TBM enabled(6) –40°C to 125°C with TBM enabled(6) –40°C to 125°C with LVI and TBM enabled(6) DC injection current, all ports Total dc current injection (sum of all I/O) I/O ports Hi-Z leakage current Input current Pullup resistors (as input only) Ports PTA7/KBD7–PTA0/KBD0, PTC6–PTC0, PTD7/T2CH1–PTD0/SS Capacitance Ports (as input or output) (7) Symbol VOH VOH VOH IOH1 IOH2 IOHT VOL VOL VOL IOL1 IOL2 IOLT VIH VIL Min Typ(2) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Max — — — 50 50 100 0.4 1.5 1.5 50 50 100 VDD 0.2 × VDD Unit V V V mA mA mA V V V mA mA mA V V VDD – 0.8 VDD – 1.5 VDD – 1.5 — — — — — — — — — 0.7 × VDD VSS — — IDD 20 6 30 12 mA mA μA μA μA μA μA mA mA μA μA kΩ — — — — — –2 –25 –10 –1 20 — — 3 20 300 50 500 — — — — 45 — — — — — — — +2 +25 +10 +1 65 12 8 IINJ IINJTOT IIL IIn RPU COut CIn pF Continued on next page MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 255 Electrical Specifications Characteristic(1) Monitor mode entry voltage Low-voltage inhibit, trip falling voltage Low-voltage inhibit, trip rising voltage Low-voltage inhibit reset/recover hysteresis (VTRIPF + VHYS = VTRIPR) POR rearm voltage(8) POR reset voltage(9) POR rise time ramp rate(10) Symbol VTST VTRIPF VTRIPR VHYS VPOR VPORRST RPOR Min VDD + 2.5 3.9 4.2 — 0 0 0.035 Typ(2) — 4.25 4.35 60 — 700 — Max VDD + 4.0 4.50 4.60 — 100 800 — Unit V V V mV mV mV V/ms 1. VDD = 5.0 Vdc ± 10%, VSS = 0 Vdc, TA = TA (min) to TA (max), unless otherwise noted 2. Typical values reflect average measurements at midpoint of voltage range, 25°C only. 3. Run (operating) IDD measured using external square wave clock source (fOSC = 32 MHz). All inputs 0.2 V from rail. No dc loads. Less than 100 pF on all outputs. CL = 20 pF on OSC2. All ports configured as inputs. OSC2 capacitance linearly affects run IDD. Measured with all modules enabled. 4. Wait IDD measured using external square wave clock source (fOSC = 32 MHz). All inputs 0.2 V from rail. No dc loads. Less than 100 pF on all outputs. CL = 20 pF on OSC2. All ports configured as inputs. OSC2 capacitance linearly affects wait IDD. Measured with CGM and LVI enabled. 5. Stop IDD is measured with OSC1 = VSS. 6. Stop IDD with TBM enabled is measured using an external square wave clock source (fOSC = 32 MHz). All inputs 0.2 V from rail. No dc loads. Less than 100 pF on all outputs. All inputs configured as inputs. 7. Pullups and pulldowns are disabled. Port B leakage is specified in 20.10 5.0-Volt ADC Characteristics. 8. Maximum is highest voltage that POR is guaranteed. 9. Maximum is highest voltage that POR is possible. 10. If minimum VDD is not reached before the internal POR reset is released, RST must be driven low externally until minimum VDD is reached. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 256 Freescale Semiconductor 3.3-Vdc Electrical Characteristics 20.6 3.3-Vdc Electrical Characteristics Characteristic(1) Output high voltage (ILoad = –0.6 mA) all I/O pins (ILoad = –4.0 mA) all I/O pins (ILoad = –10.0 mA) pins PTC0–PTC4 only Maximum combined IOH for port PTA7–PTA3, port PTC0–PTC1, port E, port PTD0–PTD3 Maximum combined IOH for port PTA2–PTA0, port B, port PTC2–PTC6, port PTD4–PTD7 Maximum total IOH for all port pins Output low voltage (ILoad = 1.6 mA) all I/O pins (ILoad = 10 mA) all I/O pins (ILoad = 20 mA) pins PTC0–PTC4 only Maximum combined IOH for port PTA7–PTA3, port PTC0–PTC1, port E, port PTD0–PTD3 Maximum combined IOH for port PTA2–PTA0, port B, port PTC2–PTC6, port PTD4–PTD7 Maximum total IOL for all port pins Input high voltage All ports, IRQ, RST, OSC1 Input low voltage All ports, IRQ, RST, OSC1 VDD supply current Run(3) Wait(4) Stop(5) 25°C 25°C with TBM enabled(6) 25°C with LVI and TBM enabled(6) –40°C to 125°C with TBM enabled(6) –40°C to 125°C with LVI and TBM enabled(6) DC injection current, all ports Total dc current injection (sum of all I/O) I/O ports Hi-Z leakage current Input current Pullup resistors (as input only) Ports PTA7/KBD7–PTA0/KBD0, PTC6–PTC0, PTD7/T2CH1–PTD0/SS Capacitance Ports (as input or output) (7) Symbol VOH VOH VOH IOH1 IOH2 IOHT VOL VOL VOL IOL1 IOL2 IOLT VIH VIL Min Typ(2) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Max — — — 30 30 60 0.3 1.0 0.8 30 30 60 VDD 0.3 × VDD Unit V V V mA mA mA V V V mA mA mA V V VDD – 0.3 VDD – 1.0 VDD – 1.0 — — — — — — — — — 0.7 × VDD VSS — — IDD 8 3 12 6 mA mA μA μA μA μA μA mA mA μA μA kΩ — — — — — –2 –25 –10 –1 20 — — 2 12 200 30 300 — — — — 45 — — — — — — — +2 +25 +10 +1 65 12 8 IINJ IINJTOT IIL IIn RPU COut CIn pF Continued on next page MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 257 Electrical Specifications Characteristic(1) Monitor mode entry voltage Low-voltage inhibit, trip falling voltage Low-voltage inhibit, trip rising voltage Low-voltage inhibit reset/recover hysteresis (VTRIPF + VHYS = VTRIPR) POR rearm voltage(8) POR reset voltage(9) POR rise time ramp rate(10) Symbol VTST VTRIPF VTRIPR VHYS VPOR VPORRST RPOR Min VDD + 2.5 2.35 2.4 — 0 0 0.035 Typ(2) — 2.6 2.66 100 — 700 — Max VDD + 4.0 2.7 2.8 — 100 800 — Unit V V V mV mV mV V/ms 1. VDD = 3.3 Vdc ± 10%, VSS = 0 Vdc, TA = TA (min) to TA (max), unless otherwise noted 2. Typical values reflect average measurements at midpoint of voltage range, 25°C only. 3. Run (operating) IDD measured using external square wave clock source (fOSC = 16 MHz). All inputs 0.2 V from rail. No dc loads. Less than 100 pF on all outputs. CL = 20 pF on OSC2. All ports configured as inputs. OSC2 capacitance linearly affects run IDD. Measured with all modules enabled. 4. Wait IDD measured using external square wave clock source (fOSC = 16 MHz). All inputs 0.2 V from rail. No dc loads. Less than 100 pF on all outputs. CL = 20 pF on OSC2. All ports configured as inputs. OSC2 capacitance linearly affects wait IDD. Measured with CGM and LVI enabled. 5. Stop IDD is measured with OSC1 = VSS. 6. Stop IDD with TBM enabled is measured using an external square wave clock source (fOSC = 16 MHz). All inputs 0.2 V from rail. No dc loads. Less than 100 pF on all outputs. All inputs configured as inputs. 7. Pullups and pulldowns are disabled. 8. Maximum is highest voltage that POR is guaranteed. 9. Maximum is highest voltage that POR is possible. 10. If minimum VDD is not reached before the internal POR reset is released, RST must be driven low externally until minimum VDD is reached. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 258 Freescale Semiconductor 5.0-Volt Control Timing 20.7 5.0-Volt Control Timing Characteristic(1) Frequency of operation Crystal option External clock option(2) Internal operating frequency Internal clock period (1/fOP) RESET input pulse width low (3) Symbol fOSC fOP (fBus) tCYC tIRL tILIH tILIL Min 32 dc — 122 50 50 Note 5 Max 100 32.8 8.2 — — — — Unit kHz MHz MHz ns ns ns tCYC IRQ interrupt pulse width low(4) (edge-triggered) IRQ interrupt pulse period 1. 2. 3. 4. VSS = 0 Vdc; timing shown with respect to 20% VDD and 70% VDD unless otherwise noted. No more than 10% duty cycle deviation from 50%. Minimum pulse width reset is guaranteed to be recognized. It is possible for a smaller pulse width to cause a reset. Minimum pulse width is for guaranteed interrupt. It is possible for a smaller pulse width to be recognized. 20.8 3.3-Volt Control Timing Characteristic(1) Frequency of operation Crystal option External clock option(2) Internal operating frequency Internal clock period (1/fOP) RESET input pulse width low(3) IRQ interrupt pulse width low(4) (edge-triggered) Symbol fOSC fOP (fBus) tCYC tIRL tILIH tILIL Min 32 dc — 244 125 125 Note 5 Max 100 16.4 4.1 — — — — Unit kHz MHz MHz ns ns ns tCYC IRQ interrupt pulse period 1. 2. 3. 4. VSS = 0 Vdc; timing shown with respect to 20% VDD and 70% VDD unless otherwise noted. No more than 10% duty cycle deviation from 50%. Minimum pulse width reset is guaranteed to be recognized. It is possible for a smaller pulse width to cause a reset. Minimum pulse width is for guaranteed interrupt. It is possible for a smaller pulse width to be recognized. tRL RST tILIL tILIH IRQ Figure 20-1. RST and IRQ Timing MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 Freescale Semiconductor 259 Electrical Specifications 20.9 Clock Generation Module Characteristics 20.9.1 CGM Component Specifications Characteristic External clock Crystal load capacitance(1) Crystal fixed capacitance(2) Crystal tuning capacitance Feedback bias resistor Series resistor(3) Symbol fXCLK CL C1 C2 RB RS Min 30 — — — 1 100 Typ 32.768 12.5 15 15 10 330 Max 100 — — — 22 470 Unit kHz pF pF pF MΩ kΩ 1. Crystal manufacturer value 2. Capacitor on OSC1 pin. Does not include parasitic capacitance due to package, pin, and board. 3. Capacitor on OSC2 pin. Does not include parasitic capacitance due to package, pin, and board. 20.9.2 CGM Electrical Specifications Description Operating voltage Operating temperature Crystal reference frequency Range nominal multiplier VCO center-of-range frequency(1) (2) Symbol VDD T fRCLK fNOM fVRS fVRS L 2 E Min 3.0 –40 30 — 38.4 k 38.4 k 1 1 1 1 1 38.4 k — — — — 0 Typ — 25 32.768 38.4 — — — — — 1 1 — — — — — — Max 5.5 125 100 — 40.0 M 40.0 M 255 4 4095 8 15 40.0 M 8.2 4.1 50 50 fRCLK x 0.025% x 2P N/4 32.8 M 1.5 M Unit V oC kHz kHz Hz Hz Medium-voltage VCO center-of-range frequency VCO range linear range multiplier VCO power-of-two range multiplier VCO multiply factor VCO prescale multiplier Reference divider factor VCO operating frequency Bus operating frequency(1) (2) N 2P R fVCLK fBUS fBUS tLock tLock fJ Hz MHz MHz ms ms Hz Bus frequency @ medium voltage Manual acquisition time Automatic lock time PLL jitter(3) External clock input frequency PLL disabled External clock input frequency PLL enabled fOSC fOSC dc 30 k — — Hz Hz 1. 5.0 V ± 10% VDD 2. 3.3 V ± 10% VDD 3. Deviation of average bus frequency over 2 ms. N = VCO multiplier. MC68HC908GR16 Data Sheet, Rev. 5.0 260 Freescale Semiconductor 5.0-Volt ADC Characteristics 20.10 5.0-Volt ADC Characteristics Characteristic(1) Supply voltage Input voltages Resolution Absolute accuracy ADC internal clock Conversion range Power-up time Conversion time Sample time Monotonicity Zero input reading Full-scale reading Input capacitance VDDAD/VREFH current Absolute accuracy (8-bit truncation mode) Quantization error (8-bit truncation mode) Symbol VDDAD VADIN BAD AAD fADIC RAD tADPU tADC tADS MAD ZADI FADI CADI IVREF AAD — 000 3FC — — –1 — 003 3FF 30 1.6 +1 +7/8 –1/8 Min 4.5 0 10 –4 500 k VSSAD 16 16 5 Max 5.5 VDDAD 10 +4 1.048 M VDDAD — 17 — Unit V V Bits Counts Hz V tAIC cycles tAIC cycles tAIC cycles Guaranteed Hex Hex pF mA LSB LSB Includes quantization VADIN = VSSA VADIN = VDDA Not tested Includes quantization tAIC = 1/fADIC Comments VDDAD should be tied to the same potential as VDD via separate traces. VADIN